Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

 

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

  For the transition period from              to             

001-35061

(Commission File No.)

 

 

NeoPhotonics Corporation

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   94-3253730
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2911 Zanker Road

San Jose, California 95134

(Address of principal executive offices, zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

+1 (408) 232-9200

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, par value $0.0025 per share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.    Yes   ¨     No   þ

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).    Yes   ¨     No   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   þ   (Do not check if a smaller reporting Company)    Small reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   þ

As of June 30, 2011, the approximate aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the last sale price of the Registrant’s common stock on the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, June 30, 2011 (based upon the closing sale price of the Registrant’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange), was approximately $133,861,580. This calculation excludes 5,401,205 shares held by directors, executive officers and stockholders affiliated with our directors and executive officers. Exclusion of such shares should not be construed to indicate that any such person possesses the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the Registrant or that such person is controlled by or under common control with the Registrant. The Registrant’s common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on February 2, 2011.

As of February 29, 2012, the Registrant had 24,873,152 outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011

Table of Contents

 

         Page  
Part I   

Item 1.

 

Business

     3   

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

     11   

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     39   

Item 2.

 

Properties

     39   

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

     39   

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety

     40   
Part II   

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     41   

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

     43   

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     45   

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     64   

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     66   

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     123   

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

     123   

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

     124   
Part III   

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     125   

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

     125   

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     125   

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     126   

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     126   
Part IV   

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules

     127   

 

2


Table of Contents

Part I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”, and “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements including statements concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, competitive position, industry environment, potential growth opportunities and the effects of competition. Such statements are based upon our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. Forward-looking statements include statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These risks, uncertainties and other factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are discussed in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors.” Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading designer and manufacturer of photonic integrated circuit, or PIC, -based modules and subsystems for bandwidth-intensive, high-speed communications networks.

Our products are designed to enable cost-effective, high-speed data transmission and efficient allocation of bandwidth over communications networks. We have a portfolio of over 40 product families, including products that enable data transmission at 10 gigabits per second, or Gbps, 40Gbps and 100Gbps, agility products such as ROADMs, or reconfigurable add/drop multiplexers, and tunable lasers that are used to dynamically allocate bandwidth to adjust for traffic patterns, and access products that provide high-bandwidth connections to more devices and people over fixed and wireless networks.

Our PIC technology utilizes proprietary design elements that provide optical functionality on a silicon or III-V semiconductor chip. The acquisition of Santur Corporation (“Santur”) during the fourth quarter of 2011 enhanced this capability with active PIC design elements including lasers, modulators and photodiodes. Our PIC devices can integrate many more functional elements than discretely packaged components, enabling increased functionality in a small form factor while reducing packaging and interconnection costs. In addition, the cost advantages of PIC-based components are similar to the economics of semiconductor wafer mass manufacturing, where the marginal cost of producing an incremental chip is much less than that of a discrete component.

We have research and development and wafer fabrication facilities in San Jose and Fremont, California which coordinate with our research and development and manufacturing facilities in Shenzhen and Wuhan, China and in Tokyo, Japan. We utilize proprietary design tools and design-for-manufacturing techniques to align our design process with our precision nanoscale, vertically integrated manufacturing and testing capabilities. We sell our products to the leading network equipment vendors globally, which we refer to as our Tier 1 customers.

 

3


Table of Contents

We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in October 1996 as NanoGram Corporation, and we changed our name to NeoPhotonics Corporation in 2002. Our principal offices are located at 2911 Zanker Road, San Jose CA 95134, and our telephone number is +1 (408) 232-9200. Our website address is www.neophotonics.com . Information found on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We have completed several acquisitions as follows:

 

   

In March 2003, we acquired Lightwave Microsystems Corporation, a developer and fabricator of photonic integrated circuits;

 

   

In March 2006, we completed the acquisition of Photon Technology Co., Ltd. (now named NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd.), a manufacturer of active optoelectronics, transceivers and modules;

 

   

In June 2006, we acquired Lightconnect, Inc., which expanded our product portfolio by adding a line of micro-electromechanical systems based optical components and modules;

 

   

In June 2006, we acquired OpTun, Inc., a developer of ROADM technology;

 

   

In August 2006, we completed an acquisition of BeamExpress, Inc., an integrator of active indium phosphide telecommunications devices in parallel optics high-speed transceivers;

 

   

In November 2006, we acquired Paxera Corporation, a developer of tunable technology for dynamically reconfigurable networks;

 

   

In February 2008, we acquired certain assets and intellectual property from Mitsubishi Electric Corporation relating to the manufacture of high-speed transceivers; and

 

   

In October 2011, we acquired Santur, a designer and manufacturer of optical indium phosphide (InP)-based PIC products.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, we initiated a plan to sell a component of our business, Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. (Broadband), a subsidiary in China. As such, the net assets of Broadband are classified as held-for-sale in our consolidated balance sheets and the results of operations associated with Broadband are presented as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. Unless otherwise indicated, all discussions relate to the Company’s continuing operations.

Our solutions

We offer a broad portfolio of products that are critical in enabling speed, agility and access across communications networks. The key benefits of our solutions include:

 

   

Enabling service providers to cost-effectively deploy and rapidly scale high-bandwidth capacity networks. Our solutions are designed to be compatible with existing network architectures and enable incremental system upgrades, enabling service providers to scale network capacity and cost-effectively deploy enhanced services over existing optical fiber infrastructure.

 

   

Simplifying communications networks implementation through large scale integration. Our products are designed to simplify communications networks deployments by delivering high levels of functional integration through our PIC solutions, which combine multiple discrete elements on a single silicon chip. Our PIC-based approach is designed to enable us to deliver the increased performance necessary for 100Gbps, while also being designed to reduce cost and physical size.

 

   

Enabling acceleration of time-to-market for network equipment vendors. We believe our technology enables service providers to implement new features and scale network capacity rapidly and cost-effectively to meet time-to-market requirements. Our products are developed using proprietary PIC-based design elements, which are similar in concept to standard cells used in the semiconductor industry. These elements can be used as building blocks to construct complex modules and subsystems.

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Satisfying our customers’ quality and volume requirements. We believe we are one of the highest volume PIC manufacturers in the world and have the ability to grow our capacity to meet customer demand. Our Silicon Valley, CA and China-based manufacturing facilities utilize semiconductor manufacturing techniques, such as statistical processing control and wafer scale fabrication, which are designed to perform at nanoscale tolerances with high yields.

Technology

We have developed expertise in the design, large-scale fabrication, high-volume module manufacturing and commercial deployment of our PIC products and technologies. The process of designing and manufacturing PICs in high volume with predictable, well-characterized performance and low manufacturing costs is complex and multi-faceted. We believe we have been able to develop the technologies that address and solve a range of interrelated problems that enable the efficient design and manufacture of complex, high-performance components, modules and subsystems for fiber optic networks. The basic elements of our technology are as follows:

Photonic integrated circuits (PICs). We have developed a set of proprietary design elements that provide optical functionality on a silicon chip, and, with the acquisition of Santur in the fourth quarter of 2011, on InP chips. We utilize micron and sub-micron scale structures of multiple precision-doped silica planar waveguides and InP waveguides to fabricate functional elements such as integrated optical filters, switches and variable attenuators. By increasing the level of material doping in our planar waveguides, or by using different materials such as InP, we decrease the size of our functional elements, thereby creating a path for larger scale integration of multiple elements in the same chip area. We integrate these functional design elements into optical circuits to achieve a desired functionality and specification that is incorporated in our products.

Hybrid PIC integration . Through precise fabrication and positioning of physical features, we can integrate PIC devices fabricated on separate wafers out of different materials, matching the material to the function to improve performance attributes and reduce production costs. Our hybrid integration allows us to integrate active devices, such as photodiodes or lasers fabricated using InP, with high-performance passive devices, such as switches, routers and filters, fabricated on Silicon, to provide the desired network functions in a single device.

Hardware and firmware integration. We sell our products as modules and subsystems which contain electronic hardware and firmware controls that enable direct interface directly with our customers’ systems. We design the electronic hardware and develop the firmware to integrate these with our optical products to meet customer specifications.

Fabrication and manufacturing processes. We have developed expertise in the technology domains relevant to high-volume fabrication and manufacturing of our PIC products with wafer-scale processes, including the complex interaction of electro-optic, thermal-optic and mechanical micro-thermal features. We have developed and characterized our complex manufacturing steps, which are analogous to those used in the semiconductor industry. Each PIC element is tested and characterized using our proprietary equipment before incorporation into our products.

Circuit design and design-for-manufacturing tools. We utilize a comprehensive set of proprietary as well as industry standard software design tools, which permit us to model relevant geometries, dimensions and thermal management for a broad range of photonic devices, which then allows us to develop products with minimal design iterations and to manufacture to a range of specifications.

Products

We have a broad portfolio of over 40 product families, including high-speed products that enable data transmission at 10Gbps, 40Gbps and 100Gbps, agility products such as ROADMs that dynamically allocate

 

5


Table of Contents

bandwidth to adjust for volatile traffic patterns, and access products that provide high-bandwidth connections to more devices and people over fixed and wireless networks. Our products can be categorized into three groups: (1) Speed and Agility, (2) Access and (3) Other Telecom.

Speed and Agility

Speed refers to the ability to transmit data at high data rates. A key limitation of network capacity is the amount of data that can be transmitted through a single fiber from one point to another. To address this limitation, we have a portfolio of products enabling data transmission at speeds of 10Gbps, 40Gbps and 100Gbps. Agility refers to the tunability and re-configurability of products to support efficient bandwidth allocation for growing and changing traffic patterns over communications networks. We provide a portfolio of products that enable network agility. Speed and agility products are shown below.

 

Product Category

  

Product Description

40Gbps/100Gbps Products    Products that enable the transmission of data at speeds of 40Gbps and 100Gbps. Products for coherent transmission include integrated coherent receivers (ICR) and coherent mixers. Transceiver products include 40Gbps and 100Gbps CFP modules.
DWDM Tunable Lasers    DWDM tunable lasers that offer up to 96 channels at 20mW or 35mW and are tunable over the C or L bands. Tunable laser products include narrow linewidth tunable lasers (NLW-TL), which are designed to be used in 40Gbps and 100Gbps coherent systems.
High Speed Transceivers    Transmits data into or receives data from optical fiber and includes SFP+ and XFP modules for 10Gbps, and CFP modules for 40Gbps and 100Gbps, with transmission distances up to 80 km.
Athermal Arrayed Waveguide Gratings (AWG)    Combines or separates up to 88 different optical wavelengths on a single optical fiber and does not require active stabilization against ambient temperature variations. Supports channel spacings of 50GHz and 100GHz. Products are also available in module and shelf configurations.
ROADMs and OADMs    Optical add and drop multiplexers (OADM) that dynamically or statically remove or add individual optical wavelengths from a single optical fiber and include reconfigurable OADM (ROADM) and variable optical attenuator multiplexer (VMUX) configurations with up to 48 channels. Products are also available in module and shelf configurations.

Access

Access refers to the ability to provide high-bandwidth connections to more devices and people over fixed and wireless networks. We offer a portfolio of products for wireless backhaul applications, fiber-to-the-home network standards and point to point networks, shown below.

 

Product Category

  

Product Description

Optical Line Terminals    Central office equipment which connects up to 64 users to the fiber optic network and includes products for GEPON and GPON systems as well as next generation 10GEPON and NGPON networks operating at 10Gbps.
Transceivers    Transmits data into or receives data from optical fiber for wireless backhaul and point to point applications and includes transceivers for 3G and LTE wireless backhaul and compact SFP transceivers for point to point networks.

 

6


Table of Contents

Product Category

  

Product Description

Athermal AWGs and Splitters    Products for outdoor use connecting up to 64 end users to a single optical fiber which include splitters with split ratios ranging from 1x4 to 2x64 and AWGs for use in WDM-PON systems. Products do not require active compensation for temperature changes.

Other Telecom

Other telecom products refer to products that are used in other broadly deployed telecommunication systems.

 

Product Category

  

Product Description

Sonet/SDH Transceivers    Transmits data into or receives data from optical fiber and includes SFP, SFF and SC modules that transmit data at 2.5 Gbps and below.
Thermal Arrayed Waveguide Gratings (AWG)    Combines or separates up to 88 different optical wavelengths on a single optical fiber and requires active stabilization against ambient temperature variations and channel spacings of 50GHz and 100GHz. Products are also available in module and shelf configurations.
Variable Optical Attenuators    Adjusts the power of a signal in an optical fiber utilizing micro electro-mechanical systems, or MEMS, for attenuator control and offer low optical signal loss, low polarization and low wavelength dependence.

Customers

We focus on a global customer base of network equipment vendors and their affiliates that we refer to as our Tier 1 customers. These customers include:

 

•   ADVA AG Optical Networking Ltd.

•   Alcatel-Lucent SA

•   Ciena Corporation

•   Cisco Systems, Inc.

•   ECI Telecom Ltd.

  

•   Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson

•   FiberHome Technologies Group

•   Fujitsu Limited

•   Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

•   Juniper Networks, Inc.

 

•   Mitsubishi Electric Corporation

•   NEC Corporation

•   Nokia Siemens Networks B.V.

•   ZTE Corporation

We also sell our products to numerous other customers globally.

We calculate the percentage of our total revenue attributable to specific customers based on sales to the customers that qualified our products. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, our ten largest customers accounted for 91%, 92% and 91%, respectively, of our total revenue. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, sales to Huawei Technologies accounted for 51%, 50% and 56%, respectively, of our total revenue. We focus on increasing our penetration of our Tier 1 customers by adding design wins across our product families. Additionally, we plan to continue to develop relationships and achieve design wins with new and existing high-growth customers.

Sales and marketing

We operate a sales model that focuses on alignment with our customers through coordination of our sales, product engineering and manufacturing teams. Our sales and marketing organizations support our strategy of increasing product penetration with our Tier 1 customers while also serving our broader customer base. Our sales cycles typically require a significant amount of time and a substantial expenditure of resources before we can realize revenue from the sale of products. The length of our sales cycle, from initial request to design win, is typically 6 to 12 months for an existing product and 18 months or longer for a new product.

 

7


Table of Contents

We use a global direct sales force based in North America, Europe and Middle East and Asia, including China. These individuals work with our product engineers, and product marketing and sales operations teams, in an integrated approach to address our customers’ current and future needs. We believe that these collaborative engineering activities provide us insight into our customers’ broader and longer term needs. We expect to continue to add sales and related support personnel as we grow our business.

Our marketing team focuses on product strategy, product development, roadmap development, new product introduction processes, program management, product demand stimulation and assessment, and competitive analysis. Our marketing team also seeks to educate the market about our products by communicating the value proposition and product differentiation in direct customer interactions and presentations and at industry tradeshows and at technical conferences.

Research and development

We have new product development and product sustaining engineering teams in San Jose and Fremont, California, also called the Silicon Valley, and in Shenzhen and Wuhan, China. In our Silicon Valley facilities, we conduct PIC research, development and product roadmap definitions. In our Shenzhen facilities, we conduct new product development, manufacturing and process engineering, quality control and continuous improvement and cost reduction relating to product manufacturing, assembly and test. In our Wuhan facility, we conduct new product development. In addition, in 2011, we established a design and sourcing center in Tokyo, Japan. We have invested and expect to continue to invest significant time and capital into our research and development operations. Research and development expenses were $30.9 million, $21.0 million and $16.5 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Intellectual property

Our success as a company depends in part upon our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protections for our technology and intellectual property and prevent others from infringing these proprietary rights. To accomplish this objective, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret, and unfair competition laws, as well as license agreements and other contractual protections.

We seek to establish and maintain our proprietary rights in our technology and products through the use of patents, copyrights and trade secret laws. We have filed applications for patents to protect certain of our intellectual property in the U.S. and in other countries, including Australia, Japan, Korea, China, Taiwan and certain countries in the European Union. As of December 31, 2011, we had 356 issued patents, expiring between 2013 and 2029, covering various aspects of our technologies. We believe our patents and other intellectual property rights have value, but we do not consider any single patent to be essential to our business. We also seek to maintain our trade secrets and confidential information by non-disclosure policies and through the use of appropriate confidentiality agreements.

Because our U.S. patents do not afford any intellectual property protection in China, where we have substantial operations, we also seek to secure, to the extent possible, intellectual property protections in China. While we have issued patents and pending patent applications in China, portions of our intellectual property portfolio are not yet protected by patents in China. Moreover, the level of protection afforded by patent and other laws in China may not be comparable to that afforded in the U.S. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business—If we fail to protect, or incur significant costs in defending, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our business and results of operation could be materially harmed.”

Our portfolio of patents and patent applications covers a range of intellectual property, including without limitation PIC fabrication and design, hybrid PIC integration, large scale integration for optical circuit designs, and methods and apparatus for assembly and packaging.

 

8


Table of Contents

We seek to protect our intellectual property rights by having our employees and independent consultants enter into confidentiality and inventions assignment agreements when they join us. Additionally, we enter into non-disclosure agreements with other third parties who may have access to our proprietary technologies and information.

In addition, we have registered the trademark “NeoPhotonics” in the U.S.

Manufacturing, assembly and test

We have manufacturing operations in the U.S. and China. Our wafer fabrication operations are located in our San Jose and our Fremont, California facilities and include chip design, clean room fabrication, integration and related facilities for PICs. Our manufacturing, assembly and test operations are located in our Shenzhen, China area facilities, and include clean room fabrication, general manufacturing and assembly and test operations utilizing production expertise and cost-effective volume capabilities. Our operations in Shenzhen have primary responsibility for assembly and test of our PIC-based products. We have quality control processes and quality management methods in our internal manufacturing operations. Certain of our products are designed and qualified to meet applicable Telcordia Technologies, Inc., TÜV SÜD America Inc. and Underwriters Laboratories Inc. standards. Our manufacturing facilities in Shenzhen are third-party certified to TL 9000, ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18000 standards and our facilities in San Jose are certified to ISO 9001 standards. We also use contract manufacturers from time to time for the production of some of our products.

We use suppliers from the U.S., China, Japan and other locations. Although there are multiple sources for most of the component parts of our products, some components are sourced from single or, in some cases, limited sources. For example, various types of adhesives are sourced from various manufacturers which presently are sole sources for these particular adhesives. We typically do not have written agreements with any of these component manufacturers to guarantee the supply of the key components used in our products.

Backlog

Sales of our products generally are made pursuant to purchase orders, often with short lead times. These purchase orders are typically made without deposits and are often subject to revision or cancellation. The quantities actually purchased by our customers, as well as the shipment schedules, are frequently revised to reflect changes in our customers’ needs and in our supply of products. Because of the possibility of changes in delivery or acceptance schedules, cancellations, modifications or price reductions with limited or no penalties, we do not believe that backlog is a firm or reliable indicator of our future revenue and do not rely on backlog to manage our business or evaluate our performance. Changes in the amount of our backlog do not necessarily reflect a corresponding change in the level of actual or potential sales.

Financial Information by Geographic Region

For information regarding our revenue and long-lived assets by geographic region, see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For risks relating to our operations see “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and particularly the risks under the caption “Risks related to our operations in China” and the risk factors “Our future results of operations may be subject to volatility as a result of exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, primarily the Chinese Renminbi (RMB)/U.S. dollar exchange rate”, “We face a variety of risks associated with international sales and operations” and “We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets”.

 

9


Table of Contents

Competition

The market for optical communications systems is highly competitive. While no company competes against us in all of our product areas, our competitors range from large international companies offering a wide range of products to smaller companies specializing in narrow markets. We believe the principal competitive factors in this market are:

 

   

ability to design and manufacture high quality, reliable products;

 

   

breadth of product solutions;

 

   

price to performance characteristics;

 

   

financial stability;

 

   

ability to quickly and consistently produce in high volume and high quality;

 

   

ability to meet customers’ specific requirements;

 

   

ability to meet customer lead time demands; and

 

   

depth of relationships with and proximity to key customers globally.

We believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors. We believe our principal competitors include Finisar Corporation, JDS Uniphase Corporation, NTT Electronics Corporation, Source Photonics, Inc., Emcore Corporation and Sumitomo Electric Device Innovations, Inc. We also compete with various other companies.

Our competitors may have substantially greater name recognition and technical, financial and marketing resources than we do. Many of our competitors have greater resources to develop products or pursue acquisitions, and more experience in developing or acquiring new products and technologies and in creating market awareness for these products and technologies than we do. In addition, a number of our competitors have the financial resources to offer competitive products at below market pricing levels that could prevent us from competing effectively and which could adversely affect our financial performance.

We also face competition from some of our customers who evaluate our capabilities against the merits of manufacturing products internally. These customers may have the ability to manufacture competitive products at a lower cost than we would charge as a result of their higher levels of integration. As a result, these customers may purchase less of our products and there would be additional pressure to lower our selling prices which, accordingly, would negatively impact our revenue and gross margin.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we had 2,565 employees, of which 169 employees were based in our corporate headquarters in San Jose, California, 119 were based in Fremont, California, 2,271 were based in Shenzhen, China, and 6 were based in Japan. As of that date, we had 114 employees in sales and marketing, 367 employees in research and development, 1,924 employees in manufacturing and operations and 160 employees in general and administrative functions.

None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Chinese law requires that all employees be members of a union that is overseen by the People’s Republic of China. We have never experienced employment-related work stoppages and we consider our employee relations to be good.

Environmental, health and safety matters

Our research and development and manufacturing operations and our products are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. These regulations

 

10


Table of Contents

govern, among other things, the discharge of pollutants to air, water, and soil; the remediation of soil and groundwater contamination; the use, handling and disposal of hazardous materials; employee health and safety; and the hazardous material content and recycling of our products. We use, store and dispose of hazardous materials in our manufacturing operations and as components in our products. We incur costs to comply with existing environmental, health and safety requirements, and any failure to comply, or the identification of contamination for which we are found liable, could cause us to incur additional costs, including cleanup costs, monetary fines, or civil or criminal penalties, or result in the curtailment of our operations. In addition, environmental, health and safety requirements have become more stringent over time, and changes to existing requirements could restrict our ability to expand our facilities, require us to acquire costly pollution control equipment, or cause us to incur other significant expenses or to modify our manufacturing processes or the contents of our products. Some jurisdictions in which we operate or sell our products have enacted requirements regarding the recycling of waste electronic equipment, and/or the packaging and hazardous material content of certain products. For example, jurisdictions including China and the European Union, among a growing number of jurisdictions, have placed restrictions on the use of lead, among other chemicals, in electronic products, which affects the composition and packaging of our products. The passage of such requirements in additional jurisdictions, or the tightening of standards or elimination of certain exemptions in jurisdictions where our products are already subject to such requirements, could cause us to incur significant expenditures to make our products compliant with new requirements, or could limit the markets into which we may sell our products.

Additionally, increasing efforts to control emissions of greenhouse gases, or GHG, may also impact us. For example, our semiconductor manufacturing operations in California use perfluorocarbons, which are classified as a high global warming potential greenhouse gas. Under California’s recently enacted Global Warming Solutions Act, we designed and installed additional pollution control equipment at our San Jose, California, manufacturing plant to reduce our perfluorocarbon emissions beginning in 2012. As of December 31, 2011, our San Jose and Fremont, California, manufacturing facilities are in compliance with the Global Warming Solutions Act. In the U.S., the Environmental Protection Agency has announced a finding relating to GHG emissions that may result in promulgation of federal GHG air quality standards. The U.S. Congress has considered various options, including a cap and trade system which would impose a limit and a price on GHG emissions and establish a market for trading GHG credits. China has recently agreed to join the Copenhagen Climate Accord, a voluntary (and non-binding) GHG agreement. Globally, negotiations for a treaty to succeed the 1997 Kyoto Protocol Treaty are ongoing, and it is not yet known whether (or on what terms) agreement will be reached on a successor treaty. Additional restrictions, limits, taxes, or other controls on GHG emissions could significantly increase our operating costs and, while it is not possible to estimate the specific impact any final GHG regulations will have on our operations, there can be no assurance that these measures will not have significant additional impact on us. In addition, some of our operations might be affected by the physical impacts of climate change. For example, some of our facilities are located in coastal areas that might be vulnerable to changes in sea level.

Available Information

We file electronically with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We make available on our website at www.neophotonics.com , free of charge, copies of these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after filing these reports with, or furnishing them to, the SEC.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risks related to our business

We have a history of losses which may continue in the future.

We have a history of losses and we may incur additional losses in future periods. As of December 31, 2011, our accumulated deficit was $230.6 million. We also expect to continue to make significant expenditures related

 

11


Table of Contents

to the development of our business. These include expenditures to hire additional personnel related to the sales, marketing and development of our products and to maintain and expand our manufacturing facilities and research and development operations.

Customer demand is difficult to accurately forecast and, as a result, we may be unable to optimally match production with customer demand, which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

We make planning and spending decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules, and inventory levels, component procurement commitments, personnel needs and other resource requirements, based on our estimates of customer requirements. The short-term nature of commitments by many of our customers and the possibility of unexpected changes in demand for their products reduce our ability to accurately estimate future customer requirements. On occasion, customers may require rapid increases in production, which can strain our resources, cause our manufacturing to be negatively impacted by materials shortages, necessitate higher or more restrictive procurement commitments and reduce our gross margin. We may not have sufficient capacity at any given time to meet the volume demands of our customers, or one or more of our suppliers may not have sufficient capacity at any given time to meet our volume demands. Conversely, a downturn in the markets in which our customers compete can cause, and in the past have caused, our customers to significantly reduce or delay the amount of products ordered from us or to cancel existing orders, leading to lower utilization of our facilities. Because many of our costs and operating expenses are relatively fixed, reduction in customer demand would have a material adverse effect on our gross margin, operating income and cash flow. During an industry downturn, there is also a higher risk that our trade receivables would be uncollectible.

Our products are typically sold pursuant to individual purchase orders or by use of a vendor-managed inventory, or VMI, model, which is a process by which we ship agreed quantities of products to a customer-designated location and those products remain our inventory and we retain the title and risk of loss for those products until the customer takes possession of the products. While our customers generally provide us with their demand forecasts and may give us a promised market share award, they are typically not contractually committed to buy any quantity of products beyond firm purchase orders. Many of our customers may increase, decrease, cancel or delay purchase orders already in place. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience wide fluctuations in demand from customers using VMI, particularly Huawei Technologies, even in instances where we have built and shipped products to the customer-designated locations as VMI. If any of our major customers decrease, stop or delay purchasing our products for any reason, our business and results of operations would be harmed. Cancellation or delays of such orders may cause us to fail to achieve our short and long-term financial and operating goals.

We are dependent on Huawei Technologies and our other key customers for a significant portion of our revenue and the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, Huawei Technologies or any of our other key customers may reduce our revenue and adversely impact our results of operations.

Historically, we have generated most of our revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2011, our largest customer, Huawei Technologies, represented 50.7% of our total revenue and our top ten customers represented 90.6% of our total revenue. As a result, the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, Huawei Technologies or any of our other key customers would materially and adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. For instance, in the three months ended September 30, 2011, demand from Huawei Technologies was lower than expected, which adversely affected our revenue for such period. Adverse events affecting our customers could also adversely affect our revenue and results of operations (for instance, in 2009, the filing of a voluntary petition for bankruptcy protection by one of our customers, Nortel Networks Limited, has prevented us from timely collection of our accounts receivable from that customer). In addition, network equipment vendors serving the communications networks industry may continue to consolidate, and we may not be able to offset any potential decline in revenue arising from consolidation of our existing customers with revenue from new customers.

 

12


Table of Contents

We are under continuous pressure to reduce the prices of our products, which may adversely affect our gross margins.

The communications networks industry has been characterized by declining product prices over time. We have reduced the prices of many of our products in the past and we expect to experience pricing pressure for our products in the future. When seeking to maintain or increase their market share, our competitors may also reduce the prices of their products. In addition, our customers may have the ability or seek to internally develop and manufacture competing products at a lower cost than we would otherwise charge, which would add additional pressure on us to lower our selling prices. If we are unable to offset any future reductions in our average selling prices by increasing our sales volume, reducing our costs and expenses or introducing new products, our gross margin would suffer.

Increasing costs may adversely impact our gross margins.

The rate of increase in our costs and expenses, including as a result of rising labor costs in China, may exceed the rate of increase in our revenue, either of which would materially and adversely affect our business, our results of operations and our financial condition.

We are subject to the cyclical nature of the markets in which we compete and any future downturn may reduce demand for our products and revenue.

The markets in which we compete are tied to the aggregate capital expenditures of service providers as they build out and upgrade their network infrastructure. These markets are highly cyclical and characterized by constant and rapid technological change, price erosion, evolving standards and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. In the past, including recently to varying degrees in China, the U.S. and Europe, these markets have experienced significant downturns, often connected with, or in anticipation of, the maturation of product cycles—for both manufacturers’ and their customers’ products—or in response to over or under purchasing of inventory by our customers relative to ultimate carrier demand, and with declining general economic conditions. These downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices.

Our historical results of operations have been subject to substantial fluctuations, and we may experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations in future results of operations. Any future downturn in the markets in which we compete could significantly reduce the demand for our products and therefore may result in a significant reduction in revenue. It may also increase the volatility of the price of our common stock. Our revenue and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected in the future due to changes in demand from individual customers or cyclical changes in the markets utilizing our products.

In addition, the communications networks industry from time to time has experienced and may again experience a pronounced downturn. To respond to a downturn, many service providers may slow their capital expenditures, cancel or delay new developments, reduce their workforces and inventories and take a cautious approach to acquiring new equipment and technologies from original equipment manufacturers, which would have a negative impact on our business. Weakness in the global economy or a future downturn in the communications networks industry may cause our results of operations to fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year, harm our business, and may increase the volatility of the price of our common stock.

If spending for communications networks does not continue to grow as expected, our business and financial results may suffer.

Our future success as a provider of modules and subsystems to leading network equipment vendors depends on their continued capital spending on global communications networks. Network traffic has experienced rapid growth driven primarily by bandwidth-intensive content, including HD and 3D video, music, social networking, video conferencing and other multimedia. This growth is intensified by the proliferation of fixed and wireless

 

13


Table of Contents

network-attached devices, including smartphones, laptops, netbooks, tablet computers, PCs, e-readers, televisions and gaming devices, that are enabling consumers to access content at increasing data rates anytime and anywhere. Our future success depends on continued demand for high-bandwidth, high-speed communications networks and the ability of network equipment vendors to meet this demand. Growth in demand for communications networks is limited by several factors, including an evolving regulatory environment and uncertainty regarding long-term sustainable business models. We cannot be certain that demand for bandwidth-intensive content will continue to grow in the future. If expectations for growth of communications networks and bandwidth consumption are not realized and investment in communications networks does not grow as anticipated, our business could be harmed.

It could be discovered that our products contain defects that may cause us to incur significant costs, divert our attention, result in a loss of customers and result in product liability claims.

Our products are complex and undergo quality testing as well as formal qualification, both by our customers and by us. However, defects may occur from time to time. Our customers’ testing procedures are limited to evaluating our products under likely and foreseeable failure scenarios and over varying amounts of time. For various reasons, such as the occurrence of performance problems that are unforeseeable in testing or that are detected only when products age or are operated under peak stress conditions, our products may fail to perform as expected long after customer acceptance. Failures could result from faulty components or design, problems in manufacturing or other unforeseen reasons. As a result, we could incur significant costs to repair or replace defective products under warranty, particularly when such failures occur in installed systems. We have experienced such failures in the past and will continue to face this risk going forward, as our products are widely deployed throughout the world in multiple demanding environments and applications. In addition, we may in certain circumstances honor warranty claims after the warranty has expired or for problems not covered by warranty in order to maintain customer relationships. Any significant product failure could result in lost future sales of the affected product and other products, as well as customer relations problems, litigation and damage to our reputation.

In addition, our products are typically embedded in, or deployed in conjunction with, our customers’ products, which incorporate a variety of components, modules and subsystems and may be expected to interoperate with modules produced by third parties. As a result, not all defects are immediately detectable and when problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. These problems may cause us to incur significant damages or warranty and repair costs, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts and cause significant customer relations problems or loss of customers, all of which would harm our business.

The occurrence of any defects in our products could give rise to liability for damages caused by such defects. They could, moreover, impair our customers’ acceptance of our products. Both could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Although we carry product liability insurance which covers this risk, this insurance may not adequately cover our costs arising from defects in our products or otherwise.

Manufacturing problems could result in delays in product shipments to customers and could adversely affect our revenue, competitive position and reputation.

We may experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in our manufacturing operations. For instance, we could experience a disruption in our fabrication facilities for our PIC products due to any number of reasons, such as equipment failure, contaminated materials or process deviations, which could adversely impact manufacturing yields or delay product shipments. As a result, we could incur additional costs that would adversely affect our gross margin, and product shipments to our customers could be delayed beyond the shipment schedules requested by our customers, which would negatively affect our revenue, competitive position and reputation.

 

14


Table of Contents

Additionally, manufacturing yields depend on a number of factors, including the stability and manufacturability of the product design, manufacturing improvements gained over cumulative production volumes, the quality and consistency of component parts and the nature and extent of customization requirements by customers. Capacity constraints, raw materials shortages, logistics issues, labor shortages, the introduction of new product lines and changes in customer requirements, manufacturing facilities or processes, or those of some third party contract manufacturers and suppliers of raw materials and components have historically caused, and may in the future cause, reduced manufacturing yields, negatively impacting the gross margin on, and our production capacity for, those products. Moreover, an increase in the rejection and rework rate of products during the quality control process before, during or after manufacture would result in our experiencing lower yields, gross margin and production capacity.

Our ability to maintain sufficient manufacturing yields is particularly challenging with respect to PICs due to the complexity and required precision of a large number of unique manufacturing process steps. Manufacturing yields for PICs can also suffer if contaminated materials or materials that do not meet highly precise composition requirements are inadvertently utilized. Because a large portion of our PIC manufacturing costs are fixed, PIC manufacturing yields have a substantial effect on our gross margin. Lower than expected manufacturing yields could also delay product shipments and decrease our revenue.

We will initially depend upon an outside contract manufacturer for a portion of the manufacturing process for our Santur products. Our operations and revenue related to these products could be adversely affected if we encounter problems with this contract manufacturer.

In October 2011, we acquired Santur, a designer and manufacturer of InP-based PIC products. Although almost all of our other products are manufactured internally, we will initially rely upon a contract manufacturer in Malaysia to produce the finished portion of our Santur products. Our reliance on a contract manufacturer for these products makes us vulnerable to possible capacity constraints and reduced control over delivery schedules, manufacturing yields, manufacturing quality/controls and costs. For instance, recently our contract manufacturer has been unable to meet all of our customer demand in a timely fashion. If these issues continue, they could have a materials adverse effect on the revenue from our Santur products. If the contract manufacturer for our Santur products were unable or unwilling to manufacture our Santur products in required volumes and at high quality levels or to continue our existing supply arrangement, we would have to identify, qualify and select an acceptable alternative contract manufacturer or move these manufacturing operations to our internal manufacturing facilities. An alternative contract manufacturer may not be available to us when needed or may not be in a position to satisfy our quality or production requirements on commercially reasonable terms, including price. Any significant interruption in manufacturing our Santur products would require us to reduce our supply of Santur products to our customers, which in turn would reduce our revenue, harm our relationships with the customers of these Santur products and cause us to forego potential revenue opportunities.

We have a limited history operating on a global basis, making it difficult to predict our future results of operations.

We have a limited history operating on a global basis, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and financial prospects. While our operations began in 1996, we did not begin commercial shipments of our PIC products until the second quarter of 2003 and we did not acquire our subsidiaries in China until 2005. Since then, our revenue, gross margin and results of operations have varied significantly and are likely to continue to vary from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are not within our control. For instance, changes in gross margin may result from various factors, such as changes in pricing, changes in our fixed costs, changes in the cost of labor, changes in the mix of our products sold, changes in the amount of product manufactured versus the amount of product sold over time, and charges for excess and obsolete inventory. In making an investment decision relating to our common stock, you should evaluate our business in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies operating on a global platform, particularly

 

15


Table of Contents

companies in the rapidly changing communications networks industry. It is difficult for us to accurately forecast our future revenue and gross margin and plan expenses accordingly and, therefore, it is difficult for us to predict our future results of operations.

We must continually achieve new design wins and enhance existing products or our business and future revenue may be harmed.

The markets for our products are characterized by frequent new product introductions, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry standards, all with an underlying pressure to reduce cost and meet stringent reliability and qualification requirements. Our future performance will depend on our successful development, introduction and market acceptance of new and enhanced products that address these challenges. The anticipated or actual introduction of new and enhanced products by us and by our competitors may cause our customers to defer or cancel orders for our existing products. In addition, the introduction of new products by us or our competitors could result, and in the past, has resulted, in a slowdown in demand for our existing products and could result, and in the past, has resulted, in a write-down in the value of inventory. We have both recently and in the past experienced a slowdown in demand for existing products and delays in new product development, and such delays may occur in the future. To the extent customers defer or cancel orders for our products for any reason or we fail to achieve new design wins, our competitive position would be adversely affected and our ability to grow revenue would be impaired.

Product development delays may result from numerous factors, including:

 

   

changing product specifications and customer requirements;

 

   

unanticipated engineering complexities;

 

   

difficulties in reallocating engineering resources and overcoming resource limitations; and

 

   

changing market or competitive product requirements.

Furthermore, fast time-to-market with new products can be critical to success in our markets. It is difficult to displace an existing supplier for a particular type of product once a network equipment vendor has chosen a supplier, even if a later-to-market product provides superior performance or cost efficiency. If we are unable to make our new or enhanced products commercially available on a timely basis, we may lose existing and potential customers and our financial results would suffer.

The development of new, technologically-advanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring frequent innovation, highly-skilled engineering and development personnel and significant capital, as well as the accurate anticipation of technological and market trends. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify, develop, manufacture, market or support new or enhanced products successfully, if at all, or on a timely basis. Further, we cannot assure you that our new products will gain market acceptance or that we will be able to respond effectively to product introductions by competitors, technological changes or emerging industry standards. We also may not be able to develop the underlying core technologies necessary to create new products and enhancements, license these technologies from third parties, or remain competitive in our markets.

Our success will depend on our ability to anticipate and quickly respond to evolving technologies and customer requirements.

The communications networks industry is characterized by substantial investment in new technology and the development of diverse and changing technologies and industry standards. For example, new technologies are required to satisfy the emerging standards for 40Gbps and 100Gbps data transmission in communications networks.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our ability to anticipate and respond to evolving technology, industry standards, customer requirements and product offerings, and to develop and introduce new and enhanced products and technologies, will be critical factors in our ability to succeed. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to such changes in the future, our competitive position could be adversely affected. In addition, the introduction of new products by other companies embodying new technologies, or the emergence of new industry standards, could render our existing products uncompetitive from a pricing standpoint, obsolete or otherwise unmarketable.

If our customers do not qualify our products for use, then our results of operations may suffer.

Prior to placing volume purchase orders with us, most of our customers require us to obtain their approval—called qualification in our industry—of our new and existing products, and our customers often audit our manufacturing facilities and perform other vendor evaluations during this process. The qualification process involves product sampling and reliability testing and collaboration with our product management and engineering teams in the design and manufacturing stages. If we are unable to qualify our products with customers, then our revenue would be lower than expected and we may not be able to recover the costs associated with the qualification process which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

In addition, due to evolving technological changes in our markets, a customer may cancel or modify a design project before we have qualified our product or begun volume manufacturing of a qualified product. It is unlikely that we would be able to recover the expenses for cancelled or unutilized custom design projects. It is difficult to predict with any certainty whether our customers will delay or terminate product qualification or the frequency with which customers will cancel or modify their projects, but any such delay, cancellation or modification would have a negative effect on our results of operations.

In particular, we have developed new technologies and products that we believe are key components in our customers’ systems for 40Gbps and 100Gbps data transmission. There are multiple modulation approaches for these systems and not all are likely to be equally successful. While we are shipping certain products for 40Gbps and 100Gbps system designs today, many of our products for these systems are currently being qualified for use by our customers. Our ability to successfully qualify and scale capacity for these new technologies and products is important to our ability to grow our business and market presence. If we are unable to qualify and sell any of these products in volume on time, or at all, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

We face intense competition which could negatively impact our results of operations and market share.

The communications networks industry is highly competitive. Our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of products to smaller companies specializing in niche markets. In addition, we believe that a number of companies have developed or are developing planar lightwave, indium phosphide, or MEMS-based, PIC devices and other products that compete directly with our products. Current and potential competitors may have substantially greater financial, marketing, research and manufacturing resources than we possess, and there can be no assurance that our current and future competitors will not be more successful than us in specific product lines or as a whole.

Some of our competitors have substantially greater name recognition, technical, financial, and marketing resources, and greater manufacturing capacity, as well as better-established relationships with customers, than we do. Some of our competitors have more resources to develop or acquire, and more experience in developing or acquiring, new products and technologies and in creating market awareness for these products and technologies. Some of our competitors may be able to develop new products more quickly than us and may be able to develop products that are more reliable or which provide more functionality than ours. In addition, some of our competitors have the financial resources on business strategy to offer competitive products at below-market pricing levels that could prevent us from competing effectively and result in a loss of sales or market share or cause us to lower prices for our products.

 

17


Table of Contents

We also face competition from some of our customers who evaluate our capabilities against the merits of manufacturing products internally. Due to the fact that such customers are not seeking to make a profit directly from the manufacture of these products, they may have the ability to manufacture competitive products at a lower cost than we would charge such customers. As a result, these customers may purchase less of our products and there would be additional pressure to lower our selling prices which, accordingly, would negatively impact our revenue and gross margin.

In particular we have developed new technologies and products that we believe are key components in our customers’ systems for 40Gbps and 100Gbps data transmission. The emergence of technologies and products from our competitors and their success in competing against our technologies and products for 40Gbps and 100Gbps data transmission could render our existing products uncompetitive from a pricing standpoint, obsolete or otherwise unmarketable.

Intense competition in our markets could result in aggressive business tactics by our competitors, including aggressively pricing their products or selling older inventory at a discount. If our current or future competitors utilize aggressive business tactics, including those described above, demand for our products could decline, we could experience delays or cancellations of customer orders, or we could be required to reduce our sales prices.

If we fail to retain our key personnel or if we fail to attract additional qualified personnel, we may not be able to achieve our anticipated level of growth and our business could suffer.

Our success and ability to implement our business strategy depends upon the continued contributions of our senior management team and others, including our technical and operations employees. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel, including our senior management and others, and on the continued contributions of members of our senior management team and key technical and operations personnel, each of whom would be difficult to replace. The loss of services of members of our senior management team or key personnel or the inability to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. Competition for highly skilled technical and operations people where we operate is extremely intense, and we continue to face challenges identifying, hiring and retaining qualified personnel in many areas of our business. If we fail to retain our senior management and other key personnel or if we fail to attract additional qualified personnel, our business could suffer.

The communications networks industry has long product development cycles requiring us to incur product development costs without assurances of an acceptable investment return.

The communications networks industry is highly capital-intensive. Large volumes of equipment and support structures are installed with considerable expenditures of funds and other resources, and long investment return period expectations. At the component supplier level, these cycles create considerable, typically multi-year, gaps between the commencement of new product development and volume purchases. Accordingly, we and our competitors often incur significant research and development and sales and marketing costs for products that, at the earliest, will be purchased by our customers long after much of the cost is incurred and, in some cases, may never be purchased due to changes in industry or customer requirements in the interim.

Due to changing industry and customer requirements, we are constantly developing new products, including seeking to further integrate functions on PICs and developing and using new technologies in our products. These development activities can and are expected to necessitate significant investment of capital. Our new products often require a long time to develop because of their complexity and rigorous testing and qualification requirements. Additionally, developing a manufacturing approach with an acceptable cost structure and yield for new products can be expensive and time-consuming. Due to the costs and length of research and development and manufacturing process cycles, we may not recognize revenue from new products until long after such expenditures are incurred, if at all, and our gross margin may decrease if our costs are higher than expected.

 

18


Table of Contents

While we rely on many suppliers, there are a few which, if they stopped, decreased or delayed shipments to us, it could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for certain components and materials we have qualified to use in the manufacture of certain of our products. Some of these suppliers could disrupt our business if they stop, decrease or delay shipments or if the components they ship have quality, consistency, or business continuity issues, such as a disruption relating to the earthquake and tsunami in Japan. Some of these components and materials are available only from a sole source, or have been qualified only from a single source, although other sources may exist. For example, we use various types of adhesives that are sourced from various manufacturers, which presently are sole sources for these particular adhesives. Furthermore, there are a limited number of entities from which we could obtain certain other components and materials. We may also face component shortages if we experience increased demand for components beyond what our qualified suppliers can deliver. We have experienced component shortages from certain key suppliers, which has resulted and, if this occurs in the future, may result in an inability to meet customer demand, higher purchasing costs, or both. Although we engage in various actions to mitigate the impact of these shortages, any inability on our part to obtain sufficient quantities of critical components at reasonable costs could adversely affect our ability to meet demand for our products, which could cause our revenue, results of operations, or both to suffer.

Our customers generally restrict our ability to change the component parts in our modules without their approval. For more critical components, such as PICs, lasers and photodetectors, any changes may require repeating the entire qualification process. We typically have not entered into long-term or written agreements with our suppliers to guarantee the supply of the key components used in our products, and, therefore, our suppliers could stop supplying materials and equipment at any time or fail to supply adequate quantities of component parts on a timely basis. It is difficult, costly, time consuming and, on short notice, sometimes impossible for us to identify and qualify new component suppliers. The reliance on a sole supplier, single qualified vendor or limited number of suppliers could result in delivery and quality problems, reduced control over product pricing, reliability and performance and an inability to identify and qualify another supplier in a timely manner. We have in the past had to change suppliers, which has, in some instances, resulted in delays in product development and manufacturing and loss of revenue. Any such delays in the future may limit our ability to respond to changes in customer and market demands. Any supply deficiencies relating to the quality, quantities or timeliness of delivery of components that we use to manufacture our products could adversely affect our ability to fulfill our customer orders and our results of operations.

If we fail to protect, or incur significant costs in defending, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our business and results of operations could be materially harmed.

Our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and unfair competition laws, as well as license agreements and other contractual provisions, to establish and protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We have applied for patent registrations in the U.S. and in other foreign countries, some of which have been issued. In addition, we have registered the trademark “NeoPhotonics” in the U.S. We cannot guarantee that our pending applications will be approved by the applicable governmental authorities. Moreover, our existing and future patents and trademarks may not be sufficiently broad to protect our proprietary rights or may be held invalid or unenforceable in court. A failure to obtain patents or trademark registrations or a successful challenge to our registrations in the U.S. or other foreign countries may limit our ability to protect the intellectual property rights that these applications and registrations intended to cover.

Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the misappropriation, unauthorized use or other infringement of our intellectual property rights. Further, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights from misappropriation or other infringement in foreign countries where we have not applied for patent protections, and where effective patent, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws may be unavailable, or may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as U.S. law. Particularly, our U.S. patents do not afford any intellectual property

 

19


Table of Contents

protection in China, Japan, Canada or Malaysia, where we have company operations. We seek to secure, to the extent possible, comparable intellectual property protections in China and other areas in which we operate. However, while we have issued patents and pending patent applications in China, portions of our intellectual property portfolio are not yet protected by patents in China. Moreover, the level of protection afforded by patent and other laws in China may not be comparable to that afforded in the U.S.

We attempt to protect our intellectual property, including our trade secrets and know-how, through the use of trade secret and other intellectual property laws, and contractual provisions. We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and independent consultants. We also use non-disclosure agreements with other third parties who may have access to our proprietary technologies and information. Such measures, however, provide only limited protection, and there can be no assurance that our confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements will not be breached, especially after our employees or those of our third-party contract manufacturers end their employment or engagement, and that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known by competitors or that we will have adequate remedies in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of proprietary information. Unauthorized third parties may try to copy or reverse engineer our products or portions of our products, otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property, or may independently develop similar or equivalent trade secrets or know-how. If we fail to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, or if such intellectual property and proprietary rights are infringed or misappropriated, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially harmed.

In the future, we may need to take legal actions to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property or from otherwise gaining access to our technology. Protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights and determining their validity and scope could result in significant litigation costs and require significant time and attention from our technical and management personnel, which could significantly harm our business. In addition, we may not prevail in such proceedings. An adverse outcome of such proceedings may reduce our competitive advantage or otherwise harm our financial condition and our business.

We may be involved in intellectual property disputes in the future, which could divert management’s attention, cause us to incur significant costs and prevent us from selling or using the challenged technology.

Participants in the markets in which we sell our products have experienced frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Numerous patents in these industries are held by others, including our competitors. In addition, from time to time, we have been notified that we may be infringing certain patents or other intellectual property rights of others. Regardless of their merit, responding to such claims can be time consuming, divert management’s attention and resources and may cause us to incur significant expenses. In addition, there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us. While we believe that our products do not infringe in any material respect upon intellectual property rights of other parties and/or meritorious defense would exist with respect to any assertions to the contrary, we cannot be certain that our products would not be found infringing the intellectual property rights of others. Intellectual property claims against us could invalidate our proprietary rights and force us to do one or more of the following:

 

   

obtain from a third party claiming infringement a license to sell or use the relevant technology, which may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all;

 

   

stop manufacturing, selling, incorporating or using our products that use the challenged intellectual property;

 

   

pay substantial monetary damages; or

 

   

expend significant resources to redesign the products that use the technology and to develop non-infringing technology.

Any of these actions could result in a substantial reduction in our revenue and could result in losses over an extended period of time.

 

20


Table of Contents

On January 5, 2010, Finisar Corporation, or Finisar, filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against Source Photonics, Inc., MRV Communications, Inc., Oplink Communications, Inc. and us, or collectively, the co-defendants. In the complaint, Finisar alleged infringement of certain of its U.S. patents arising from the co-defendants’ respective manufacture, importation, use, sale of or offer to sell certain optical transceiver products in the U.S. Finisar sought to recover unspecified damages, up to treble the amount of actual damages, together with attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. Finisar alleged that at least some of the patents asserted are a part of certain digital diagnostic standards for optoelectronics transceivers and, therefore, are being utilized in such digital diagnostic standards. On March 23, 2010, we filed an answer to the complaint and counterclaims, asserting two claims of patent infringement and additional claims asserting that Finisar has violated state and federal competition laws and violated its obligations to license on reasonable and non-discriminatory terms. On May 5, 2010, the court dismissed without prejudice all co-defendants (including us) except Source Photonics, Inc., on grounds that such claims should have been asserted in four separate lawsuits, one against each co-defendant. This dismissal without prejudice does not prevent Finisar from bringing a new similar lawsuit against us. We and Finisar had agreed to a 90 day tolling of our respective claims and not to refile any claims against each other until one or more specified events occur resulting in the partial or complete resolution of the litigation between Source Photonics and Finisar. On September 10, 2010, Source Photonics and Finisar settled their lawsuit, commencing the tolling period, which expired in early December 2010.

In January 2011, we and Finisar agreed to toll our respective claims and not to refile the originally asserted claims against each other until at least 90 days after one or more specified events occur resulting in the partial or complete resolution of litigation involving the same Finisar patents between Oplink Communications, Inc. and Finisar. In December 2011, Oplink and Finisar settled their lawsuit, commencing the tolling period, which has been extended to expire on April 30, 2012. As a result, Finisar will be permitted to bring a new lawsuit against us on or after April 30, 2012 if it chooses to do so, and we will be able to bring new claims against Finisar on or after May 7, 2012. If we are unsuccessful in our defense of the Finisar patent infringement claims, a license to use the allegedly infringing technology may not be available to us at all, and if it is, it may not be available on commercially reasonable terms and therefore may limit or preclude us from competing in the market for optical transceivers in the U.S., which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition, and otherwise materially harm our business.

Although we believe that we would have meritorious defenses to the infringement allegations and intend to defend any new similar lawsuit vigorously, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in our defense. Even if we are successful, we may incur substantial legal fees and other costs in defending the lawsuit. Further, a new lawsuit, if brought, would be likely to divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel, which could harm our business.

If we fail to obtain the right to use the intellectual property rights of others which are necessary to operate our business, and to protect their intellectual property, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

From time to time we may choose to or be required to license technology or intellectual property from third parties in connection with the development of our products. We cannot assure you that third-party licenses will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Generally, a license, if granted, would include payments of up-front fees, ongoing royalties or both. These payments or other terms could have a significant adverse impact on our results of operations. The inability to obtain a necessary third-party license required for our product offerings or to develop new products and product enhancements could require us to substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards, or of greater cost, either of which could adversely affect our business. If we are not able to obtain licenses from third parties, if necessary, then we may also be subject to litigation to defend against infringement claims from these third parties. Our competitors may be able to obtain licenses or cross-license their technology on better terms than we can, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Also, we typically enter into confidentiality agreements with such third parties in which we agree

 

21


Table of Contents

to protect and maintain their proprietary and confidential information, including requiring our employees to enter into agreements protecting such information. There can be no assurance that the confidentiality agreements will not be breached by any of our employees or that such third parties will not make claims that their proprietary information has been disclosed.

Any potential dispute involving our patents or other intellectual property could also include our customers using our products, which could trigger our indemnification obligations to them and result in substantial expenses to us.

In any potential dispute involving our patents or other intellectual property, our customers could also become the target of litigation. Because we often indemnify our customers for intellectual property claims made against them for products incorporating our technology, any claims against our customers could trigger indemnification obligations in some of our supply agreements, which could result in substantial expenses such as increased legal expenses, damages for past infringement or royalties for future use. While we have not incurred any indemnification expenses to date, any future indemnity claim could adversely affect our relationships with our customers and result in substantial costs to us. Our insurance does not cover intellectual property infringement.

If we fail to adequately manage our long-term growth and expansion requirements, our business and financial results will suffer.

In recent years, we have experienced significant growth through, among other things, internal expansion programs, product development and acquisitions of other companies. We expect to continue to grow, which could require us to expand our manufacturing operations, including hiring new personnel, purchasing additional equipment, leasing or purchasing additional facilities, developing the management infrastructure and developing our suppliers to manage any such expansion. If we fail to secure these expansion requirements or manage our future growth effectively, our business could suffer.

Natural disasters, terrorist attacks or other catastrophic events could harm our operations and our financial results.

Our worldwide operations could be subject to natural disasters and other business disruptions, which could harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. For example, the recent floods in Thailand and the 2011 earthquakes, tsunami and subsequent crisis relating to nuclear power facilities in Japan may adversely impact our revenue from customers located in Thailand and Japan and/or our ability to source parts from companies located in Thailand and Japan. In addition, the combined effects of these natural disasters have created significant uncertainty, and it is possible that these events could result in continued reduced end user demand due to the economic impact to Thailand and Japan and potentially the global economy; a slowdown of business or inability to manufacture products by our customers or others in the industry that are located in Thailand and/or Japan; a disruption to the global supply chain for products manufactured in Thailand and/or Japan that are included in the products either by us or by our customers; a disruption to manufacturing resulting from power shortages or other rationing of inputs to production; an increase in the cost of products that we purchase due to reduced supply; and other unforeseen impacts as a result of the uncertainty in Thailand and Japan.

Similarly, our worldwide operations could be subject to secondary effects of natural disasters and other business disruptions, which could harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. For example, the recent flooding in Thailand may adversely impact our revenue. While we do not have contract manufacturing in Thailand and we do not source materials or components from Thailand, our customers do. Therefore the combined effect of the flooding on other suppliers and potential for resulting shortage of such materials to our customers could adversely impact our customers’ ability to assemble and ship their products, thereby reducing near term need for products that they buy from us. The combined effects of the flooding increases uncertainty about demand and could result in reduced customer demand in the near and intermediate term.

 

22


Table of Contents

In addition, our corporate headquarters and wafer fabrication facility in Silicon Valley, California and our Tokyo, Japan facility are located near major earthquake fault lines, and our manufacturing facilities are located in Shenzhen, China, an area that is susceptible to typhoons. Further, a terrorist attack, including one aimed at energy or communications infrastructure suppliers, could hinder or delay the development and sale of our products. In the event that an earthquake, tsunami, typhoon, terrorist attack or other natural or man-made catastrophe were to destroy any part of our facilities, destroy or disrupt vital infrastructure systems or interrupt our operations or the facilities or operations of our suppliers or customers for any extended period of time, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected. We are not insured against many natural disasters, including earthquakes.

Rapidly changing standards and regulations could make our products obsolete, which would cause our revenue and results of operations to suffer.

We design our products to conform to regulations established by governments and to standards set by industry standards bodies worldwide, such as The American National Standards Institute, the European Telecommunications Standards Institute, the International Telecommunications Union and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. Various industry organizations are currently considering whether and to what extent to create standards for elements used in 100Gbps systems. Because certain of our products are designed to conform to current specific industry standards, if competing or new standards emerge that are preferred by our customers, we would have to make significant expenditures to develop new products. If our customers adopt new or competing industry standards with which our products are not compatible, or the industry groups adopt standards or governments issue regulations with which our products are not compatible, our existing products would become less desirable to our customers and our revenue and results of operations would suffer.

We have pursued and may continue to pursue acquisitions. Acquisitions could be difficult to integrate, divert the attention of key personnel, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and impair our financial results.

As part of our business strategy, we have pursued and intend to continue to pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, products, services or technologies that we believe could accelerate our ability to compete in our existing markets or allow us to enter new markets. Any of these transactions could be material to our financial condition and results of operations. For instance, in October 2011, we completed the acquisition of Santur, a designer and manufacturer of InP -based PIC products. If we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate.

Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:

 

   

difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products, existing contracts, accounting and personnel of the target company and realizing the anticipated synergies of the combined businesses;

 

   

difficulties in realizing our expectations for the financial performance of the target company;

 

   

difficulties in supporting and transitioning customers, if any, of the target company;

 

   

diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations;

 

   

the price we pay or other resources that we devote may exceed the value we realize, or the value we could have realized if we had allocated the purchase price or other resources to another opportunity;

 

   

risks of entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

 

   

potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic alliances from either our current business or the target company’s business;

 

   

assumption of unanticipated problems or latent liabilities, such as problems with the quality of the target company’s products;

 

23


Table of Contents
   

exposure to environmental liabilities that have not yet been discovered associated with acquired businesses’ facilities;

 

   

expenses, distractions and actual or threatened claims or litigation resulting from acquisitions, whether or not they are completed;

 

   

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset increased expenses association with any acquisition;

 

   

the incurrence of debt to provide capital for any cash-based acquisitions;

 

   

dilutive effect on our stock as a result of any equity-based acquisitions; and

 

   

in the event of international acquisitions, risks associated with accounting and business practices that are different from applicable U.S. practices and requirements.

The failure to successfully evaluate and execute acquisitions or otherwise adequately address these risks could materially harm our business and financial results.

Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets which are subject to potential impairments which have occurred in the past and which, were they to occur in the future, could harm our financial results. As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate. The failure to successfully evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments or otherwise adequately address these risks could materially harm our business and financial results.

Failure to realize the anticipated benefits from our acquisition of Santur may affect our future results of operations and financial condition.

The successful integration of Santur’s operations and products will require integrating commercial operations and personnel into our existing infrastructure. If there are delays in our efforts to integrate the Santur business, the anticipated benefits of the transaction may not be realized or may take longer to realize than expected. The anticipated benefits of the acquisition could be materially reduced by a number of factors, including the following:

 

   

the future revenue and gross margins of the Santur products may be materially different from those we originally anticipated;

 

   

we could incur material unanticipated expenses;

 

   

the Santur products may not achieve the performance levels or specifications required by our customers;

 

   

we could have difficulty integrating and managing Santur’s international business locations in places where we did not previously have a business presence, including Malaysia and Canada;

 

   

claims or lawsuits may arise from the acquisition transaction or from Santur’s previous business operations;

 

   

we may experience negative reactions from Santur customers, employees and suppliers;

 

   

we may experience difficulties in implementing effective internal controls over financial reporting as part of our integration of Santur, which was historically a private company and not subject to the internal control requirements of a public company; and

 

   

potential growth, expected financial results, perceived synergies and anticipated opportunities may not be realized through the ongoing integration of our and Santur’s businesses.

The occurrence of any or all of these events may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

Potential changes in our effective tax rate could negatively affect our future results.

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S., China and other various foreign jurisdictions, and our domestic and international tax liabilities are subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our tax rate is affected by changes in the mix of earnings and losses in countries with differing statutory tax rates, certain non-deductible expenses and the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, including our ability to utilize our net operating losses. Increases in our effective tax rate could negatively affect our results of operations.

Our future results of operations may be subject to volatility as a result of exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, primarily the Chinese Renminbi (RMB)/U.S. dollar exchange rate.

We are exposed to foreign exchange risks. Foreign currency fluctuations may adversely affect our revenue and our costs and expenses, and hence our results of operations. A substantial portion of our business is conducted through our subsidiaries based in China, whose functional currency is the RMB. The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Since July 21, 2005, the RMB has no longer been pegged solely to the value of the U.S. dollar. Instead, the RMB is now pegged against a basket of currencies, determined by the People’s Bank of China, against which it can rise or fall by as much as 0.5% each day. This change in policy has resulted in approximately 24% appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar between July 21, 2005 and December 31, 2011. While the international reaction to the RMB revaluation has generally been positive, there remains significant international pressure on the Chinese government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy, which may result in a further and more significant appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar. In the long term, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar, depending upon the fluctuation of the basket of currencies against which it is currently valued, or it may be permitted to enter into a full float, which may also result in a significant appreciation or depreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar.

Foreign currency exchange rates are subject to fluctuation and may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statements of operations. To the extent that transactions by our subsidiaries in China are denominated in currencies other than the RMB, we bear the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates of the RMB in relation to other currencies could decrease our revenue or increase our costs and expenses, therefore having an adverse effect on our future results of operations.

While we generate the majority of our revenue in RMB, conversely, a majority of our operating expenses are in U.S. dollars. Therefore, depreciation in the RMB against the U.S. dollar would adversely impact our revenue upon translation to U.S. dollars, but the positive impact on operating expenses would be less. This would result in an overall adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2011, a 10% depreciation in RMB against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in an $11.2 million decrease in our revenue and a $0.7 million increase in our net loss for the period. Comparatively, for the year ended December 31, 2010, a 10% depreciation in RMB against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a $10.6 million decrease in our revenue and a $1.3 million decrease in our net income for the period.

To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedging transactions may be limited and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure. In addition, our currency exchange variations may be magnified by Chinese exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency.

We face a variety of risks associated with international sales and operations, which if not adequately managed could adversely affect our business and financial results.

We currently derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue from international sales in various markets. In addition, a major portion of our operations is based in Shenzhen, China as well as our

 

25


Table of Contents

having additional operations in Japan, Canada and a contract manufacturing relationship in Malaysia. Our international revenue and operations are subject to a number of material risks, including, but not limited to:

 

   

difficulties in staffing, managing and supporting operations in more than one country;

 

   

difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through foreign legal systems;

 

   

fewer legal protections for intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions;

 

   

foreign and U.S. taxation issues and international trade barriers;

 

   

general economic and political conditions in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

difficulties in obtaining any necessary governmental authorizations for the export of our products to certain foreign jurisdictions;

 

   

fluctuations in foreign economies;

 

   

fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies and interest rates;

 

   

trade and travel restrictions;

 

   

outbreaks of avian flu, Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS, H1N1 swine flu or other contagious disease;

 

   

domestic and international economic or political changes, hostilities and other disruptions in regions where we currently operate or may operate in the future;

 

   

difficulties and increased expenses in complying with a variety of U.S. and foreign laws, regulations and trade standards, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; and

 

   

different and changing legal and regulatory requirements in the jurisdictions in which we currently operate or may operate in the future.

Negative developments in any of these areas in China or other countries could result in a reduction in demand for our products, the cancellation or delay of orders already placed, difficulties in producing and delivering our products, threats to our intellectual property, difficulty in collecting receivables, and a higher cost of doing business. In addition, although we maintain an anti-corruption compliance program throughout our company, violations of our compliance program may result in criminal or civil sanctions, including material monetary fines, penalties and other costs against us or our employees, and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

We are subject to export and import control laws, trade regulations and other trade requirements that limit which products we sell and where and to whom we sell our products, especially laser-dependent products (including those we recently acquired in the Santur acquisition). In some cases, it is possible that export licenses would be required from U.S. government agencies for some of our products in accordance with various statutory authorities, including but not limited to the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, the Export Administration Act of 1979, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act of 1977, the Trading with the Enemy Act of 1917 and the Arms Export Control Act of 1976 and various country-specific trade sanctions legislation. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain technologies and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products. We may not be successful in obtaining the necessary export and import licenses. Failure to comply with these and similar laws on a timely basis, or at all, or any limitation on our ability to export or sell our products or to obtain any required licenses would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in our products or changes in export and import laws and implementing regulations may create delays in the introduction of new products in international markets, prevent our customers from deploying our

 

26


Table of Contents

products internationally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries altogether. Any change in export or import regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. In such event, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

Preparing our consolidated financial statements involves a number of complex manual and automated processes, which are dependent upon individual data input or review and require significant management judgment. One or more of these elements may result in errors that may not be detected and could result in a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements. Beginning with the year ended December 31, 2011, we are required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In addition, we may experience difficulties in implementing effective internal controls over financial reporting as part of our integration of Santur. Santur has historically been a private company and not subject to the internal control requirements of a public company.

If a material misstatement occurs in the future, we may fail to meet our future reporting obligations, we may need to restate our financial results and the price of our common stock may decline. Our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if we experience difficulties in the implementation, our business and operating results may be harmed and we may fail to meet our financial reporting obligations. Any failure of our internal controls could also adversely affect the results of the periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that is now applicable to us under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to helping prevent financial fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business and results of operations could be harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our stock could drop significantly.

Covenants in our credit facilities may limit our flexibility in responding to business opportunities and competitive developments and increase our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions.

We have lending arrangements with several financial institutions, including a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank in the U.S., and our subsidiaries in China have line of credit arrangements. Our U.S. loan and security agreement requires us to maintain certain financial covenants, including a liquidity ratio, and restricts our ability to take certain actions such as incurring additional debt, paying dividends, or engaging in certain transactions like mergers and acquisitions, investments and asset sales. These restrictions may limit our flexibility in responding to business opportunities, competitive developments and adverse economic or industry conditions. In addition, our obligations under our U.S. loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank are secured by substantially all of our U.S. assets other than intellectual property assets, which limits our ability to provide collateral for additional financing. A breach of any of these covenants, or a failure to pay interest or indebtedness when due under any of our credit facilities, could result in a variety of adverse consequences, including the acceleration of our indebtedness.

 

27


Table of Contents

We may be unable to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards to reduce our income taxes, which could adversely affect our future financial results.

As of December 31, 2011, we had net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards for U.S. federal and state tax purposes of $191.1 million and $134.6 million, respectively. If not utilized, these NOL carryforwards will expire beginning in 2012. The utilization of the NOL and tax credit carryfowards are subject to a substantial limitation imposed by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and similar state provisions. We recorded deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance, for the NOL carryforwards currently available after considering the existing Section 382 limitation. If we incur an additional limitation under Section 382, then the NOL carryforwards, as disclosed, could be reduced by the impact of any future limitation that would result in existing NOL carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards expiring unutilized.

We incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

We became a public reporting company in February 2011. As a public company, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, imposes additional requirements on public companies, including specific corporate governance practices. For example, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange require that we satisfy certain corporate governance requirements relating to independent directors, audit and compensation committees, distribution of annual and interim reports, stockholder meetings, stockholder approvals, solicitation of proxies, conflicts of interest, stockholder voting rights and codes of conduct. Our management and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial additional costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

We are subject to government regulations that could adversely impact our business.

The Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, has jurisdiction over the entire U.S. telecommunications industry and, as a result, our products and our U.S. customers are subject to FCC rules and regulations. Current and future FCC regulations affecting communications services, our products or our customers’ businesses could negatively affect our business. In addition, international regulatory standards could impair our ability to develop products for international customers in the future. Delays caused by our compliance with regulatory requirements could result in postponements or cancellations of product orders. Further, we may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining any regulatory approvals that may, in the future, be required to operate our business. Any failure to obtain such approvals could harm our business and results of operations.

In some instances, we rely on third-party sales representatives to assist in selling our products, and the failure of these representatives to perform as expected could reduce our future revenue.

Although we primarily sell our products through direct sales to systems vendors, we also sell our products to some of our customers through third-party sales representatives. Many of our third-party sales representatives also market and sell competing products from our competitors. Our third-party sales representatives may terminate their relationships with us at any time, or with short notice. Our future performance will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract additional third-party sales representatives that will be able to market and support our products effectively, especially in markets in which we have not previously distributed our products. If our current third-party sales representatives fail to perform as expected, our revenue and results of operations could be harmed.

 

28


Table of Contents

We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which could subject us to liabilities, increase our costs, or restrict our business or operations in the future.

Our manufacturing operations and our products are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and international environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate or sell our products. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, soil and groundwater contamination, employee health and safety, and the use of hazardous materials in, and the recycling of, our products. Our failure to comply with present and future environmental, health or safety requirements, or the identification of contamination, could cause us to incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, monetary fines, civil or criminal penalties, or curtailment of operations. In addition, the enactment of more stringent laws and regulations, or other unanticipated events could restrict our ability to expand our facilities, require us to install costly pollution control equipment or incur other additional expenses, or require us to modify our manufacturing processes or the contents of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, increasing efforts to control emissions of greenhouse gases, or GHG, may also impact us. For example California’s recently enacted Global Warming Solutions Act will require us to design and install additional pollution control equipment at our San Jose, California, manufacturing plant. Additional climate change or GHG control requirements are under consideration at the federal level in the U.S. and in China. Additional restrictions, limits, taxes, or other controls on GHG emissions could increase our operating costs and, while it is not possible to estimate the specific impact any final GHG regulations will have on our operations, there can be no assurance that these measures will not have significant additional impact on us.

We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, and cash flows from our operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We operate in an industry, however, that makes our prospects difficult to evaluate. It is possible that we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. If this occurs, we may need additional financing to execute on our current or future business strategies, including to:

 

   

invest in our research and development efforts, including by hiring additional technical and other personnel;

 

   

expand our operating or manufacturing infrastructure;

 

   

acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies; or

 

   

otherwise pursue our strategic plans and respond to competitive pressures.

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders, including those acquiring shares in our initial public offering. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our products, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited.

Risks related to our operations in China

Our business operations conducted in China are critical to our success. A total of $129.4 million, or 64%, of our revenue in 2011 was recognized from customers for whom we shipped products to a location in China. Additionally, a substantial portion of our property, plant and equipment, 56% as of December 31, 2011, is

 

29


Table of Contents

located in China. We expect to make further investments in China in the foreseeable future. Therefore, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects are to a significant degree subject to economic, political, legal, and social events and developments in China.

Adverse changes in economic and political policies in China, or Chinese laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on business conditions and the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business.

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. The Chinese economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Despite reforms, the government continues to exercise significant control over China’s economic growth by way of the allocation of resources, control over foreign currency-denominated obligations and monetary policy and provision of preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. Moreover, the laws, regulations and legal requirements in China, including the laws that apply to foreign-invested enterprises are relatively new and are subject to frequent changes. The interpretation and enforcement of such laws is uncertain. Any adverse changes to these laws, regulations and legal requirements, including tax laws, or their interpretation or enforcement could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Furthermore, while China’s economy has experienced rapid growth in the past 20 years, growth has been uneven across different regions, among various economic sectors and over time. China has also in the past and may in the future experience economic downturns due to, for example, government austerity measures, changes in government policies relating to capital spending, limitations placed on the ability of commercial banks to make loans, reduced levels of exports and international trade, inflation, lack of financial liquidity, restrictions on the flow of capital and foreign exchange, stock market volatility and global economic conditions. Any of these developments could contribute to a decline in business and consumer spending in addition to other adverse market conditions, which could adversely affect our business.

Our cost advantage from having our manufacturing and part of our research and development in China may diminish over time due to increasing labor costs, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.

The labor market in China, particularly in the manufacturing-heavy Southeast region of China where our manufacturing facilities are located, has experienced higher costs due to increased wages. We were required to pay additional employee benefits taxes beginning in late 2010 and were subject to an increase in the minimum wage for hourly workers beginning in 2011. We expect that we will be required to increase wages and/or be subject to further increase in personnel costs on taxes in the future due to market conditions and/or government mandates. If labor costs in China continue to increase, our gross margins and profit margins and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, our competitive advantage against competitors with manufacturing in traditionally higher cost countries would be diminished.

The termination, expiration or unavailability of our preferential income tax treatment in China may have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Prior to January 1, 2008, entities established in China were generally subject to a 30% state and 3% local enterprise income tax rate. In accordance with the China Income Tax Law for Enterprises with Foreign Investment and Foreign Enterprises, effective through December 31, 2007, our subsidiaries in China enjoyed preferential income tax rates. Effective January 1, 2008, the China Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT law, imposes a single uniform income tax rate of 25% on all Chinese enterprises, including foreign-invested enterprises, and eliminates or modifies most of the tax exemptions, reductions and preferential treatment available under the previous tax laws and regulations. As a result, our subsidiaries in China may be subject to the uniform income tax rate of 25% unless we are able to qualify for preferential status. Currently, we have qualified for a preferential 15% tax rate that is available for new and high technology enterprises. The preferential rate

 

30


Table of Contents

applied to 2011, 2010 and 2009. We realized benefits from this 10% reduction in tax rate of $0.4 million, $1.7 million and $1.0 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our 15% preferential tax rate expired in December 2011. We have reapplied for the preferential rate for 2012 and future years and our application is currently under review. If approved, the income tax rate will remain at 15%, otherwise, we anticipate that our income tax rate in China will be approximately 25% for 2012 and thereafter.

Our subsidiaries in China are subject to restrictions on dividend payments, on making other payments to us or any other affiliated company, and on borrowing or allocating tax losses among our subsidiaries.

Current Chinese regulations permit our subsidiaries in China to pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations, which are different than U.S. accounting standards and regulations. In addition, our subsidiaries in China are required to set aside at least 10% of their respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund their statutory common reserves until such reserves have reached at least 50% of their respective registered capital. As of December 31, 2011, our Chinese subsidiaries’ common reserves had not reached this threshold and, accordingly, these entities are required to continue funding such reserves with accumulated net profits. The statutory common reserves are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation. In addition, current Chinese regulations prohibit inter-company borrowings or allocation of tax losses among subsidiaries in China. Further, if our subsidiaries in China incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. Accordingly, we may not be able to move our capital easily, which could harm our business.

Restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to receive and use our revenue and cash effectively.

Because a substantial portion of our revenue is denominated in RMB, any restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to use revenue generated in RMB to fund any business activities we may have outside China or to make dividend payments in U.S. dollars. Under relevant Chinese rules and regulations, the RMB is currently convertible under the “current account,” which includes dividends, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not under the “capital account,” which includes foreign direct investment and loans, without the prior approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE. Currently, our subsidiaries in China may purchase foreign exchange for settlement of “current account transactions,” including the payment of dividends to us, without the approval of SAFE. Although Chinese government regulations now allow greater convertibility of the RMB for current account transactions, significant restrictions remain. For example, foreign exchange transactions under our primary Chinese subsidiary’s capital account, including principal payments in respect of foreign currency-denominated obligations, remain subject to significant foreign exchange controls and the approval of SAFE. These limitations could affect the ability of our subsidiaries in China to obtain foreign exchange for capital expenditures through debt or equity financing, including by means of loans or capital contributions from us. We cannot be certain that Chinese regulatory authorities will not impose more stringent restrictions on the convertibility of the RMB, especially with respect to foreign exchange transactions. If such restrictions are imposed, our ability to adjust our capital structure or engage in foreign exchange transactions may be limited.

In August 2008, SAFE promulgated the Circular on the Relevant Operating Issues Concerning the Improvement of the Administration of Payment and Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises , or Circular 142, a notice regulating the conversion by foreign-invested enterprises (“FIE”) of foreign currency into RMB by restricting how the converted RMB may be used. Circular 142 requires that RMB converted from the foreign currency-dominated capital of a FIE may only be used for purposes within the business scope approved by the applicable government authority and may not be used for equity investments within China unless specifically provided for otherwise. In addition, SAFE strengthened its oversight over the flow and use of RMB funds converted from the foreign currency-dominated capital of a FIE. The use of such RMB may not be changed without approval from SAFE. As a result of Circular 142, our subsidiaries in China that are considered foreign-invested enterprises may not be able to convert our capital contributions to them into RMB for equity investments or acquisitions in China.

 

31


Table of Contents

Uncertainties with respect to China’s legal system could adversely affect the legal protection available to us.

Our operations in China are governed by Chinese laws and regulations. Our subsidiaries in China are generally subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investments in China and, in particular, laws applicable to wholly foreign-owned enterprises. China’s legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike common law systems, it is a legal system where decided legal cases have limited value as precedents. Since 1979, Chinese legislation and regulations have significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. However, China has not developed a fully-integrated legal system, and recently-enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. In particular, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. For example, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce the legal protection under contracts or law. However, since Chinese administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contract terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we would receive compared to more developed legal systems. In addition, protections of intellectual property rights and confidentiality in China may not be as effective as in the U.S. or other countries or regions with more developed legal systems. Furthermore, the legal system in China is based in part on government policies and internal rules (some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all) that may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. In addition, any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. All the uncertainties described above could limit the legal protections available to us.

Chinese regulations relating to offshore investment activities by Chinese residents and employee stock options granted by overseas-listed companies may increase our administrative burden, restrict our overseas and cross-border investment activity or otherwise adversely affect the implementation of our acquisition strategy. If our stockholders who are Chinese residents, or our Chinese employees who are granted or exercise stock options, fail to make any required registrations or filings under such regulations, we may be unable to distribute profits and may become subject to liability under Chinese laws.

Chinese foreign exchange regulations require Chinese residents and corporate entities to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. These regulations apply to our stockholders who are Chinese residents and may apply to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future. Pursuant to these foreign exchange regulations, Chinese residents who make, or have previously made, direct or indirect investments in offshore companies, will be required to register those investments. In addition, any Chinese resident who is a direct or indirect stockholder of an offshore company is required to file or update the registration with the local branch of SAFE, with respect to that offshore company, any material change involving its round-trip investment, capital variation, such as an increase or decrease in capital, transfer or swap of shares, merger, division, long-term equity or debt investment or creation of any security interest. If any Chinese stockholder fails to make the required SAFE registration or file or update the registration, subsidiaries in China of that offshore parent company may be prohibited from distributing their profits and the proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation, to their offshore parent company, and the offshore parent company may also be prohibited from injecting additional capital into their subsidiaries in China. Moreover, failure to comply with the various foreign exchange registration requirements described above could result in liability under Chinese laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions. We cannot provide any assurances that all of our stockholders who are Chinese residents have made or obtained, or will make or obtain, any applicable registrations or approvals required by these foreign exchange regulations. The failure or inability of our stockholders in China to comply with the required registration procedures may subject us to fines and legal sanctions, restrict our cross-border investment activities, or limit our Chinese subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends or obtain foreign-exchange-dominated loans. Moreover, because of the uncertainties in the interpretation and implementation of these foreign exchange regulations, we cannot predict how they will affect our business operations or future strategy. For example, we may be subject to a more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and

 

32


Table of Contents

foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we decide to acquire a domestic company in China, we cannot assure you that we or the owners of such company, as the case may be, will be able to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the necessary filings and registrations required by these foreign exchange regulations. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.

On March 28, 2007, SAFE promulgated the Application Procedure of Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Holding Plan or Stock Option Plan of Overseas-Listed Company , or the Stock Option Rule. Under the Stock Option Rule, Chinese residents who are granted stock options by an overseas publicly-listed company are required, through a Chinese agent or Chinese subsidiary of such overseas publicly-listed company, to register with SAFE and complete certain other procedures. We and our Chinese employees who have been granted stock options are subject to the Stock Option Rule. We are currently in the process of registering our stock option and appreciation plans with SAFE. If we or our optionees in China fail to comply with these regulations, we or our optionees in China may be subject to fines and legal sanctions. Several of our employees in China have exercised their stock options prior to our becoming an overseas publicly-listed company. Since there is not yet a clear regulation on how and whether Chinese employees can exercise their stock options granted by overseas private companies, it is unclear whether such exercises are permissible by Chinese laws and it is uncertain how SAFE or other government authorities will interpret or administer such regulations. Therefore, we cannot predict how such exercises will affect our business or operations. For example, we may be subject to more stringent review and approval processes with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We may be obligated to withhold and pay individual income tax in China on behalf of our employees who are subject to individual income tax in China arising from the exercise of stock options. If we fail to withhold or pay such individual income tax in accordance with applicable Chinese regulations, we may be subject to certain sanctions and other penalties and may become subject to liability under Chinese laws.

The State Administration of Taxation has issued several circulars concerning employee stock options. Under these circulars, our Chinese employees (which could include both employees in China and expatriate employees subject to individual income tax in China) who exercise stock options will be subject to individual income tax in China. Our subsidiaries in China have obligations to file documents related to employee stock options with relevant tax authorities and withhold and pay individual income taxes for those employees who exercise their stock options. However, since there is not yet a clear regulation on how and whether Chinese employees can exercise stock options granted by overseas private companies and how Chinese employers shall withhold and pay individual taxes, the relevant tax authority has verbally advised us that due to the difficulty in determining the fair market value of our shares as a private company, we did not withhold and pay the individual income tax for the exercises until after we completed our initial public offering in February 2011. Thus, we have not withheld and paid the individual income tax for the option exercises through the date of our initial public offering. However, we cannot assure you that the Chinese tax authorities will not act otherwise and request us to withhold and pay the individual income tax immediately and impose sanctions on us.

If the Chinese government determines that we failed to obtain approvals of, or registrations with, the requisite Chinese regulatory authority with respect to our current and past import and export of technologies, we could be subject to sanctions, which could adversely affect our business.

China imposes controls on technology import and export. The term “technology import and export” is broadly defined to include, without limitation, the transfer or license of patents, software and know-how, and the provision of services in relation to technology. Depending on the nature of the relevant technology, the import and export of technology to or from China requires either approval by, or registration with, the relevant Chinese governmental authorities.

 

33


Table of Contents

If we are found to be, or to have been, in violation of Chinese laws or regulations, the relevant regulatory authorities have broad discretion in dealing with such violation, including, but not limited to, issuing a warning, levying fines, restricting us from benefiting from these technologies inside or outside of China, confiscating our earnings generated from the import or export of such technology or even restricting our future export and import of any technology. If the Chinese government determines that our past import and export of technology were inconsistent with, or insufficient for, the proper operation of our business, we could be subject to similar sanctions. Any of these or similar sanctions could cause significant disruption to our business operations or render us unable to conduct a substantial portion of our business operations and may adversely affect our business and result of operations.

China regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to China entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds we received from our initial public offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our China subsidiaries.

In utilizing the proceeds we received from our initial public offering, we may make loans or additional capital contributions to our China subsidiaries. Any loans to our China subsidiaries are subject to China regulations and approvals. For example, any loans to our China subsidiaries to finance their activities cannot exceed statutory limits, must be registered with SAFE, or its local counterpart, and must be approved by the relevant government authorities. Any capital contributions to our China subsidiaries must be approved by the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart. In addition, under Circular 142, our China subsidiaries, as foreign-invested enterprises, may not be able to convert our capital contributions to them into RMB for equity investments or acquisitions in China.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to our future loans or capital contributions to our China subsidiaries. If we fail to receive such registrations or approvals, our ability to use the proceeds of our initial public offering and to capitalize our China subsidiaries may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and ability to fund and expand our business.

Dividends paid to us by our Chinese subsidiaries may be subject to Chinese withholding tax.

The EIT Law and the implementation regulations provide that a 10% withholding tax may apply to dividends payable to investors that are “non-resident enterprises,” to the extent such dividends are derived from sources within China. The comprehensive Double Taxation Arrangement between China and Hong Kong generally reduces the withholding tax on dividends paid from a Chinese company to a Hong Kong company to 5%. Dividends paid to us by our Chinese subsidiaries will be subject to Chinese withholding tax if, as expected, we are considered a “non-resident enterprise” under the EIT Law. If dividends from our Chinese subsidiaries are subject to Chinese withholding tax, our financial condition may be adversely impacted to the extent of such tax.

Our worldwide income may be subject to Chinese tax under the EIT Law.

The EIT Law provides that enterprises established outside of China whose “de facto management bodies” are located in China are considered “resident enterprises” and are generally subject to the uniform 25% enterprise income tax on their worldwide income. Under the implementation regulations for the EIT Law issued by the State Council, a “de facto management body” is defined as a body that has material and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and treasury, and acquisition and disposition of properties and other assets of an enterprise. If we are deemed to be a resident enterprise for Chinese tax purposes, we will be subject to Chinese tax on our worldwide income at the 25% uniform tax rate, which could have an impact on our effective tax rate and an adverse effect on our net income (loss), however, dividends paid to us by our Chinese subsidiaries may not be subject to withholding if we are deemed to be a resident enterprise.

 

34


Table of Contents

Dividends payable by us to our investors and gains on the sale of our common stock by our foreign investors may be subject to tax under Chinese law.

Under the EIT Law and implementation regulations issued by the State Council, a 10% withholding tax is applicable to dividends payable to investors that are “non-resident enterprises.” Similarly, any gain realized on the transfer of common stock by such investors is also subject to a 10% withholding tax if such gain is regarded as income derived from sources within China. If we are determined to be a “resident enterprise,” dividends we pay on our common stock, or the gain you may realize from the transfer of our common stock, would be treated as income derived from sources within China. If we are required under the EIT Law to withhold tax from dividends payable to investors that are “non-resident enterprises,” or if a gain realized on the transfer of our common stock is subject to withholding, the value of your investment in our common stock may be materially and adversely affected.

Because a substantial portion of our business is located in China, we may have difficulty establishing adequate management, legal and financial controls, which we are required to do in order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and securities laws, and which could cause a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial statements, the trading price of our common stock and our business.

Chinese companies have historically not adopted a western style of management and financial reporting concepts and practices, which includes strong corporate governance, internal controls and computer, financial and other control systems. Most of our middle and top management staff in China are not educated and trained in the western system, and we may have difficulty hiring new employees in China with experience and expertise relating to accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. and U.S. public-company reporting requirements. As a result of these factors, we may experience difficulty in establishing management, legal and financial controls, collecting financial data and preparing financial statements, books of account and corporate records and instituting business practices that meet U.S. public-company reporting requirements. We may, in turn, experience difficulties in maintaining adequate internal controls as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This may result in material weaknesses in our internal controls which could impact the reliability of our consolidated financial statements and prevent us from complying with SEC rules and regulations and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Any such material weaknesses or lack of compliance with SEC rules and regulations could result in restatements of our historical consolidated financial statements, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, have an adverse impact on the trading price of our common stock, adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets and our ability to recruit personnel, lead to the delisting of our securities from the stock exchange on which they are traded. This could lead to litigation claims, thereby diverting management’s attention and resources, and which may lead to the payment of damages to the extent such claims are not resolved in our favor, lead to regulatory proceedings, which may result in sanctions, monetary or otherwise, and have a material adverse effect on our reputation and business.

See also the risk factor “If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.”

Our subsidiaries in China are subject to Chinese labor laws and regulations. Recently enacted Chinese labor laws may increase our operating costs in China, which could adversely affect our financial results.

China Labor Contract Law, effective January 1, 2008, together with its implementing rules, effective September 18, 2008, provides more protection to Chinese employees. Previously, an employer had discretionary power in deciding the probation period, not to exceed six months. Additionally, the employment contract could only be terminated for cause. Under the new rules, the probation period varies depending on contract terms and the employment contract can only be terminated during the probation period for cause upon three days notice. Additionally, an employer may not be able to terminate a contract during the probation period on the grounds of a material change of circumstances or a mass layoff. The new law also has specific provisions on conditions when an employer has to sign an employment contract with open-ended terms. If an employer fails to enter into an open-ended contract in certain circumstances, the employer must pay the employee twice their monthly wage

 

35


Table of Contents

beginning from the time the employer should have executed an open-ended contract. Additionally an employer must pay severance for nearly all terminations, including when an employer decides not to renew a fixed-term contract.

On January 1, 2008, the Regulations on Paid Annual Leaves of Staff and Workers also took effect, followed by its implementing measures effective September 18, 2008. These regulations provide that employees who have worked consecutively for one year or more are entitled to paid annual leave. An employer must guarantee that employees receive the same wage income during the annual leave period as that for the normal working period. Where an employer cannot arrange annual leave for an employee due to production needs, upon agreement with the employee, the employer must pay daily wages equal to 300% of the employee’s daily salary for each day of annual leave forfeited by such employee.

The Shenzhen municipal government, effective December 2010, issued a measure to require all government agencies, public institutions, and enterprises in Shenzhen to pay a monthly housing fund. The housing fund is designed to enhance the welfare and increase the funds available to Shenzhen employees when buying, building, renovating, or overhauling owner-occupied houses. Employee and employers are required to make equal contributions to the housing fund, which can range between 5% and 20% and we commenced making these contributions in the fourth quarter of 2010.

From time to time, the Chinese government has implemented requirements to increase the minimum wage for employees in China. These requirements have resulted in the past, and may result in the future, in higher employee costs for our personnel in China. For example, the minimum wage in Shenzhen, China increased by 20% in April 2011. We were required to increase wages to comply with these requirements and it may be necessary for us to increase wages more than the minimum wage adjustment requires due to market conditions or additional government mandates. If labor costs in China continue to increase, our gross margins, profit margins and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, our competitive advantage against competitors with personnel costs or manufacturing in traditionally higher cost countries may be diminished. These newly introduced laws and regulations may materially increase the costs of our operations in China.

The turnover of direct labor in manufacturing industries in China is high, which could adversely affect our production, shipments, and results of operations.

Employee turnover of direct labor in the manufacturing sector in China is high and retention of such personnel is a challenge to companies located in or with operations in China. Although direct labor cost does not represent a high proportion of our overall manufacturing costs, direct labor is required for the manufacture of our products. If our direct labor turnover rates are higher than we expect, or we otherwise fail to adequately manage our direct labor turnover rates, then our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Adoption of international labor standards may increase our direct labor costs.

International standards of corporate social responsibility include strict requirements on labor work practices and overtime. As global service providers and their network equipment vendors adopt these standards, we have in the past incurred and may be required in the future to incur additional direct labor costs associated with our compliance with these standards.

If any of our subsidiaries in China becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or liquidation procedures, we may lose the ability to use its assets.

Because a substantial portion of our business and revenue are derived from China, if any of our subsidiaries in China goes bankrupt and all or part of its assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue some or all of our operations in China. Any delay, interruption or cessation of all or a part of our operations in China would negatively impact our ability to generate revenue and otherwise adversely affect our business.

 

36


Table of Contents

We face risks related to health epidemics and outbreaks of contagious diseases.

Over the past several years, there have been recent reports of outbreaks of avian flu, SARS and H1N1 swine flu in Asia. Since a large portion of our operations and our customers’ and suppliers’ operations are currently based in Asia (mainly China), an outbreak of avian flu, SARS, H1N1 swine flu or other contagious diseases in Asia or elsewhere, or the perception that such outbreak could occur, and the measures taken by the governments of countries affected, including China, may result in material disruptions in our operations.

Risks related to ownership of our common stock

Our financial results may vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter due to a number of factors, which may lead to volatility in our stock price.

Our quarterly revenue and results of operations have varied in the past and may continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. This variability may lead to volatility in our stock price as research analysts and investors respond to these quarterly fluctuations. These fluctuations are due to numerous factors, including:

 

   

fluctuations in demand for our products;

 

   

the timing, size and product mix of sales of our products;

 

   

changes in our pricing and sales policies or the pricing and sales policies of our competitors;

 

   

our ability to design, manufacture and deliver products to our customers in a timely and cost-effective manner and that meet customer requirements;

 

   

quality control or yield problems in our manufacturing operations;

 

   

our ability to timely obtain adequate quantities of the components used in our products;

 

   

length and variability of the sales cycles of our products;

 

   

unanticipated increases in costs or expenses; and

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

The foregoing factors are difficult to forecast, and these, as well as other factors, could materially adversely affect our quarterly and annual results of operations in the future. In addition, a significant amount of our operating expenses is relatively fixed in nature due to our internal manufacturing, research and development, sales and general administrative efforts. Any failure to adjust spending quickly enough to compensate for a revenue shortfall could magnify the adverse impact of such revenue shortfall on our results of operations. Moreover, our results of operations may not meet our announced guidance or the expectations of research analysts or investors, in which case the price of our common stock could decrease significantly. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully address these risks.

Our stock price may be volatile.

The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other things, the risk factors described in this section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, and other factors beyond our control, such as fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us.

The stock markets have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, sovereign debt or liquidity issues, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

 

37


Table of Contents

In the past, many companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may become the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

If research analysts do not publish research about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of our common stock could decline if one or more research analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more of the research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

The concentration of our capital stock ownership with our principal stockholders, executive officers and directors and their affiliates will limit other stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters.

As of February 29, 2012, our executive officers and directors, and entities that are affiliated with them, beneficially own an aggregate of approximately 21.8 % of our outstanding common stock. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. Also, as a result, these stockholders, acting together, may be able to control our management and affairs and matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. Consequently, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control, including a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control, even if such a change in control would benefit our other stockholders.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We currently do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank restrict our ability to pay dividends. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our company will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our common stock that will prevail in the market after our initial public offering will ever exceed the price that you pay.

Our charter documents and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include:

 

   

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;

 

   

not providing for cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

authorizing our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock rights senior to those of common stock;

 

   

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;

 

   

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders; and

 

   

requiring advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals.

 

38


Table of Contents

In addition, we have been governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law since the completion of our initial public offering. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding common stock, from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of substantially all of our stockholders for a certain period of time.

These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future and result in the market price being lower than it would be without these provisions.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our properties consist primarily of owned and leased office and manufacturing facilities. Our corporate headquarters are located in San Jose, California and our manufacturing facilities are located in Shenzhen, China. The following schedule presents the approximate square footage of our facilities as of December 31, 2011:

 

Location

   Square Feet     

Commitment and Use

San Jose, California

     63,526      

Leased; 2 buildings, 24,212 square feet expiring in October 2015 and 39,314 square feet expiring in October 2019.

Used for corporate headquarters offices and wafer fabrication.

Fremont, California

     53,175      

Leased; 2 buildings, 19,175 square feet expiring in June 2016 and 34,000 square feet expiring in June 2016.

Used for wafer fabrication and research and development.

Shenzhen, China

     236,715      

Owned; 1 building and 1 floor of a building.

Used for manufacturing, research and development, and sales and marketing.

Shenzhen, China

     131,816      

Leased; 4 buildings, expiring on various dates ranging from March 2012 to February 2013.

Used for staff dormitory.

Dongguan, China

     84,217      

Leased; 1 building and 5 floors, 56,737 square feet expiring in May 2014 and 27,480 square feet expiring in May 2015.

Used for manufacturing.

In addition, we lease a number of smaller offices in China, Japan and Canada for warehouse, manufacturing, research and other functions.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we are involved in litigation that we believe is of the type common to companies engaged in our line of business, including commercial disputes and employment issues. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than as described below, we are not involved in any pending legal proceedings that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, as described below, a certain pending dispute involves a claim by a third party that our activities infringe their intellectual property rights. This and other types of intellectual property rights claims generally involve the demand by a third party that we cease the manufacture, use or sale of the allegedly

 

39


Table of Contents

infringing products, processes or technologies and/or pay substantial damages or royalties for past, present and future use of the allegedly infringing intellectual property. Claims that our products or processes infringe or misappropriate any third-party intellectual property rights (including claims arising through our contractual indemnification of our customers) often involve highly complex, technical issues, the outcome of which is inherently uncertain. Moreover, from time to time, we may pursue litigation to assert our intellectual property rights. Regardless of the merit or resolution of any such litigation, complex intellectual property litigation is generally costly and diverts the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel which could adversely affect our business.

Finisar Corporation v. Source Photonics, Inc., et al.

On January 5, 2010, Finisar Corporation, or Finisar, filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against Source Photonics, Inc., MRV Communications, Inc., OplinkCommunications, Inc. and us, or collectively, the co-defendants. In the complaint, Finisar alleged infringement of certain of its U.S. patents arising from the co-defendants’ respective manufacture, importation, use, sale or offer to sell certain optical transceiver products in the U.S. Finisar sought to recover unspecified damages, up to treble the amount of actual damages, together with attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. Finisar alleged that at least some of the patents asserted are a part of certain digital diagnostic standards for optoelectronics transceivers, and, therefore, are being utilized in such digital diagnostic standards. On March 23, 2010, we filed an answer to the complaint and counterclaims, asserting two claims of patent infringement and additional claims asserting that Finisar has violated state and federal competition laws and violated its obligations to license on reasonable and non-discriminatory terms. On May 5, 2010, the court dismissed without prejudice all co-defendants (including us) except Source Photonics, Inc., on grounds that such claims should have been asserted in four separate lawsuits, one against each co-defendant. This dismissal without prejudice does not prevent Finisar from bringing a new similar lawsuit against us. We and Finisar had agreed to a 90 day tolling of our respective claims and not to refile any claims against each other until one or more specified events occur resulting in the partial or complete resolution of the litigation between Source Photonics and Finisar. On September 10, 2010, Source Photonics and Finisar settled their lawsuit, commencing the tolling period, which expired in early December 2010.

In January 2011, we and Finisar agreed to toll our respective claims and not to refile the originally asserted claims against each other until at least 90 days after one or more specified events occur resulting in the partial or complete resolution of litigation involving the same Finisar patents between Oplink Communications, Inc. and Finisar. In December 2011, Oplink and Finisar settled their lawsuit, commencing the tolling period, which has been extended to expire on April 30, 2012. As a result, Finisar will be permitted to bring a new lawsuit against us on or after April 30, 2012 if it chooses to do so, and we will be able to bring new claims against Finisaron or after May 7, 2012. If we are unsuccessful in our defense of the Finisar patent infringement claims, a license to use the allegedly infringing technology may not be available to us at all, and if it is, it may not be available on commercially reasonable terms and therefore may limit or preclude us from competing in the market for optical transceivers in the U.S., which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition, and otherwise materially harm our business.

Although we believe that we would have meritorious defenses to the infringement allegations and intend to defend any new similar lawsuit vigorously, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in our defense. Even if we are successful, we may incur substantial legal fees and other costs in defending the lawsuit. Further, a new lawsuit, if brought, would be likely to divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel, which could harm our business.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY

Not applicable.

 

40


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

On February 2, 2011, the effective date of our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-166096), our common stock began to trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NPTN”. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. As of February 29, 2012, there were approximately 258 holders of record of our common stock (not including beneficial holders of our common stock holder in street names). We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock since our inception, and we do not anticipate paying any in the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, consent from our existing credit facility lender in the U.S., and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.

 

     High      Low  

February 2, 2011 through March 31, 2011

   $ 20.94       $ 8.29   

April 1, 2011 through June 30, 2011

   $ 12.18       $ 6.18   

July 1, 2011 through September 30, 2011

   $ 8.20       $ 5.46   

October 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011

   $ 6.90       $ 3.63   

The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return of an investment of $100 (and the reinvestment of any dividends thereafter) on February 2, 2011 (the first trading day of NeoPhotonics Corporation common stock) in (i) our common stock, (ii) the S&P 500 Index and (iii) the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index. Our stock price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of future stock price performance.

 

41


Table of Contents

The following graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or be deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing, except to the extent that we specifically state that such graph and related information are incorporated by reference into such filing.

 

LOGO

For equity compensation plan information refer to Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

On February 2, 2011, our registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-166096) was declared effective for our initial public offering, pursuant to which we registered the offering and sale of 8,625,000 shares of common stock, including the full underwriters’ over-allotment option, at a public offering price of $11.00 per share. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. acted as the managing underwriters for our initial public offering. The offering was completed February 7, 2011. As a result of our initial public offering, we received net proceeds of $88.2 million before offering expenses. None of such payments were a direct or indirect payment to any of our directors or officers or their associates, to persons owning ten percent or more of our common stock or any of our other affiliates.

We used a portion of our net proceeds to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness, make investments in available-for-sale securities, and acquire Santur. We intend to use our remaining net proceeds from the offering for working capital, to continue to expand our existing business, acquire complementary businesses, and general corporate purposes. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of our net proceeds from the offering, and investors will be relying on management’s judgment regarding the application of these net proceeds. We also may use a portion of our net proceeds from the offering to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies, but we currently have no agreements or commitments relating to any material acquisitions. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our initial public offering as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b).

 

42


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 from our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are derived from our consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, we initiated a plan to sell a component of our business, Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. (Broadband), a subsidiary in China. As such, the net assets of Broadband are classified as held-for-sale in our consolidated balance sheets and the results of operations associated with Broadband are presented as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented.

 

     Years ended December 31,  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

   2011 (1)     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Revenue

   $ 201,029      $ 177,679      $ 145,286      $ 120,869      $ 84,494   

Cost of goods sold

     150,944        123,373        106,833        100,075        75,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     50,085        54,306        38,453        20,794        8,537   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     30,855        20,962        16,545        20,480        22,053   

Sales and marketing

     11,686        9,078        7,634        8,837        8,248   

General and administrative

     21,900        16,628        14,673        13,798        12,677   

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

     994        1,144        1,137        1,665        1,826   

Adjustment to fair value of contingent consideration (2)

     (1,287     0        0        0        0   

Goodwill impairment charges (3)

     13,106        0        0        0        0   

Asset impairment charges (4)

     0        0        1,233        4,047        6,138   

Restructuring charges (5)

     1,297        0        0        1,383        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     78,551        47,812        41,222        50,210        50,942   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (28,466     6,494        (2,769     (29,416     (42,405
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     407        187        340        433        1,479   

Interest expense

     (422     (612     (873     (1,480     (1,186

Other income (expense), net

     14,246        (108     (60     524        464   

Interest and other income (expense), net (6)

     14,231        (533     (593     (523     757   

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

     (1,155     (2,289     (1,465     1,579        (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (15,390     3,672        (4,827     (28,360     (41,703
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share from continuing operations attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders: (7)

   $ (1.45   $ 0.00      $ (2.60   $ (14.96   $ (22.47
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents
     Years ended December 31,  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

   2011      2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 32,321       $ 24,659      $ 41,781      $ 27,248      $ 11,862   

Restricted cash

     3,227         2,828        2,609        1,516        1,652   

Short-term investments

     54,063         0        0        0        4,112   

Working capital (8)

     124,199         44,129        44,167        30,583        26,012   

Net assets held for sale

     173         1,932        1,910        4,748        4,125   

Total assets

     277,049         172,495        162,248        154,776        167,116   

Long-term debt (including current portion)

     27,166         8,836        8,147        17,740        13,970   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (9)

     0         211,541        205,450        196,430        164,789   

Common stock and additional paid-in capital (9)

     392,854         93,354        91,899        91,281        90,714   

Total equity (deficit)

     173,654         (109,638     (119,582     (113,023     (88,285

 

(1) We acquired Santur on October 12, 2011 and its results of operations are included from the date of acquisition.
(2) In connection with our acquisition of Santur, we may be required to pay an earn out of up to an additional $7.5 million in cash, contingent upon Santur’s gross profit performance during 2012. The fair value of the contingent consideration was measured at the date of acquisition and is subject to remeasurement each reporting period.
(3) Due to the decrease in our market capitalization as of the end of the fourth quarter of 2011, we determined that the indicators of impairment existed and that the carrying value of our goodwill was not recoverable. As a result, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $13.1 million, of which $8.8 million was related to the acquisition of Santur in October 2011.
(4) In 2007, we recorded asset impairment charges relating to goodwill of $5.9 million and intangible assets of $0.2 million, both relating to our acquisition of BeamExpress Inc. in 2006. In 2008, we recorded asset impairment charges relating to intangible assets of $3.3 million and property and equipment of $0.7 million, both triggered by our decision to discontinue development of a product relating to our acquisition of Paxera Corporation in 2006. In 2009, we entered into an agreement to sell our ownership interest in Shenzhen Archcom Technology Co., Ltd, or Archcom, for less than our share of the net assets of Archcom and, as a result, we recognized an impairment charge of $0.8 million. In 2009, we also recorded an asset impairment charge of $0.4 million resulting from the write-off of machinery and equipment no longer in use.
(5) In 2011, we implemented a restructuring plan designed to reduce our research and development expenses. As a result, we recorded $1.3 million of restructuring expense for severance and benefits. In 2008, we initiated a restructuring plan as part of a companywide cost saving initiative aimed to reduce operating costs by moving manufacturing operations from the U.S. to our primary subsidiary in China. As a result, we recorded $1.4 million of restructuring expense in 2008, primarily related to severance costs resulting from the involuntary termination of employees located in the U.S. and China.
(6) In 2010, we purchased shares of Ignis ASA (“Ignis”), a Norwegian company traded on the Oslo Borse (Norway stock exchange) for $8.1 million. In 2011, we sold our shares in Ignis for $21.3 million and recognized a gain of $13.8 million. The gain was recognized as other income in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(7) We apply the two-class method of computing net income (loss) per share. In addition, our computation of net income (loss) per share takes into account the accretion and deemed dividend associated with our preferred stock beneficial conversation feature and excludes net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest. For further information, see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(8) Working capital is defined as total current assets less total current liabilities.
(9) In connection with the closing of our initial public offering, all of the shares of Series 1, Series 2, Series 3 and Series X preferred stock outstanding automatically converted into shares of common stock.

 

44


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis by our management of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Please also see the cautionary language at the beginning of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, we initiated a plan to sell a component of our business, Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. (Broadband), a subsidiary in China. As such, the net assets of Broadband are classified as held-for-sale in our consolidated balance sheets and the results of operations associated with Broadband are presented as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. Unless otherwise indicated, all discussions relate to the Company’s continuing operations.

Business overview

We are a leading designer and manufacturer of PIC-based modules and subsystems for bandwidth-intensive, high-speed communications networks.

Our products are designed to enable high-speed transmission rates and efficient allocation of bandwidth over optical networks with high quality and low costs. Our PIC technology utilizes proprietary design elements that provide optical functionality on a silicon or indium phosphide chip. PIC devices can integrate many more functional elements than discretely packaged components, enabling increased functionality in a small form factor while reducing packaging and interconnection costs. In addition, the cost advantages of PIC-based components are similar to the economics of semiconductor wafer mass manufacturing, where the marginal cost of producing an incremental chip is much less than that of a discrete component.

We have research and development and wafer fabrication facilities in San Jose and Fremont, California which coordinate with our research and development and manufacturing facilities in Shenzhen and Wuhan, China, and in Tokyo, Japan. We utilize proprietary design tools and design-for-manufacturing techniques to align our design process with our precision nanoscale, vertically integrated manufacturing and testing capabilities. We sell our products to the leading network equipment vendors globally, including ADVA AG Optical Networking Ltd., Alcatel-Lucent SA, Ciena Corporation, Cisco Systems, Inc., ECI Telecom Ltd., Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson, FiberHome Technologies Group, Fujitsu Limited, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Juniper Networks, Inc., Mitsubishi Electric Corporation, NEC Corporation, Nokia Siemens Networks B.V. and ZTE Corporation. We refer to these companies as our Tier 1 customers.

We operate a sales model that focuses on direct alignment with our customers through coordination of our sales, product engineering and manufacturing teams. Our sales and marketing organizations support our strategy of increasing product penetration with our Tier 1 customers while also serving our broader customer base. We use a direct sales force in the U.S., China, Canada, Israel, Japan, Russia and the European Union. These individuals work with our product engineers, and product marketing and sales operations teams, in an integrated approach to address our customers’ current and future needs. We also engage independent commissioned representatives worldwide to extend our global reach.

In February 2011, we completed our initial public offering of 8,625,000 shares of common stock, including the full underwriters’ over-allotment option, at a public offering price of $11.00 per share. Our initial public offering generated net proceeds of $88.2 million before offering expenses. In connection with the closing of the

 

45


Table of Contents

initial public offering, all of the shares of our Series 1, Series 2 and Series 3 preferred stock then outstanding automatically converted into 6,639,513 shares of common stock on a 1-for-1 basis and all of the shares of our Series X preferred stock then outstanding automatically converted into 7,398,976 shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis.

In addition, we have completed several acquisitions as follows:

 

   

In March 2003, we acquired Lightwave Microsystems Corporation, a developer and fabricator of photonic integrated circuits;

 

   

In March 2006, we completed the acquisition of Photon Technology Co., Ltd. (now named NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd.), a manufacturer of active optoelectronics, transceivers and modules;

 

   

In June 2006, we acquired Lightconnect, Inc., which expanded our product portfolio by adding a line of micro-electromechanical systems based optical components and modules;

 

   

In June 2006, we acquired OpTun, Inc., a developer of ROADM technology;

 

   

In August 2006, we completed an acquisition of BeamExpress, Inc., an integrator of active indium phosphide telecommunications devices in parallel optics high-speed transceivers;

 

   

In November 2006, we acquired Paxera Corporation , a developer of tunable technology for dynamically reconfigurable networks; and

 

   

In February 2008, we acquired certain assets and intellectual property from Mitsubishi Electric Corporation relating to the manufacture of high-speed transceivers.

 

   

In October 2011, we acquired Santur, a designer and manufacturer of indium phosphide-based PIC products.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S.GAAP. These principles require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and cash flow, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Our estimates include those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation expense, impairment analysis of goodwill and long-lived assets, valuation of inventory, warranty liabilities and accounting for income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statements will be affected.

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, we believe these are the most critical to fully understand and evaluate our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue recognition

We recognize revenue from the sale of our products provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Contracts and/or customer purchase orders are used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Shipping documents and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify delivery. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment. We assess collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and the customer’s payment history.

 

46


Table of Contents

We recognize revenue when the product is shipped and title has transferred to the buyer. We bear all costs and risks of loss or damage to the goods up to that point. On most orders, our terms of sale provide that title passes to the buyer upon shipment by us. In certain cases, our terms of sale may provide that title passes to the buyer upon delivery of the goods to the buyer. We determine payments made to third-party sales representatives are appropriately recorded to sales and marketing expense and not a reduction of revenue as the sales agent services they provide have an identifiable benefit and are made at similar rates of other sales agent service providers. Shipping and handling costs are included in the cost of goods sold. We present revenue net of sales taxes and any similar assessments.

Stock-based compensation expense

Our stock-based compensation expense was recorded as follows:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2011      2010      2009  

Cost of goods sold

   $ 503       $ 116       $ 53   

Research and development

     1,033         372         226   

Sales and marketing

     647         378         178   

General and administrative

     925         729         521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,108       $ 1,595       $ 978   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted new authoritative accounting guidance for stock-based compensation expense, which requires enterprises to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments, including stock options, based on the grant date fair value of the award. We adopted the new guidance using the prospective transition method. Under this transition method, beginning January 1, 2006, employee stock-based compensation expense includes: (1) compensation cost for all stock-based awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005, based on the intrinsic value method and (2) compensation cost for all stock-based awards granted or modified subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the new guidance.

We grant stock options, stock purchase rights, stock appreciation units and restricted stock units to employees and directors. The stock-based awards are accounted for at fair value as of the measurement date. For stock options and restricted stock units, the measurement date is the grant date and for stock purchase rights the measurement date is the first day of the offering period. Stock appreciation units are subject to remeasurement each reporting period.

We measure restricted stock units based on the value of our common stock on the date of grant. Our determination of the fair value of all of our other stock-based payment awards on the measurement date utilizes the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and is impacted by our common stock price as well as changes in assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option awards, projected employee option exercise behaviors (expected period between stock option vesting date and stock option exercise date, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

We recognize the fair value over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. Stock-based compensation expense includes the impact of estimated forfeitures. We estimate future forfeitures at the date of grant and revise the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The Black-Scholes pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable; characteristics not present in our option grants. Existing

 

47


Table of Contents

valuation models, including the Black-Scholes model, may not provide reliable measures of the fair value of ourstock-based awards. Consequently, there is a risk that our estimates of the fair value of our stock-based awards on the grant dates may bear little resemblance to the actual values realized upon exercise. Stock options may expire or otherwise result in zero intrinsic value as compared to the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our consolidated financial statements. Alternatively, value may be realized from these instruments that are significantly higher than the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our consolidated financial statements. With regard to stock appreciation units, the value remeasured each period may not be representative of the value realized upon exercise.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we calculated the fair value of stock options granted to employees using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Years ended December 31,

Stock options

   2011   2010   2009

Weighted-average expected term (years)

   6.69   6.59   6.00

Weighted-average volatility

   71%   73%   79%

Risk-free interest rate

   1.62% – 2.92%   2.51% – 3.19%   2.15% – 3.12%

Expected dividends

   0%   0%   0%

Stock appreciation units became exercisable upon the expiration of lock-up agreement entered into with substantially all of our stockholders in connection with our public offering in February 2011. Thus, stock-based compensation expense in 2011 included a catch-up expense for stock appreciation units previously granted to certain employees as well as the ongoing expense relating to the portion of these awards vesting after our initial public offering in February 2011. Prior to our initial public offering, no expense was recognized for these awards given their contingent nature. The expense was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and included the value of our common stock, which could vary significantly.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we calculated the fair value of stock appreciation units granted to employees using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

Stock appreciation units

    

Weighted-average expected term (years)

   3.91

Weighted-average volatility

   74%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.36% – 2.42%

Expected dividends

   0%

The first share purchase rights were granted February 2, 2011, the first day our common stock was listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The offering period, which extended through November 2011, contained two purchase dates, one in May 2011 and one in November 2011. The second offering period commenced November 16, 2011 and contains two purchase dates, one in May 2012 and one in November 2012. We account for the stock purchase rights at the grant date (first day of the offering period) by valuing the two purchase periods separately. The value of the stock purchase rights consists of: (1) the 15% discount on the purchase of the stock, (2) 85% of the call option and (3) 15% of the put option. The call option and put option were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

       Purchase Period Ending

Stock purchase rights

   May 15,
2011
  November 15,
2011
  May 15,
2012
  November 15,
2012

Weighted-average expected term (years)

   0.28   0.77   0.49   1.00

Weighted-average volatility

   58%   58%   70%   72%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.15%   0.22%   0.04%   0.11%

Expected dividends

   0%   0%   0%   0%

 

48


Table of Contents

In addition to the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of our stock-based awards, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate of all stock-based awards and only recognize expense for those awards we expect to vest. Accordingly, the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. If we were to change our estimate of forfeiture rates, the amount of stock-based compensation expense could differ, materially under certain circumstances, from the amount recognized in our consolidated financial statements. For example, if we had decreased our estimate of expected forfeitures by 50%, our stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2011, net of expected forfeitures, would have increased by $20,000. This decrease in our estimate of expected forfeitures would increase the amount of expense for all unvested awards that have not yet been recognized by $522,000 as of December 31, 2011, which would be amortized over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years. In addition, if our stock-based compensation expense increases in the future, the impact of a change in the estimated forfeiture rate could be more significant.

Goodwill

Our methodology for allocating the purchase price relating to acquisitions is determined through established valuation techniques. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the sum of the amounts assigned to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed.

We evaluate goodwill, at a minimum, on an annual basis and whenever events and changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. We perform our annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31 of each year.

First, impairment of goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount (book value), including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. We have only one reporting unit for the purposes of testing goodwill for impairment. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In step two, we calculate the implied fair value of goodwill as the excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the fair values assigned to its assets and liabilities. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill, we recognize the difference as an impairment loss.

To determine the fair value of the reporting unit in the current year analysis, we used a weighted-average combination of income and market approaches. The income approach was based on the estimated discounted future cash flows of the reporting unit, including assumptions based on historical and forecasted revenue, operating expenses, taxes and working capital and capital asset requirements. The market approaches include a market capitalization analysis, guideline public company analysis and a guideline transactions analysis. The market approach was given a weighting of 50% and the other approaches were equally weighted at 16.7%.

During the first step of our annual impairment analysis in the fourth quarter of 2011, we determined that the carrying amount of our goodwill might not have been recoverable. After completing the second step of our December 31, 2011 impairment analysis, we recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $13.1 million, the result of which is that we do not have any goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011. The impairment charge was due to a decline in our market capitalization during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Long-lived assets

Depreciation and amortization of the intangible assets and other long-lived assets is provided using the straight-line method over their respective estimated useful lives, reflecting the pattern of economic benefits associated with these assets. Changes in circumstances such as technological advances, changes to our business model, or changes in our capital strategy could cause the actual useful lives of intangible assets or other long-lived assets to differ from initial estimates. In those cases where we determine that the useful life of an asset should be revised, we depreciate the remaining net book value over the new estimated useful life.

 

49


Table of Contents

We evaluated these assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable based on their future cash flows. The estimated future cash flows are based upon, among other things, assumptions about expected future operating performance and may differ from actual cash flows. The assets evaluated for impairment are grouped, based on our judgment, with other assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets and liabilities. If the sum of the projected undiscounted cash flows (excluding interest) is less than the carrying value of the assets, the assets will be written down to the estimated fair value. We did not record any asset impairment charges related to finite-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded asset impairment charges of $1.2 million.

Valuation of inventories

We record inventories at the lower of cost (using the first-in, first-out method) or market, after we give appropriate consideration to obsolescence and inventories in excess of anticipated future demand. In assessing the ultimate recoverability of inventories, we are required to make estimates regarding future customer demand, the timing of new product introductions, economic trends and market conditions. If the actual product demand is significantly lower than forecasted, we could be required to record additional inventory write-downs which would be charged to cost of goods sold. Obsolescence is determined from several factors, including competitiveness of product offerings, market conditions and product life cycles. Increases to the provision for excess and obsolete inventory are charged to cost of goods sold. At the point of the loss recognition, a new, lower cost basis for that inventory is established, and subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis. If this lower-cost inventory is subsequently sold, it will result in lower costs and higher gross margin for those products. Any write-downs would have an adverse impact on our gross margin. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recorded excess and obsolete inventory charges of $0.6 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

Warranty liabilities

We provide warranties to cover defects in workmanship, materials and manufacturing of our products for a period of one to two years to meet stated functionality specifications. From time to time, we have agreed, and may agree, to warranty provisions providing for extended terms or with a greater scope. We test products against specified functionality requirements prior to delivery, but we nevertheless from time to time experience claims under our warranty guarantees. We accrue for estimated warranty costs under those guarantees based upon historical experience, and for specific items at the time their existence is known and the amounts are determinable. We charge a provision for estimated future costs related to warranty activities to cost of goods sold based upon historical product failure rates and historical costs incurred in correcting product failures. If we experience an increase in warranty claims compared with our historical experience, or if the cost of servicing warranty claims is greater than expected, our gross margin and profitability would be adversely affected. We recorded warranty expense of $0.4 million, $0.2 million and $0.4 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Accounting for income taxes

We record income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, generally we consider all expected future events, other than enactments or changes in tax law or rates. We provide valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

We operate in various tax jurisdictions and are subject to audit by various tax authorities. We provide for tax contingencies whenever it is deemed probable that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Tax contingencies are based upon their technical

 

50


Table of Contents

merits, relevant tax law and the specific facts and circumstances as of each reporting period. Changes in facts and circumstances could result in material changes to the amounts recorded for such tax contingencies.

We recognize tax effects of a position only if it is “more likely than not” to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the reporting date. At December 31, 2011, we had $9.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits, $0.2 million of which would affect our effective tax rate if recognized.

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We estimate actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as accruals and allowances not currently deductible for tax purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets.

At December 31, 2011, we had deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, of $72.9 million, which primarily comprised of U.S. federal and state NOL carryforwards. We also had a related valuation allowance of $71.9 million, primarily against our U.S. net deferred tax assets, as we believe that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets are not realizable in the foreseeable future. Realizability of deferred tax assets is deemed appropriate when realization of such assets is more likely than not. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes our historical operating performance and the recorded U.S. cumulative net losses, we have provided a full valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowances. Under certain conditions related to our future profitability and other business factors, we believe it is possible our results will yield sufficient positive evidence to support the conclusion that it is more likely than not that we will realize the tax benefit of our NOL carryforwards. If that is the case, subject to review of other qualitative factors and uncertainties, we would reverse the remaining deferred tax asset valuation allowance as a reduction of tax expense. For the periods following the recognition of this tax benefit and to the extent we are profitable, we will record a tax provision for which the actual payment may be offset against our accumulated NOL carryforwards. However, our tax rate may significantly increase in future periods.

We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. Should the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of our valuation allowance could be materially impacted. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the consolidated statement of operations in the period that the adjustment is determined to be required.

We pay withholding taxes on royalty income from foreign sources. In 2011, these payments were offset by a refund from a favorable tax ruling in China and resulted in net impact of zero to our income tax expense. Although there is a U.S. foreign tax credit for foreign income taxes paid, we do not record a benefit from these foreign tax credits, due to our full valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets.

 

51


Table of Contents

Results of operations

Revenue

We sell substantially all of our products to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. We recognize revenue upon delivery of our product to the OEM. We price our products based on market and competitive conditions and may periodically reduce the price of our products as market and competitive conditions change and as manufacturing costs are reduced. Our sales transactions to customers are denominated primarily in Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) or U.S. dollars. Revenue is driven by the volume of shipments and may be impacted by pricing pressures. For the year ended December 31, 2011, 64% of our sales were derived from our China-based subsidiaries, the majority of which were denominated in RMB. In addition, we have generated most of our revenue from a limited number of customers. Given the high concentration of network equipment vendors in our industry, our top ten customers represented 91%, 92% and 91% of our revenue in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

     Years ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2011      2010      2009  

Total revenue

   $ 201,029       $ 177,679       $ 145,286   

Total revenue increased by $23.4 million in 2011 compared to 2010, representing a 13% increase. The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to increases in demand for our products as carriers continued to deploy fiber-to-the home solutions and deploy 40Gbps, 100Gbps and other telecom networks. In addition, our acquisition of Santur contributed $5.8 million of revenue in 2011. On a global basis, the increase was primarily realized in China and to a lesser extent in the U.S. Total revenue increased by $32.4 million in 2010 compared to 2009, representing a 22% increase. The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to an increase in demand for our speed and agility products, as customers began to deploy more sophisticated product offerings, plus additional design wins and overall market expansion in 2010. Although sales increased on a global basis, the increase was primarily realized in China and the U.S.

We expect that our revenue for 2012 will be higher than our revenue for 2011. We also expect that a significant portion of our revenue will continue to be derived from a limited number of customers, as a result of growth in purchases by our key China, U.S. and European customers. Our largest customer, Huawei Technologies, represented 51% of our total revenue in 2011. As a result, the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, Huawei Technologies or any of our other key customers would materially and adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. We expect a significant portion of our sales to continue to be denominated in RMB, and therefore may be affected by changes in foreign exchange rates.

Cost of goods sold and gross margin

Our cost of goods sold consists primarily of the cost to produce wafers and to manufacture and test our products. We have a global set of suppliers to help balance considerations related to product availability, quality and cost. Components of our cost of goods sold are denominated primarily in RMB. Our manufacturing process extends from wafer fabrication through final module and subsystem assembly and test. The cost of our manufacturing, assembly and test processes includes the cost of personnel and the cost of our manufacturing equipment and facilities. Our cost of goods sold is impacted by manufacturing variances such as assembly and test yields and production volume. We typically experience lower yields and higher associated costs on new products. In general, our cost of goods sold associated with a particular product declines over time as a result of decreases in wafer costs associated with the increase in the volume of wafers produced, as well as yield improvements and assembly and test enhancements. Additionally, our cost of goods sold includes stock-based compensation, reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, royalty payments, amortization of certain purchased intangible assets and acquisition-related fair value adjustments, warranty, shipping and allocated facilities costs.

 

52


Table of Contents

Gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, or gross margin, has been and is expected to continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including the introduction of new products, production volume, production volume compared to sales over time, the mix of products sold, inventory changes, changes in the average selling prices of our products, changes in the cost and volumes of materials purchased from our suppliers, changes in labor costs, changes in overhead costs or requirements, revaluation of stock appreciation unit awards that are impacted by our stock price, and any reserves for excess and obsolete inventories. Our newer and more advanced products typically have higher average selling prices and higher gross margins. Average selling prices by product typically decline as a result of periodic negotiations with our customers and competitive pressures. We strive to increase our gross margin as we seek to manage the costs of our supply chain and increase productivity in our manufacturing processes.

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
(in thousands, except percentages)    Amount      % of
revenue
    Amount      % of
revenue
    Amount      % of
revenue
 

Cost of goods sold

   $ 150,944         75   $ 123,373         69   $ 106,833         74

 

     Years ended December 31,  
         2011             2010             2009      

Gross margin

     25     31     26

Cost of goods sold increased by $27.6 million in 2011 compared to 2010, representing a 22% increase. Cost of goods sold increased primarily from higher sales volumes and increased employee benefit cost from an increase in payroll taxes in accordance with the new housing fund and minimum wage as required by the Shenzhen (China) government effective as of late 2010 and early 2011, respectively, a catch-up expense for stock appreciation units previously granted to certain employees as well as the ongoing expense relating to the portion of these awards vesting after our initial public offering in February 2011, and equipment purchases as a result of capacity expansion. Also, in 2011 we incurred additional cost of goods sold of $6.4 million due to the acquisition of Santur. The increase in cost of goods sold was partially offset by overall continuous price reduction efforts in material purchases, improved manufacturing utilization and a decrease in amortization of purchased intangible assets as certain assets became fully amortized. Gross margin was 25% for 2011, compared to 31% for 2010. The decrease in gross margin primarily resulted from the increase in sales of our lower-margin access products, additional payroll and employee-related costs, the impact of lower pricing contracts entered into with customers at the end of the 2010 and effective during first half of 2011, and the impact from the acquisition of Santur, partially offset by overall continuous pricing reduction in material purchases and higher efficiencies in manufacturing.

Cost of goods sold increased by $16.5 million in 2010 compared to 2009, representing a 15% increase. Cost of goods sold increased primarily from higher sales volumes and additional direct labor and overhead costs, offset by lower material costs and improved manufacturing utilization in 2010, and a decrease in amortization of purchased intangible assets, as these assets became fully amortized. Gross margin was 31% for 2010, compared to 26% for 2009. The improvement in gross margin primarily resulted from the increase in sales of our higher-margin agility products in 2010, combined with higher cost leveraging and lower material costs resulting from manufacturing cost reductions.

We expect that our gross margins are likely to continue to fluctuate as our revenue changes over time due to a number of factors, including those mentioned above. We also expect to continue to experience increased demand for certain of our products that can have lower than average margins, which can cause our gross margins to be lower than prior years. In addition, we periodically negotiate pricing with certain customers which can cause our gross margins to fluctuate particularly in the quarters in which the negotiations occurred. We may experience higher manufacturing labor costs due to future laws and regulations in China, and our gross margins and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

53


Table of Contents

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, general and administrative, amortization of purchased intangible assets, adjustment to the fair value of contingent consideration, goodwill impairment charges, asset impairment charges and restructuring charges.

Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses. Personnel costs consist of costs such as salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and, with regard to sales and marketing expense, sales commissions. Although our operating expenses are denominated primarily in RMB and U.S. dollars, most are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
(in thousands, except percentages)    Amount     % of
revenue
    Amount      % of
revenue
    Amount      % of
revenue
 

Research and development

   $ 30,855        15   $ 20,962         12   $ 16,545         11

Sales and marketing

     11,686        6        9,078         5        7,634         5   

General and administrative

     21,900        11        16,628         9        14,673         10   

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

     994        0        1,144         1        1,137         1   

Adjustment to fair value of contingent consideration

     (1,287     (1     0         0        0         0   

Goodwill impairment charges

     13,106        7        0         0        0         0   

Asset impairment charges

     0        0        0         0        1,233         1   

Restructuring charges

     1,297        1        0         0        0         0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 78,551        39   $ 47,812         27   $ 41,222         28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development

Research and development expense consists of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, for our research and development personnel, and product development costs, including engineering services, development software and hardware tools, depreciation of capital equipment and facility costs. We record all research and development expense as incurred.

Research and development expense increased by $9.9 million in 2011 compared to 2010, representing a 47% increase. This increase was primarily due to a $5.9 million increase in additional payroll and employee-related costs as a result of increased headcount and our acquisition of Santur, and a $1.0 million per quarter increase in material consumption, facility costs and equipment usage to support more research and development projects.

Research and development expense increased by $4.4 million in 2010 compared to 2009, representing a 27% increase. This increase was primarily due to a $2.5 million increase in additional payroll and employee-related cost in conjunction with increased number of research and development professionals in 2010 and a $2.1 million increase in material usage, project management and design services, and prototype expenses in 2010 as we invested in additional resources to support future anticipated demand, partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in depreciation as part of our assets were fully depreciated and new assets were placed into service later in 2010.

We intend to continue to invest in research and development and expect this expense to increase as we grow our business and we anticipate that the cost savings expected to be realized from our fourth quarter 2011 restructuring plan will be more than offset by the increase in spending. As a percentage of total revenue, our research and development expense may vary as our revenue changes over time.

 

54


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation and sales commissions, costs related to sales and marketing programs and services and facility costs.

Sales and marketing expense increased by $2.6 million in 2011 compared to 2010, representing a 29% increase. This increase was primarily due to additional payroll and employee-related costs as a result of increased headcount resulting primarily from the acquisition of Santur in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Sales and marketing expense increased by $1.4 million in 2010 compared to 2009, representing a 19% increase. The increase was primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs and sales commissions.

We expect our sales and marketing expense to increase in 2012 as a result of the acquisition of Santur and as we grow our business, expand our marketing activities, increase the number of sales and marketing professionals and incur higher stock-based compensation expense and employee-related costs accordingly. As a percentage of total revenue, our sales and marketing expense may vary as our revenue changes over time.

General and administrative

General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, for our finance, human resources and information technology personnel and certain executive officers, as well as professional services costs related to accounting, tax, banking, legal and information technology services, depreciation of capital equipment and facility costs.

General and administrative expense increased by $5.3 million in 2011 compared to 2010, representing a 32% increase. This was primarily due to a $2.7 million increase in additional payroll and employee-related costs as a result of higher headcount and the acquisition of Santur, a $1.0 million increase in business tax mainly related to city construction tax and educational surtax as required by the Chinese government, a $1.0 million increase in facilities-related costs, and a $0.7 million increase in professional services expense related to public company compliance expenses and legal fees.

General and administrative expense increased by $2.0 million in 2010 compared to 2009, representing a 13% increase. This increase was primarily due to increases in legal costs of $1.0 million, personnel costs of $0.4 million, and increases in accounting and tax related costs of $0.5 million, partially offset by lower facilities-related costs of $0.2 million.

We expect our general and administrative expense to increase as we incur costs associated with being a public company and as we expand and grow our operations and business. As a percentage of total revenue, our general and administrative expense may vary as our revenue changes over time.

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

We completed a series of business acquisitions in 2005 and 2006 and, mostly recently, in the fourth quarter of 2011, which included the acquisition of intangible assets. These intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives. Amortization expense relating to technology and patents and leasehold interests are includes within cost of goods sold, while customer relationships and noncompete agreements are recorded within operating expenses.

Amortization of purchased intangible assets within operating expenses decreased by $0.2 million in 2011 compared to 2010, representing a 13% decrease. The decreases were primarily due to some of those assets acquired in 2005 and 2006 becoming fully amortized in the second half of 2010, partially offset by an increase in amortization expense related to those assets acquired from Santur in October 2011.

 

55


Table of Contents

Amortization of purchased intangible assets within operating expenses remained flat in 2010 compared to 2009, as we continued to amortize intangible assets associated with business acquisitions made prior to 2007.

We expect our amortization of purchased intangible assets to increase due to the acquisition of Santur in October 2011. We expect amortization of intangible assets to be approximately $3.8 million, $3.6 million and $3.5 million in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, of which approximately $1.3 million, $1.1 million and $1.0 million is expected to be recorded within operating expenses.

Adjustment to the fair value of contingent consideration

In connection with our acquisition of Santur, we may be required to pay up to an additional $7.5 million in cash as further consideration for the business acquisition, contingent upon Santur’s gross profit performance during 2012. As of the closing date of the acquisition, the fair value of the contingent consideration was estimated to be $2.8 million. The fair value of the contingent consideration is remeasured each reporting period and any changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognized as a gain or loss in the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2011, we estimated the fair value of the contingent consideration was $1.5 million and, as a result, we recorded a $1.3 million adjustment during the fourth quarter of 2011 as a result of changes in demand and product mix with Santur’s products subsequent to the acquisition date. The impact resulted in lower expected gross margins to be realized during the contingent consideration earning period.

The adjustment to the fair value of contingent consideration is based on individual facts and circumstances and is not otherwise considered a recurring expense. Although we have recognized an adjustment in 2011, this is not necessarily indicative of future periods.

Goodwill impairment charge

Due to the decrease in our market capitalization as of the end of the fourth quarter of 2011, we determined that the indicators of impairment existed and that the carrying value of our goodwill may not be recoverable. As a result, we recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $13.1 million, representing the entire balance of our goodwill. As of December 31, 2011, we had no goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet.

Asset impairment charges

We record asset impairment charges when it is determined that the carrying value of our assets is not recoverable. We did not incur any asset impairment charges in 2011 and 2010 compared to $1.2 million in 2009.

In 2009, we entered into an agreement to sell our 55% ownership interest in Shenzhen Archcom Technology Co., Ltd., or Archcom, for $1.1 million, which was less than our share of the value in the net assets of Archcom. This transaction was completed as of March 31, 2010. As a result, we recognized an impairment charge of $0.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, of which $0.2 million was related to tangible fixed assets and the remaining $0.6 million was recorded as an accrual for the expected loss on sale. In addition, in 2009, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.4 million resulting from the write-off of machinery and equipment no longer in use.

Asset impairment charges are based on individual facts and circumstances and are not otherwise considered a recurring expense. Although we have recognized asset impairment charges in 2009 and 2008, this is not necessarily indicative of future periods.

Restructuring charges

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we implemented a restructuring plan, which resulted in the involuntary termination of 37 employees in the U.S. and 43 employees in China. The reduction in workforce was primarily

 

56


Table of Contents

related to cost-cutting measures in research and development. In addition, we made reductions in the areas of sales, marketing and administrative functions as a result of redundancy in positions due to the acquisition of Santur in October 2011. As a result, we recorded a restructuring charge of $1.3 million for severance and benefit costs. As of December 31, 2011, substantially all of the restructuring expense had been paid.

We anticipate that the cost saving associated with these restructuring activities will be realized in 2012, but will be more than offset by increases in our operating expenses associated with increased costs resulting from our acquisition of Santur and additional costs incurred as we expand and grow our business.

Interest and other income (expense), net

Interest income consists of income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Interest expense consists of amounts paid for interest on our short-term and long-term debt borrowings. In 2011, other income (expense), net is primarily made up of gains from the sale of equity shares of an unconsolidated investee, an unconsolidated investee. Other income (expense) also includes government subsidies, share of loss of an unconsolidated investee and foreign currency transaction gains and losses. The functional currency of our subsidiaries in China is the RMB and the foreign currency transaction gains and losses of our subsidiaries in China primarily result from their transactions in U.S. dollars.

 

     Years ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2011     2010     2009  

Interest income

   $ 407      $ 187      $ 340   

Interest expense

     (422     (612     (873

Other income (expense), net

     14,246        (108     (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and other income (expense), net

   $ 14,231      $ (533   $ (593
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and other income (expense), net increased by $14.8 million in 2011 compared to 2010. The increase was primarily related to a gain of $13.8 million from the sale of an unconsolidated investee in 2011, and the equity loss of $0.6 million on an unconsolidated investee in 2010, a $0.2 million increase in interest income related to our investment in securities, and a $0.2 million decrease in interest expense as a result of our lower loan balances outstanding in both the U.S. and China on a weighted average basis

Total interest and other income (expense), net remained relatively flat in 2010, as compared to 2009. We realized a reduction in interest expense associated with lower outstanding debt in 2010, which was partially offset by a reduction in interest income, primarily due to lower cash balances.

In the future, interest income will depend on our average cash balances and our investment decisions. We expect our interest income to remain relatively modest given the low yields available in the marketplace and lower investable balances. We also expect our interest expense to increase as we borrowed $28.0 million in October 2011 to partially pay the purchase price for our acquisition of Santur.

Income taxes

We conduct our business globally. Therefore, our operating income is subject to varying rates of tax in the U.S., China and other various foreign jurisdictions. Consequently, our effective tax rate is dependent upon the geographic distribution of our earnings or losses and the tax laws and regulations in each geographical region. We expect that our income taxes will vary in relation to our profitability and the geographic distribution of our profits. Historically, we have experienced net losses in the U.S. and in the short term, we expect this trend to continue. In China, one of our subsidiaries has qualified for a preferential 15% tax rate available for high technology enterprises. The preferential rate applies to 2011, 2010 and 2009. We realized benefits from this 10% reduction in tax rate of $0.4 million, $1.7 million, and $1.0 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We have reapplied for the preferential rate for 2012. If approved, the rate will remain at 15% for 2012 and 2013;

 

57


Table of Contents

otherwise, the rate will be 25% for 2012 and thereafter. In 2009, our cash tax liability in China was partially offset by the utilization of NOL carryforwards. In future periods, we expect that our operations in China will not have sufficient NOL carryforwards to offset any future cash tax obligation in China.

 

     Years ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2011     2010     2009  

Provision for income taxes

   $ (1,155   $ (2,289   $ (1,465

Effective tax rate

     (8 )%      38     (44 )% 

Our effective tax rate was negative 8% in 2011, compared with an effective tax rate of 38% in 2010. Our operating income is subject to varying rates of tax in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. Consequently, our effective tax rate is dependent upon the geographic distribution of our earnings or losses and the tax laws and regulations in each geographical region. In 2011, our income tax expense incurred was primarily related to the operating profit realized in our foreign subsidiaries, despite a consolidated loss before income taxes. In 2010, our tax expense incurred was also primarily related to the earnings generated by our foreign subsidiaries. Our withholding taxes on royalty income from foreign sources were offset by a refund from a favorable tax ruling in China and resulted in net impact of zero to our income tax expense in 2010.

Our effective tax rate was 38% in 2010, compared with an effective tax rate of negative 44% in 2009. In 2009, we incurred tax expense despite a consolidated loss before income taxes, primarily due to foreign income taxes paid based on earnings generated by our foreign subsidiaries of $1.2 million and withholding taxes on royalties received from our foreign subsidiaries of $0.8 million.

Liquidity and capital resources

Until the consummation of our initial public offering in February 2011, we financed our operations through private sales of equity securities and cash generated from operations and from various lending arrangements. At December 31, 2011, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $32.3 million and our short-term investments totaled $54.1 million. Cash and cash equivalents were held for working capital purposes and were invested primarily in money market funds. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, and cash flows from our operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced products, the costs to increase our manufacturing capacity, the continuing market acceptance of our products and acquisitions of businesses and technology. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

A customary business practice in China is for customers to exchange our accounts receivable with notes receivable issued by their bank. From time to time we accept notes receivable from certain of our customers in China. These notes receivable are non-interest bearing and are generally due within six months, and such notes receivable may be redeemed with the issuing bank prior to maturity at a discount. Historically, we have collected on the notes receivable in full at the time of maturity.

Frequently, we also direct our banking partners to issue notes payable to our suppliers in China in exchange for accounts payable. Our Chinese subsidiaries’ banks issue the notes to vendors and issue payment to the vendors upon redemption. We owe the payable balance to the issuing bank. The notes payable are non-interest bearing and are generally due within six months of issuance. As a condition of the notes payable lending arrangements, we are required to keep a compensating balance at the issuing banks that is a percentage of the total notes payable balance until the notes payable are paid by our subsidiaries in China. These balances are classified as restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2011, our restricted cash totaled $3.2 million.

 

58


Table of Contents

We have lending arrangements with several financial institutions, including a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank in the U.S., which was amended in September 2011, and several line of credit arrangements for our subsidiaries in China.

As of December 31, 2011, our loan and security agreement in the U.S. included the following:

 

   

An $8.0 million revolving line of credit available through September 2014. In October 2011, we drew down the full $8.0 million. As of December 31, 2011, $8.0 million was outstanding under the revolving line of credit and $0.0 million was available for borrowing.

 

   

A $20.0 million acquisition advance, expiring in September 2015. Proceeds of the acquisition advance may be used to make permitted business acquisitions. Advances may be drawn in two tranches and are due and payable in equal monthly installments of principal and interest such that all amounts will be repaid by the acquisition line maturity date. The advances bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2%. In October 2011, we drew down the full $20.0 million in connection with its acquisition of Santur. As of December 31, 2011, $19.2 million was outstanding under the acquisition advance and the total available borrowing capacity under this facility was $0.8 million.

 

   

A $7.0 million equipment line advance for capital expenditures in the U.S. Advances may be drawn in four tranches and are due and payable in equal monthly installments of principal and interest such that all amounts will be repaid by September 2015. Borrowings under this facility bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2%. As of December 31, 2011, $0.0 million was outstanding under the acquisition advance and the total available borrowing capacity under this facility was $7.0 million.

In connection with the September 2011 amendment to the loan and security agreement, the stand-by letters of credit issued by the bank to guarantee a loan for our subsidiaries in China was terminated and a $9. 5 million credit facility based on capital expenditures under the original loan and security agreement was terminated.

Our primary subsidiary in China had a $5.0 million line of credit facility with a Hong Kong bank. This line of credit agreement was supported by letters of credit issued pursuant to our U.S. loan and security agreement, as referenced above. In September 2011, we eliminated the $5.0 million letter of credit and there was no capacity available under the line of credit.

Our U.S. loan and security agreement requires us to maintain specified financial covenants, including a liquidity ratio, and restricts our ability to incur additional debt or to engage in specified transactions and is secured by substantially all of our U.S. assets, other than intellectual property assets. As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenants contained in this agreement.

Our subsidiaries in China have short-term line of credit facilities with several banking institutions. These short-term loans have an original maturity date of one year or less as of December 31, 2011. Amounts requested by us are not guaranteed and are subject to the banks’ funds and currency availability. The short-term loan agreements do not contain financial covenants and one such loan agreement is secured by our main manufacturing facility in China. As of December 31, 2011, we had no short-term loans outstanding.

The table below sets forth selected cash flow data for the periods presented:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2011     2010     2009  
     (As Revised (1) )  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (12,510   $ 13,582      $ 11,762   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (83,863     (24,690     (6,037

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     102,635        (7,303     9,010   

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     758        456        (56
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,020      $ (17,955   $ 14,679   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

In February 2011, we completed an initial public offering of common stock, raising net proceeds of $88.2 million before offering expenses. We used a portion of our net proceeds to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness, make investments in available-for-sale securities, and acquire Santur. We intend to use our remaining net proceeds from the offering for working capital, to continue to expand our existing business, to acquire complementary businesses, and for general corporate purposes. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of our net proceeds from the offering, and investors will be relying on management’s judgment regarding the application of these net proceeds. We also may use a portion of our net proceeds from the offering to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies, but we currently have no agreements or commitments relating to any material acquisitions. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness. In connection with the closing of the initial public offering, all of the shares of Series 1, Series 2 and Series 3 preferred stock outstanding automatically converted into 6,639,513 shares of common stock on a 1-for-1 basis and all of the shares of Series X preferred stock outstanding automatically converted into 7,398,976 shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis.

Operating activities

In 2011, net cash used in operating activities was $12.6 million. Cash used in operating activities was primarily related to cash payments to our employees and suppliers in excess of cash receipts from customers. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized net loss of $14.8 million, which incorporated non-cash charges, including goodwill impairment charges of $13.1 million, depreciation and amortization of $12.9 million and stock-based compensation expenses of $3.2 million. These amounts were partially offset by the gain on sale of our investment in Ignis of $13.8 million, the purchase of inventory of $8.5 million to replenish our inventories in preparation for higher customer demands in future periods, and extended payment terms with certain suppliers, as evidenced by the net increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $5.0 million during the period.

In 2010, net cash provided by operating activities was $13.6 million. Cash provided by operating activities was primarily related to cash receipts from customers in excess of cash payments to our employees and suppliers. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized net income of $3.3 million. However, that net income incorporated non-cash charges, including depreciation and amortization of $12.1 million, stock-based compensation expenses of $1.6 million and non-cash increases to our asset reserve accounts of $1.6 million. These amounts were partially offset as we spent an additional $6.0 million to increase our inventories to meet customer demands of seasonally higher sales volumes in the second and third quarter of the year and for future sales and a $3.2 million increase in prepaid expenses. However, not all of the inventory purchases were paid for during the year ended December 31, 2010, due to extended payment terms with certain suppliers, as evidenced by our net increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $4.1 million during the period.

In 2009, net cash provided by operating activities was $11.8 million. Cash provided by operating activities primarily related to cash receipts from customers in excess of cash payments to our employees and suppliers. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized a net loss of $6.8 million. However, that net loss incorporated non-cash charges, including depreciation and amortization of $13.6 million, asset impairment charges of $1.2 million and stock-based compensation expense of $1.0 million and we recorded non-cash increases to our asset reserve accounts of $1.9 million. Furthermore, we experienced increase in revenue and higher collections. Our uses of cash were partially offset by reduced inventories resulting from continued improvement in our inventory turns and extended payment terms to suppliers as evidenced by an increase in our accounts payable and accrued and other liabilities.

Investing activities

Our investing activities consist primarily of purchases and sales of investments, capital expenditures and, in 2011, the acquisition of Santur.

 

60


Table of Contents

In 2011, net cash used in investing activities was $83.9 million. During 2011, we used $173.0 million of cash for the purchase of equity securities, which was partially offset by $118.5 million of cash received for the sale and maturity of equity securities. We also used $39.0 million of cash for the acquisition of Santur, net of cash acquired, and received $21.3 million for the sale of our investment in an unconsolidated investee. During 2011, capital expenditures totaled $11.7 million.

In 2010, net cash used for investing activities was $24.7 million. We purchased $15.8 million of capital equipment and invested $8.1 million in shares of an unconsolidated investee. In addition, we completed our sale of Archcom and, as a result, received the remaining $0.6 million in cash proceeds, offset by the transfer of the cash of Archcom of $1.7 million to the buyer.

In 2009, we used $6.0 million of cash for investing activities, comprised of $4.2 million of capital expenditures associated with the purchase of machinery and equipment and software to enhance and support our manufacturing operations, an increase of $1.8 million in restricted cash associated with our notes payable in China, partially offset by $1.0 million of cash provided by the sale of property, plant and equipment and the expected sale of Archcom.

Financing activities

Our financing activities consisted primarily of proceeds from the issuance of stock and activity associated with our various lending arrangements.

In 2011, net cash provided by financing activities was $102.7 million. In February 2011, we completed our initial public offering, which generated proceeds of $86.5 million, net of offering expenses. We received cash proceeds of $28.0 million from our newly amended lending arrangement, drawn by us in connection with our acquisition of Santur, which was partially offset by $14.2 million of cash used for the repayment of existing bank loans. In addition, we received $1.2 million of proceeds from the issuance of notes payable, net of repayment. We also received $0.9 million of proceeds from purchase of our equity securities pursuant to our employee stock purchase program.

In 2010, net cash used for financing activities was $7.3 million. We used $9.6 million of cash for the repayment of bank loans, net of proceeds, and $1.3 million for the repayment of notes payable, net of proceeds. In addition, we incurred $2.4 million of offering costs associated with our initial public offering, which was not completed until 2011. Our uses of cash were partially offset by $6.0 million of proceeds received from the issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs.

In 2009, our financing activities provided $9.0 million in cash, primarily resulting from $8.9 million of cash proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and $5.2 million of net proceeds from notes payable. Our proceeds were offset by $5.1 million of net payments on our outstanding bank loans.

 

61


Table of Contents

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Payments due by period  
(in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 

Short-term loans and notes payable (1)

   $ 14,620       $ 14,620       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0   

Debt obligations (2)

     27,166         5,000         22,166         0         0   

Operating leases (3)

     8,444         2,579         2,669         1,728         1,468   

Purchase commitments (4)

     15,784         15,784         0         0         0   

Contingent consideration (5)

     7,500         0         7,500         0         0   

Asset retirement obligations (6)

     1,000         0         0         0         1,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     74,514         37,983         32,335         1,728         2,468   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expected interest payments (7)

     1,525         563         785         177         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commitments

   $ 76,039       $ 38,546       $ 33,120       $ 1,905       $ 2,468   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) In China, we have several lending arrangements that provide short-term loans with a maturity date of one year or less and frequently we issue notes payable to our suppliers. The notes payable are generally due within six months of issuance. The amount presented in the table represents the principal portion of the obligations. There are no short-term loans outstanding as of December 31, 2011. The notes payable are non-interest bearing.
(2) We have several loan and security agreements in the U.S. that provide various credit facilities, including lines of credit and term loans. The amount presented in the table represents the principal portion of the obligations. The debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2011 bear interest at a rate of approximately 2.24%. All of the outstanding debt was subject to fluctuations in interest rates. Interest is paid monthly over the term of the debt arrangement.
(3) We have entered into various non-cancelable operating lease agreements for our offices in China, the U.S. and Japan.
(4) We are obligated to make payments under various arrangements with suppliers for the procurement of goods and services.
(5) We are obligated to pay up to an additional $7.5 million for the acquisition of Santur, contingent upon Santur meeting gross profit performance objectives in 2012. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of the contingent consideration was $1.5 million.
(6) We have an asset retirement obligation of $1.0 million associated with our facility lease in California, which expires in October 2019. This obligation is included in other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011.
(7) We calculate the expected interest payments based on our outstanding debt obligations at prevailing interest rates as of December 31, 2011.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we did not have any significant off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In September 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, reached a final consensus on new revenue recognition guidance regarding revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new accounting guidance addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting, and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of

 

62


Table of Contents

accounting. The new accounting guidance became effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures. The new guidance requires additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements, amends disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets, and provides clarification regarding the level of disaggregation of fair value disclosures by investment class. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for certain Level 3 activity disclosure requirements that were effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those whose fair market value inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Accordingly, the Company adopted this amendment for the year ended December 31, 2010, except for the additional Level 3 requirements which were adopted on January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In April 2010, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which provides guidance on the criteria to be followed in recognizing revenue under the milestone method. The milestone method of recognition allows a vendor who is involved with the provision of deliverables to recognize the full amount of a milestone payment upon achievement, if, at the inception of the revenue arrangement, the milestone is determined to be substantive as defined in the standard. The guidance is effective for the Company on a prospective basis for milestones achieved beginning January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued amendments to the FASB Accounting Standard Codification relating to fair value measurements. The amendments clarify the application of existing fair value measurement requirements and results in common measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The amendments are effective for the Company during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application by public entities is not permitted. The Company will apply these amendments prospectively beginning in fiscal 2012. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the application of these amendments will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued amendments to the FASB Accounting Standard Codification relating to presentation of comprehensive income. The amendments require that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The amendments also required entities to present reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component in both the statement in which net income is presented and the statement in which other comprehensive income is presented. In December 2011, the FASB issued guidance which indefinitely defers the guidance related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments. The amendments should be applied retrospectively, and are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company will apply the guidance beginning January 1, 2012 and the application of this guidance will result in financial statement presentation changes only.

In August 2011, the FASB approved a revised accounting standard update intended to simplify how an entity tests goodwill for impairment. The amendments permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and early adoption is permitted. The Company will apply this guidance beginning January 1, 2012.

In December 2011, the FASB issued amendments to the Accounting Standard Codification enhancing disclosure requirements about the nature of an entity’s right to offset. The new guidance requires the disclosure

 

63


Table of Contents

of the gross amounts subject to rights of set-off, amounts offset in accordance with the accounting standards followed, and the related net exposure. The new guidance is effective for both interim and annual reporting period beginning January 1, 2013. Other than requiring additional disclosures, the Company does not anticipate material impacts on our financial statements upon adoption.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest rate fluctuation risk

Our cash equivalents consisted primarily of money market funds and interest and non-interest bearing bank deposits. The main objective of these instruments was safety of principal and liquidity while maximizing return, without significantly increasing risk. Given the short-term nature of our cash equivalents, we do not anticipate any material effect on our portfolio due to fluctuations in interest rates.

We started to invest our excess cash in short-term and long-term marketable securities in 2011 to take advantage of higher yields generated by these investments. As of December 31, 2011, the gross unrealized gains or losses on our investments classified as available-for-sale were primarily due to increases or decreases in the fair value of the marketable securities as a result of changes in market interest rates. We have determined that the gross unrealized gains or losses on the available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2011 are temporary in nature. We may sell these marketable securities investments in the future to fund future operating needs. As a result, we recorded all our marketable securities in short-term investments as of December 31, 2011, regardless of the contractual maturity date of the securities.

We are exposed to market risk due to the possibility of changing interest rates associated with certain outstanding balances under our debt instruments. As of December 31, 2011, we did not have outstanding debt in China. As of December 31, 2011, our U.S. debt was based on floating rates of interest and is subject to fluctuations in interest rates. As of December 31, 2010, the interest rates on all of our outstanding debt in China were fixed at the time of drawdown, and were not subject to fluctuations. As of December 31, 2010, a portion of our U.S. debt was based on floating rates of interest and is subject to fluctuations in interest rates. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had not hedged our interest rate risk.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had $27.2 million and $8.8 million outstanding under our U.S. credit facilities, respectively, which was subject to fluctuations in interest rates. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the weighted average interest rate on the $27.2 million and the $8.8 million of outstanding principal subject to interest rate fluctuations was 2.24% and 4.34%, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011, a hypothetical 10% increase in the interest rate could result in approximately $61,000 of additional annual interest expense. Comparatively, for the year ended December 31, 2010, a hypothetical 10% increase in the interest rate could result in approximately $38,000 of additional annual interest. The hypothetical changes and assumptions made above will be different from what actually occurs in the future. Furthermore, the computations do not anticipate actions that may be taken by our management should the hypothetical market changes actually occur over time. As a result, actual impacts on our results of operations in the future will differ from those quantified above.

Foreign currency exchange risk

Foreign currency exchange rates are subject to fluctuation and may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statement of operations. A substantial portion of our business is conducted through our subsidiaries in China whose functional currency is the RMB. To the extent that transactions by our subsidiaries in China are denominated in currencies other than RMB, we bear the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates of the RMB in relation to other currencies could decrease our revenue and increase our costs and expenses. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we recognized foreign currency transaction losses of $0.1 million and $0.0 million, respectively. We use the U.S. dollar as the reporting currency for our consolidated financial statements. Any significant revaluation of the RMB may materially and adversely affect our results of operations

 

64


Table of Contents

upon translation of our Chinese subsidiaries’ financial statements into U.S. dollars. While we generate a majority of our revenue in RMB, a majority of our operating expenses are in U.S. dollars. Therefore depreciation in RMB against the U.S. dollar would negatively impact our revenue upon translation to the U.S. dollars but the impact on operating expenses would be less. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2011, a 10% depreciation in RMB against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in an $11.2 million decrease in our revenue and a $0.7 million increase in our net loss for the period. Comparatively, for the year ended December 31, 2010, a 10% depreciation in RMB against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a $10.6 million decrease in our revenue and a $1.3 million decrease in our net income for the period.

To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedging transactions may be limited and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure. In addition, our currency exchange variations may be magnified by any Chinese exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency.

Inflation risk

Inflationary factors, such as increases in our cost of goods sold and operating expenses, may adversely affect our results of operations. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, an increase in the rate of inflation in the future, particularly in China, may have an adverse effect on our levels of gross profit and operating expenses as a percentage of revenue if the sales prices for our products do not proportionately increase with these increased expenses.

 

65


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     67   
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     69   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     70   

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, Deficit and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     71   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     73   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     75   
SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA:   

Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited) for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

     120   

 

66


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

NeoPhotonics Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock, deficit and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NeoPhotonics Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits (which was an integrated audit in 2011). We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

67


Table of Contents

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A, management has excluded the Santur business from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 because Santur was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2011. We have also excluded the Santur business from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Santur is a wholly-owned subsidiary, whose total assets and total revenue represented approximately 6.7% and 2.9%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP

San Jose, California

March 30, 2012

 

68


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    December 31,  
(In thousands, except share and per share data)   2011     2010  

ASSETS

   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 32,321      $ 24,659   

Short-term investments

    54,063        0   

Restricted cash

    3,227        2,828   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $506 and $1,582 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively

    68,877        52,995   

Inventories

    35,341        18,532   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    5,882        7,521   

Current assets held-for-sale

    1,687        3,422   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    201,398        109,957   

Long-term investments

    92        0   

Property, plant and equipment, net

    56,344        42,887   

Goodwill

    0        4,323   

Other intangible assets, net

    17,999        2,146   

Other long-term assets

    1,049        12,956   

Long-term assets held-for-sale

    167        226   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 277,049      $ 172,495   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

   

Current liabilities:

   

Accounts payable

  $ 37,599      $ 28,889   

Short-term loans and notes payable

    14,620        17,006   

Current portion of long-term debt

    5,000        5,924   

Accrued and other current liabilities

    18,299        12,293   

Current liabilities held-for-sale

    1,681        1,716   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    77,199        65,828   

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    22,166        2,912   

Deferred income tax liabilities

    927        536   

Other noncurrent liabilities

    3,103        1,316   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    103,395        70,592   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

   

Series X redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0025 par value

   

At December 31, 2011: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding; At December 31, 2010: 20,000 shares authorized, 18,497 shares issued and outstanding, $92,487 liquidation preference

    0        46,180   

Series 1, 2 and 3 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0025 par value

   

At December 31, 2011: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding; At December 31, 2010: 7,400,000 shares authorized, 6,639,513 shares issued and outstanding, $177,960 liquidation preference

    0        165,361   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
    0        211,541   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

   

Preferred stock, $0.0025 par value

   

At December 31, 2011: 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding; At December 31, 2010: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding

    0        0   

Common stock, $0.0025 par value

   

At December 31, 2011: 100,000,000 shares authorized, 24,862,585 shares issued and outstanding; At December 31, 2010: 14,000,000 shares authorized, 1,955,280 shares issued and outstanding

    62        5   

Additional paid-in capital

    392,792        93,349   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    11,353        12,807   

Accumulated deficit

    (230,553     (215,799
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    173,654        (109,638
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 277,049      $ 172,495   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

    Years ended December 31,  
(In thousands, except share and per share data)   2011     2010     2009  

Revenue

  $ 201,029      $ 177,679      $ 145,286   

Cost of goods sold

    150,944        123,373        106,833   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    50,085        54,306        38,453   

Operating expenses:

     

Research and development

    30,855        20,962        16,545   

Sales and marketing

    11,686        9,078        7,634   

General and administrative

    21,900        16,628        14,673   

Amortization of purchased intangible assets

    994        1,144        1,137   

Adjustment to fair value of contingent consideration

    (1,287     0        0   

Goodwill impairment charges

    13,106        0        0   

Asset impairment charges

    0        0        1,233   

Restructuring charges

    1,297        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    78,551        47,812        41,222   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (28,466)        6,494        (2,769)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

    407        187        340   

Interest expense

    (422)        (612)        (873)   

Other income (expense), net

    14,246        (108     (60
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and other income (expense), net

    14,231        (533     (593
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (14,235     5,961        (3,362

Provision for income taxes

    (1,155     (2,289     (1,465
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    (15,390     3,672        (4,827

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    636        (401     (2,020
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    (14,754     3,271        (6,847

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    0        (80     (116
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics

     

Corporation

    (14,754     3,191        (6,963

Deemed dividend on beneficial conversion of Series X redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (17,049     0        0   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (7     (113     (153
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

  $ (31,810   $ 3,078      $ (7,116
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders—Basic:

     

Continuing operations

  $ (1.45   $ 0.00      $ (2.66
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

  $ 0.03      $ 0.00      $ (1.06
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (1.42   $ 0.00      $ (3.72
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders—Diluted:

     

Continuing operations

  $ (1.45   $ 0.00      $ (2.66
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

  $ 0.03      $ 0.00      $ (1.06
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (1.42   $ 0.00      $ (3.72
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders:

     

Basic

    22,359,802        1,945,111        1,913,117   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    22,359,802        3,123,994        1,913,117   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

70


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK,

DEFICIT AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

    Redeemable
convertible
preferred stock
    Common stock     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Deferred
stock-based
compensation
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Accumulated
deficit
    NeoPhotonics
Corporation
stockholders’
deficit
    Noncontrolling
interests
    Total
deficit
 
(In thousands, except share data)   Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount                

Balances at December 31, 2008

    6,652,053        196,430        1,915,347        5        91,276        (28     5,971        (212,027     (114,803     1,780        (113,023

Comprehensive loss

                     

Net loss attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        (6,963     (6,963       (6,963

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    0        0        0        0        0        0        29        0        29        0        29   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        116        116   
                 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

                    (6,934     116        (6,818

Issuance of Series X preferred stock for cash

    3,556        8,867        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

    0        153        0        0        (153     0        0        0        (153     0        (153

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

        0        0        (268     0        0        0        (268     (387     (655

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    0        0        9,470        0        40        0        0        0        40        0        40   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants

    0        0        10,009          40        0        0        0        40        0        40   

Repurchases of common stock

    0        0        (10,199     0        (37     0        0        0        (37     0        (37

Vesting of early exercised stock options

    0        0        0        0        43        0        0        0        43        0        43   

Amortization of deferred stock-based

    0        0        0        0        0        28        0        0        28        0        28   

Stock-based compensation expense

    0        0        0            0        953        0        0        0        953        0        953   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2009

    6,655,609      $ 205,450        1,924,627      $ 5      $ 91,894      $ —        $ 6,000      $ (218,990   $ (121,091   $ 1,509      $ (119,582

Comprehensive income

                     

Net income attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        3,191        3,191        0        3,191   

Unrealized gain on cost method investments

    0        0        0        0        0        0        4,412        0        4,412          4,412   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    0        0        0        0        0        0        2,395        0        2,395        0        2,395   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        80        80   
                 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                    9,998        80        10,078   

Issuance of Series X preferred stock for cash

    2,401        5,978        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

    0        113        0        0        (113     0        0        0        (113     0        (113

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

    0        0        0        0        (199     0        0        0        (199     95        (104

Sale of majority-owned interest

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        (1,684     (1,684

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    0        0        27,265        0        114        0        0        0        114        0        114   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants

    0        0        3,508        0        13        0        0        0        13        0        13   

Repurchases of common stock

    0        0        (120     0        (1     0        0        0        (1     0        (1

Vesting of early exercised stock options

    0        0        0        0        43        0        0        0        43        0        43   

Stock-based compensation expense

    0        0        0        0        1,598        0        0        0        1,598        0        1,598   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2010

    6,658,010      $ 211,541        1,955,280      $ 5      $ 93,349      $ —        $ 12,807      $ (215,799   $ (109,638   $ —        $ (109,638

 

71


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK,

DEFICIT AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)—(Continued)

 

    Redeemable
convertible
preferred stock
    Common stock     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Deferred
stock-based
compensation
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Accumulated
deficit
    NeoPhotonics
Corporation
stockholders’
deficit
    Noncontrolling
interests
    Total
deficit
 
(In thousands, except share data)   Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount                

Balances at December 31, 2010

    6,658,010      $ 211,541        1,955,280      $ 5      $ 93,349      $ —        $ 12,807      $ (215,799   $ (109,638   $ —        $ (109,638

Comprehensive loss

                     

Net loss

    0        0        0        0        0        0        0        (14,754     (14,754     0        (14,754

Net unrealized loss on investments

    0        0        0        0        0        0        (4,719     0        (4,719     0        (4,719

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    0        0        0        0        0        0        3,265        0        3,265        0        3,265   
                 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

                    (16,208     0        (16,208

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

    0        7        0        0        (7     0        0        0        (7     0        (7

Deemed dividend on beneficial conversion of

                     

Series X redeemable convertible preferred stock

    0        17,049        0        0        (17,049     0        0        0        (17,049     0        (17,049

Issuance of common stock upon initial public offering at $11.00 per share, net of issuance costs of $4,263

    0        0        8,625,000        22        83,949        0        0        0        83,971        0        83,971   

Conversion of preferred stock into shares of common stock

    (6,658,010     (228,597     14,038,489        35        228,562        0        0        0        228,597        0        228,597   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

    0        0        79,144        0        340        0        0        0        340        0        340   

Repurchase of common stock

    0        0        (51     0        0        0        0        0        0        0        0   

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

    0        0        164,723        0        863        0        0        0        863        0        863   

Vesting of early exercised stock options

    0        0        0        0        19        0        0        0        19        0        19   

Stock-based compensation expense

    0        0        0        0        2,766        0        0        0        2,766        0        2,766   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

    —        $ —          24,862,585      $ 62      $ 392,792      $ —        $ 11,353      $ (230,553   $ 173,654      $ —        $ 173,654   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

72


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Years ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2011     2010     2009  
     (As Revised. See Note 1.)  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (14,754   $ 3,271      $ (6,847

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     12,931        12,122        13,574   

Goodwill impairment charges

     13,106        0        0   

Asset impairment charges

     0        0        1,233   

Stock-based compensation expense

     3,156        1,598        981   

Deferred taxes

     (452     (32     (62

Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment

     224        178        (114

Share of loss of an unconsolidated investee

     0        620        0   

Gain on sale of an unconsolidated investee, net of direct cost

     (13,867     0        0   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     535        388        726   

Provision for inventories

     680        1,175        1,145   

Change in assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (2,750     (682     (5,369

Inventories

     (8,508     (5,958     3,257   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,140        (3,167     (491

Accounts payable

     (452     6,648        832   

Accrued and other liabilities

     (4,499     (2,579     2,897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (12,510     13,582        11,762   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (11,677     (15,744     (4,162

Purchase of marketable securities

     (172,972     0        0   

Proceeds from sale of marketable securities

     113,909        0        0   

Proceeds from maturity of securities

     4,623        0        0   

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

     (48     353        (1,770

Acquisition of Santur, net of cash acquired

     (38,986     0        0   

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest in subsidiary

     0        (104     (655

Purchase of shares of an unconsolidated investee

     0        (8,077     0   

Proceeds from sale of an unconsolidated investee

     21,288        0        0   

Proceeds received (cash transferred) upon sale of Archcom

     0        (1,118     550   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (83,863     (24,690     (6,037
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from initial public offering of common stock, net of issuance costs

     86,412        (2,441     0   

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     0        5,978        8,867   

Repurchases of common stock

     0        (1     (37

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants

     341        127        80   

Proceeds from issuance of stock under ESPP

     863        0        0   

Proceeds from bank loans

     28,000        13,728        26,455   

Repayment of bank loans

     (14,214     (23,373     (31,539

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

     29,390        26,925        24,343   

Repayment of notes payable

     (28,157     (28,246     (19,159
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     102,635        (7,303     9,010   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     758        456        (56

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     7,020        (17,955     14,679   

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

     25,465        43,420        28,741   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

   $ 32,485      $ 25,465      $ 43,420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 368      $ 728      $ 924   

Cash paid for income taxes

     1,532        2,881        179   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

      

Decrease (increase) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to property and equipment purchases

     (986     (727     268   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     7        113        153   

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock upon IPO

     228,597        0        0   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

73


Table of Contents

The Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for NeoPhotonics Corporation includes the cash flow from both continuing and discontinued operations. Therefore, the beginning and ending cash balances represent the cash and cash equivalents of the Company’s continuing operations, as presented on the consolidated balance sheets, plus cash and cash equivalents associated with discontinued operations, included within current assets held-for-sale on the consolidated balance sheets. For further details, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

74


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. The company and basis of presentation

Business and organization

NeoPhotonics Corporation (“NeoPhotonics” or the “Company”) is a designer and manufacturer of PIC-based modules and subsystems for bandwidth-intensive, high-speed communications networks. NeoPhotonics, formerly known as NanoGram Corporation, was incorporated in Delaware in 1996 to develop nanoparticles for use in industrial applications. In November 2002, the Company spun out two companies, changed its name to NeoPhotonics Corporation, and focused on the design, development and manufacturing of planar lightwave circuits for optical communication platforms.

Discontinued operations

In the fourth quarter of 2011, we initiated a plan to sell a component of our business, Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. (Broadband), a subsidiary in China. As such, the net assets of Broadband are classified as held-for-sale in our consolidated balance sheets and the results of operations associated with Broadband are presented as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. Unless otherwise indicated, all discussions relate to the Company’s continuing operations.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the consolidated accounts of the Company and its majority owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reverse stock split

On November 29, 2010, the Company filed its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation which effected a 1-for-25 reverse stock split of all outstanding shares of the Company’s stock, including common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock. Fractional shares of Series X preferred stock were issued. Any fractional shares of common stock and Series 1, 2 and 3 preferred stock resulting from the reverse stock split were settled in cash equal to the fraction of a share to which the holder was entitled.

Following the amendment, the Company’s authorized capital stock consisted of 21,420,000 shares, comprising: (i) 14,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0025 per share, (ii) 20,000 shares of Series X redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0025 per share, and (iii) 7,400,000 shares of Series 1, 2 and 3 redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0025 per share.

All shares, stock options, warrants to purchase common stock and per share information presented in the consolidated financial statements has been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split on a retroactive basis for all periods presented and all share information is rounded down to the nearest whole share after reflecting the reverse stock split.

Initial Public Offering

In February 2011, the Company completed its initial public offering of 8,625,000 shares of its common stock, including the full underwriters’ over-allotment option, at a public offering price of $11.00 per share. Net cash proceeds from the initial public offering were approximately $88.2 million, prior to deducting offering expenses.

 

75


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In connection with the closing of the initial public offering, all of the shares of Series 1, Series 2 and Series 3 preferred stock outstanding automatically converted into 6,639,513 shares of common stock on a 1-for-1 basis and all of the shares of Series X preferred stock outstanding automatically converted into 7,398,976 shares of common stock on a 400-for-1 basis.

On February 10, 2011, the Company filed its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in connection with the closing of its initial public offering. Following the amendment, the Company’s authorized capital stock consisted of 110,000,000 shares, comprising: (i) 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0025 per share and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0025 per share.

Correction in classification of Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

The Company made the following correction in classification of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

   

During the first quarter of 2011, the Company determined that cash payments made in 2010 for initial public offering related expenses had been incorrectly classified as operating cash flow activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows, and that such payments should be classified as financing cash flow activities. The Company has revised the 2010 statement of cash flows to correct for the classification. The correction resulted in an increase to “Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities” of $2,441,000, with a corresponding increase to “Net Cash Used in Financing Activities” for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

   

Management has assessed the impact of this correction on the 2010 annual consolidated statement of cash flows and has concluded that the corrections are not material, either individually, or in the aggregate, to the previously reported cash flows.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates made by management include: the useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets as well as future cash flows to be generated by those assets; allowances for doubtful accounts; valuation allowances for deferred tax assets; reserves for excess and obsolete inventories and fair value of the Company’s common stock, stock options and preferred stock, among others. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective historical fair values due to their short-term maturities.

Concentration of credit risk and significant customers

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company’s investment policy requires cash and cash equivalents to be placed with high-credit quality institutions and to limit the amount of credit risk from any

 

76


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

one issuer. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition whenever deemed necessary and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectibility of all accounts receivable, which takes into consideration an analysis of historical bad debts, specific customer creditworthiness and current economic trends.

The following table sets forth the Company’s significant customers:

 

     % of Revenue
Years ended December 31,
    % of Accounts Receivable
December 31,
 
         2011         2010         2009         2011         2010    

Customer A

     51     50     56     47     52

Customer B

           10                  

 

* Less than 10% of total revenue or accounts receivable.

Cash and cash equivalents

Highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the date of purchase are considered cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist principally of investments in money market funds.

Restricted cash

As a condition of the notes payable lending arrangements of the Company’s subsidiaries in China, these subsidiaries are required to keep a compensating balance at the issuing banks that is a percentage of the total notes payable balance until the notes payable are paid. These balances have been excluded from the Company’s cash and cash equivalents balance and are classified as restricted cash on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of restricted cash was $3.2 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

Financial Instruments

The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank deposits and money market funds used for operational purposes. Cash equivalents are recognized at fair value.

Short-term and long-term investments. Short-term investments consist of debt securities and money market funds with maturities of 12 months or less. Long-term investments consist of debt securities with maturities greater than 12 months. Short-term and long-term investments are classified as available-for-sale investments and are recognized at fair value.

The Company regularly reviews its investment portfolio to identify and evaluate investments that have indications of possible impairment. Factors considered in determining whether a loss is other-than-temporary include: the length of time and extent to which the fair market value has been lower than the cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, credit quality, likelihood of recovery, and the Company’s ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair market value.

 

77


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of stockholders’ equity (deficit) on the consolidated balance sheets. The amortization of premiums and discounts on the investments, and realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are included in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company uses the specific-identification method to determine cost in calculating realized gains and losses upon sale of its debt securities.

Equity investments. Equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair market value and unrealized gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of stockholders’ equity (deficit) on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s investment in equity securities was classified as long-term based on the Company’s intent and ability to hold the investment in Ignis for more than 12 months from the balance sheet date. During the second quarter of 2011, Ignis was purchased by another company and, as a result, the Company sold its investment in Ignis.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price at which an asset could be exchanged in a current transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties. A liability’s fair value is defined as the amount that would be paid to transfer the liability to a new obligor, not the amount that would be paid to settle the liability with the creditor. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation techniques involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments’ complexity. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The authoritative accounting guidance describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable. These levels of inputs are as follows:

Level 1—Observable inputs such as unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2—Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.

Assets and liabilities that are required to be fair valued on a recurring basis include money market funds, marketable securities, equity investments, and contingent consideration.

Money market funds are valued with level one inputs, using quoted market prices, and are included in cash and cash equivalents or short-term investments on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. See Note 4 for further details.

Marketable securities are valued with level one and level two inputs, using quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and are included in short-term investments or long-term investments on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. See Note 4 for further details.

 

78


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In 2010, the Company invested in equity securities of a foreign publicly traded company. The equity securities were valued with level one inputs, using quoted market prices, until the equity securities were sold in 2011. See Note 10 for further details.

In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Santur in October 2011, the Company may be required to pay the former owners of Santur up to an additional $7.5 million in cash, contingent upon Santur’s gross profit performance during 2012. The fair value of the contingent consideration was measured at the date of acquisition and is remeasured each reporting period and any changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognized as a gain or loss in the consolidated statements of operations. The contingent consideration is valued with level three inputs. The Company estimated the fair value of its liability using the expected cash flow approach with inputs being probability-weighted revenue and gross margin projections and a discount rate based on a weighted-average cost of capital of 19%. As of the closing date, the fair value of the contingent consideration was $2.8 million. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of the contingent consideration was $1.5 million and is included in other current liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The reduction in the fair value of the contingent consideration is a result of changes in demand and product mix with Santur’s products subsequent to the acquisition date. The impact resulted in lower expected gross margins to be realized during the contingent consideration earning period. The change in the fair value of the contingent consideration of $1.3 million from the acquisition date through December 31, 2011 was recognized as an adjustment to the fair value of contingent consideration in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. See Note 6 for further details.

See Note 11 for further details about the fair value of the Company’s debt obligations.

Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable include trade receivables and notes receivables from customers. The Company receives notes receivable from certain customers in China that are secured by the customer’s affiliated financial institution. The notes are generally due within 6 months and may be redeemed early by the Company at a discount. Historically, the Company has collected on the notes receivable in full at the time of maturity. The notes receivable do not meet the true sales criteria as defined by the accounting guidance for accounting for transfers and servicing of financial assets.

An allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on the aging of the Company’s trade receivables, historical experience, and management judgment. The Company writes off trade receivables against the allowance when management determines a balance is uncollectible and no longer actively pursues collection of the receivable.

Inventories

Inventories consist of on-hand raw materials, work-in-progress inventories and finished goods. Raw materials and work-in-progress inventories are stored mainly on the Company’s premises. Finished goods are stored on the Company’s premises as well as on consignment at certain customer sites.

Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates actual cost determined on the weighted average basis, or market value. Inventories are recorded using the first-in, first-out method. The Company routinely evaluates quantities and values of inventories in light of current market conditions and market trends, and records a write-down for quantities in excess of demand and product obsolescence. The evaluation may take into consideration historic usage, expected demand, anticipated sales price, new product

 

79


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

development schedules, the effect new products might have on the sale of existing products, product obsolescence, customer concentrations, product merchantability and other factors. Market conditions are subject to change and actual consumption of inventory could differ from forecasted demand. The Company also regularly reviews the cost of inventories against their estimated market value and records a lower of cost or market reserve for inventories that have a cost in excess of estimated market value. Once a reserve for inventories is recorded, this results in a new cost basis for the related inventories which is not reversed.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible assets, identifiable intangible assets and in-process research and development acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not subject to amortization, but is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment.

The Company evaluates goodwill, at a minimum, on an annual basis and whenever events and changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment testing as of December 31 of each year. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment utilizing a two-step process. First, impairment of goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In step two, the implied fair value of goodwill is calculated as the excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the fair values assigned to its assets and liabilities. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill, the difference is recognized as an impairment loss. The Company considers that it has only one reporting unit for the purposes of testing goodwill for impairment. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component). A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $13.1 million, the result of which is that the Company does not have any goodwill on its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011. The impairment charge was due to a decline in the market capitalization of the Company during the fourth quarter of 2011. See Note 8 for further discussion.

Long-lived assets

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Buildings

   20-30 years

Machinery and equipment

   5 years

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

   5 years

Software

   5-7 years

Leasehold improvements

   5 years or lease term, if shorter

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recorded at fair value. Identifiable finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the period of estimated benefit using the straight-line method, reflecting the pattern of economic benefits associated with these assets. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s intangible

 

80


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

assets generally range from five to seven years, except for acquired land use rights in China, which have an estimated useful life of 45 years.

The carrying value of intangible assets and other long-lived assets is reviewed on a regular basis for the existence of facts or circumstances, both internally and externally, that may suggest impairment. Some factors which the Company considers to be triggering events for impairment review include a significant decrease in the market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, a significant adverse change in the business climate that could affect the value of an asset, an accumulation of costs for an asset in excess of the amount originally expected, a current period operating loss or cash flow decline combined with a history of operating loss or cash flow uses or a projection that demonstrates continuing losses and a current expectation that, it is more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be disposed of at a loss before the end of its estimated useful life.

If one or more of such facts or circumstances exist, the Company will evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets to determine if an impairment exists, by comparing it to estimated undiscounted future cash flows over the remaining useful life of the assets. If the carrying value of the assets is greater than the estimated future cash flow, the assets are written down to the estimated fair value. The Company’s cash flow estimates contain management’s best estimates, using appropriate and customary assumptions and projections at the time. Any write-down would be treated as a permanent reduction in the carrying amount of the asset and an operating loss would be recognized. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, no impairment charges were recognized. During the years ended December 31, 2009, impairment charges relating to finite lived assets of $1.2 million was recognized. See Note 7 for further discussion.

In those cases where the Company determines that the useful life of an asset should be revised, the Company depreciates the remaining net book value over the new estimated useful life.

Revenue recognition

Revenue is derived from the sale of the Company’s products. The Company recognizes revenue provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Contracts and/or customer purchase orders are used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Delivery is considered to have occurred when title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer. The price is equal to the amount invoiced to the customer and is not subject to adjustment and customers do not have the right of return. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers to determine that appropriate credit limits are established prior to the acceptance of an order.

Revenue is recognized when the product is shipped and title has transferred to the buyer. The Company bears all costs and risks of loss or damage to the goods up to that point. On most orders, the Company’s shipment terms provide that title passes to the buyer upon shipment by the Company. Other shipment terms may provide that title passes to the buyer upon delivery of the goods to the buyer. Shipping and handling costs are included in the cost of goods sold. The Company presents revenue net of sales taxes and any similar assessments.

Product warranties

The Company provides warranties to cover defects in workmanship, materials and manufacturing for a period of one to two years to meet the stated functionality as agreed to in each sales arrangement. Products are tested against specified functionality requirements prior to delivery, but the Company nevertheless from time to time experiences claims under its warranty guarantees. The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs under

 

81


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

those guarantees based upon historical experience, and for specific items, at the time their existence is known and the amounts are determinable.

The table below summarizes the movement in the warranty accrual (in thousands):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Beginning balance

   $ 299      $ 489      $ 281   

Warranty accruals

     393        191        425   

Settlements and adjustments

     751        (381     (217
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,443  (1)     $ 299      $ 489   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Included within the ending balance is an accrual of $0.3 million relating to a specific part, for which the liability was assumed as part of the acquisition of Santur. This part was related to one product manufactured in 2006, and the Company has continued to experience product returns through 2011. The amount recorded represents the Company’s best estimate of the liability to be incurred, and management believes that the amount recorded in the consolidated financial statements will be adequate to resolve any warranty obligations related to this issue, although this assessment is subject to change based on the ultimate resolution of this matter with customers.

Research and development

Research and development expense consists of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for the Company’s research and development personnel and product development costs, including engineering services, development software and hardware tools, depreciation of capital equipment and facility costs. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and, to date, have not been significant.

Stock-based compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted new authoritative accounting guidance for stock-based compensation, which requires enterprises to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments, including stock options, based on the grant date fair value of the award. The Company adopted the new guidance using the prospective transition method. Under this transition method, beginning January 1, 2006, employee stock-based compensation cost recognized includes: (a) compensation cost for all stock-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005, based on the intrinsic value method, and (b) compensation cost for all stock-based payments granted or modified subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the new guidance.

The Company grants stock options, stock purchase rights, stock appreciation units and restricted stock units to employees and directors. The stock-based awards are accounted for at fair value as described below.

The Company determines the fair value of stock options on the date of grant utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of the options is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the option award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis.

 

82


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The first share purchase rights were granted February 2, 2011, the first day NeoPhotonics Corporation common stock was listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The offering period, which extended through November 2011, contained two purchase dates, one in May 2011 and one in November 2011. The Company accounts for the stock purchase rights at the grant date (first day of the offering period) by valuing the two purchase periods separately. The stock purchase rights are accounted for at fair value, utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The expense for each purchase period is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, from the beginning of the offering period through the respective purchase date.

Beginning in 2007, the Company began granting stock appreciation units. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation unit, the Company will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (a) the excess of the per share fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (b) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation unit is exercised. Vested stock appreciation units first become exercisable upon the expiration of the lock-up period associated with the initial public offering. Due to the contingent nature of the awards prior to the initial public offering, the Company had not recorded any compensation expense associated with these awards as of December 31, 2010.

Upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering, the Company began recognizing stock-based compensation expense for the stock appreciation units. The Company records an expense (credit) and an equal adjustment to the liability for the stock appreciation units equal to the fair value of the vested portion of the awards as of each period end. Each reporting period thereafter, compensation expense will be recorded, based on the remaining service period and the then fair value of the award until vesting of the award is completed. After vesting is completed, the Company will continue to remeasure the fair value of the liability until the award is exercised or expires, with changes in the fair value of the liability recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

In August 2011, the Company began granting restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are valued at the closing sales price as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant, and are converted into shares of common stock upon vesting on a one-for-one basis. Vesting of restricted stock units is subject to the employee’s continuing service to the Company. The compensation expense related to the restricted stock units is determined using the fair value of common stock on the date of grant, and the expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized at fair value includes the impact of estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates future forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Cash flows resulting from the tax benefits for tax deductions from the exercise of stock options in excess of the compensation expense recorded for those options (excess tax benefits) are classified as cash flows from financing activities. The Company had no excess tax benefits in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

For further details of the Company’s stock-based compensation arrangements, see Note 14.

Income taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities in the financial statements and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to

 

83


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities from a change in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company operates in various tax jurisdictions and is subject to audit by various tax authorities. In preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company estimates actual current tax exposure as well as assesses temporary differences resulting from different treatment of items, such as accruals and allowances not currently deductible for tax purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets which represent future tax benefits to be received when certain expenses previously recognized in the financial statements become deductible expenses under applicable income tax laws, or loss credit carryforwards are utilized.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. A valuation allowance is recorded for loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets where it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Foreign currency translations

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at the rates of exchange at the balance sheet date. Transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar during the year are converted into the U.S. dollar at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing on the day transactions occurred. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. Exchange losses recognized were $0.1 million, $0.0 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The financial records of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are maintained in local currencies other than the U.S. dollar, such as the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”), which are their functional currencies. Assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rates at the balance sheet date, equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates and revenue, expenses, gains and losses are translated using the average exchange rate for the period. Translation adjustments are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments and are shown as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock, deficit and comprehensive income (loss).

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

The Company applies the two-class method for calculating and presenting net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders. Under the two-class method, net income is allocated between common shares and other participating securities based on their participating rights. Participating securities are defined as securities that participate in dividends with common shares according to a predetermined formula. Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period.

Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders and income allocable to participating securities to the extent they are dilutive, by the weighted average number of common shares and potential dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the period if the effect is

 

84


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

dilutive. The Company’s potential dilutive common share equivalents consist of incremental common shares issuable upon the exercise of options and warrants to purchase common shares and upon conversion of its redeemable convertible preferred stock. The Company’s non-vested early-exercised stock options are considered a participating security and are included in the Company’s computation of basic net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders. The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock met the definition of a participating security until this stock was converted to common stock in connection with the closing of the Company’s initial public offering.

Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) includes all changes in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss), foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains or losses on cost method investments and net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Comprehensive income (loss) is disclosed in the consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock, deficit and comprehensive income (loss). The components of accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Unrealized income (losses) on available-for-sale securities

   $ (308   $ 4,412   

Cummulative foreign currency translation adjustment

     11,661        8,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 11,353      $ 12,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recent accounting pronouncements

In September 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, reached a final consensus on new revenue recognition guidance regarding revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new accounting guidance addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting, and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting. The new accounting guidance became effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures. The new guidance requires additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements, amends disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets, and provides clarification regarding the level of disaggregation of fair value disclosures by investment class. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for certain Level 3 activity disclosure requirements that were effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those whose fair market value inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Accordingly, the Company adopted this amendment for the year ended December 31, 2010, except for the additional Level 3 requirements which were adopted on January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In April 2010, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which provides guidance on the criteria to be followed in recognizing revenue under the milestone method. The milestone method of recognition allows a

 

85


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

vendor who is involved with the provision of deliverables to recognize the full amount of a milestone payment upon achievement, if, at the inception of the revenue arrangement, the milestone is determined to be substantive as defined in the standard. The guidance is effective for the Company on a prospective basis for milestones achieved beginning January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued amendments to the FASB Accounting Standard Codification relating to fair value measurements. The amendments clarify the application of existing fair value measurement requirements and results in common measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The amendments are effective for the Company during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application by public entities is not permitted. The Company will apply these amendments prospectively beginning in fiscal 2012. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the application of these amendments will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued amendments to the FASB Accounting Standard Codification relating to presentation of comprehensive income. The amendments require that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The amendments also required entities to present reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component in both the statement in which net income is presented and the statement in which other comprehensive income is presented. In December 2011, the FASB issued guidance which indefinitely defers the guidance related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments. The amendments should be applied retrospectively, and are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company will apply the guidance beginning January 1, 2012 and the application of this guidance will result in financial statement presentation changes only.

In August 2011, the FASB approved a revised accounting standard update intended to simplify how an entity tests goodwill for impairment. The amendments permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and early adoption is permitted. The Company will apply this guidance beginning January 1, 2012.

In December 2011, the FASB issued amendments to the Accounting Standard Codification enhancing disclosure requirements about the nature of an entity’s right to offset. The new guidance requires the disclosure of the gross amounts subject to rights of set-off, amounts offset in accordance with the accounting standards followed, and the related net exposure. The new guidance is effective for both interim and annual reporting period beginning January 1, 2013. Other than requiring additional disclosures, the Company does not anticipate material impacts on its financial statements upon adoption.

3. Discontinued Operations

In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company initiated a plan to sell a component of its business, Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. (Broadband), a subsidiary in China. The Company decided to sell Broadband because the nature of its operations is different than the core technology and strategy of the Company. The Company expects to complete the sale of Broadband in 2012.

 

86


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the net assets of Broadband are classified as held-for-sale in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Details of the net assets held-for-sale is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 164       $ 806   

Restricted cash

     0         199   

Accounts receivable, net

     873         1,379   

Inventories

     484         894   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     166         144   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current assets held-for-sale

   $ 1,687       $ 3,422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

   $ 167       $ 226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term assets held-for-sale

   $ 167       $ 226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts payable

   $ 1,225       $ 764   

Short-term loans and notes payable

     0         199   

Accrued and other current liabilities

     456         753   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities held-for-sale

   $ 1,681       $ 1,716   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The results of operations associated with Broadband are presented as discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Revenue and the components of net income related to the discontinued operations for all periods were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011      2010     2009  

Revenue

   $ 5,085       $ 6,459      $ 9,776   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

   $ 318       $ (408   $ (1,583

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

     318         7        (437
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 636       $ (401   $ (2,020
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

4. Cash and investments

The Company began investing in marketable securities in 2011. Prior to 2011, the Company invested in money market funds, classified as cash and cash equivalents.

The following table summarizes the Company’s unrealized gains and losses related to the cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities designated as available-for-sale (in thousands):

 

    As of December 31, 2011     As of December 31, 2010  
    Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Cash and cash equivalents

               

Money market funds

  $ 11      $ 0      $ 0      $ 11      $ 6,650      $ 0      $ 0      $ 6,650   

Time deposit

    8,719            0        0        8,719        0            0            0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments in cash and cash equivalents

    8,730        0        0        8,730        6,650        0        0        6,650   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term investments

               

Money market funds

    2,205        0        0        2,205        0        0        0        0   

Time deposit

    9,040        0        0        9,040        0        0        0        0   

Corporate bonds

    17,403        19        (224     17,198        0        0        0        0   

Commercial paper

    7,497        0        (30     7,467        0        0        0        0   

U.S. federal agencies

    11,447        3        0        11,450        0        0        0        0   

Foreign bonds and notes

    4,128        4        (80     4,052        0        0        0        0   

Municipal obligations

    2,651        0        0        2,651        0        0        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments in short-term investments

    54,371        26        (334     54,063        0        0        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

  $ 63,101      $ 26      $ (334   $ 62,793      $ 6,650      $ 0      $ 0      $ 6,650   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realized gains and losses on the sale of marketable securities during the year ended December 31, 2011 were immaterial.

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and the estimated fair value of the investments in marketable securities, designated as available-for-sale and classified by the contractual maturity date of the security as of December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Less than 1 year

   $ 46,328       $ 46,264   

Due in 1 to 2 years

     10,128         9,934   

Due in 2 to 5 years

     4,242         4,192   

Due after 5 years

     2,403         2,403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 63,101       $ 62,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s marketable securities are liquid and maybe sold in the future to fund future operating needs. As a result, the Company recorded all its marketable securities in short-term investment as of December 31, 2011, regardless of the contractual maturity date of the securities.

 

88


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company did not recognize any impairment losses on its marketable securities during the year ended December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any investments in marketable securities that were in an unrealized loss position for a period in excess of 12 months.

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets as of the date presented (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2011      As of December 31, 2010  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Money market funds

   $ 2,216       $ —         $ —         $ 2,216       $ 6,650       $ —         $ —         $ 6,650   

Time deposit

     17,759         —           —           17,759         —           —           —           —     

Marketable securities

                       

Corporate bonds

     —           17,198         —           17,198         —           —           —           —     

Commercial paper

     —           7,467         —           7,467         —           —           —           —     

U.S. federal agencies

     —           11,450         —           11,450         —           —           —           —     

Foreign bonds and notes

     —           4,052         —           4,052         —           —           —           —     

Municipal obligations

     —           2,651         —           2,651         —           —           —           —     

Equity investments (1)

     —           —           —           —           12,724         —           —           12,724   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 19,975       $ 42,818       $ —         $ 62,793       $ 19,374       $ —         $ —         $ 19,374   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Equity investments are classified as other long-term assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

89


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

5. Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted loss per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders for the periods indicated (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Numerator:

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (15,390   $ 3,672      $ (4,827

Less: Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (7     (113     (153

Less: deemed dividend on beneficial conversion of Series X redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (17,049     0        0   

Less: income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests

     0        (80     (116

Less: income from continuing operations attributable to redeemable convertible preferred stockholders

     0        (3,479     0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

   $ (32,446   $ 0      $ (5,096
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 636      $ (401   $ (2,020

Less: loss from discontinued operations attributable to redeemable convertible preferred stockholders

     0        401        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

   $ 636      $ 0      $ (2,020
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

   $ (31,810   $ 0      $ (7,116
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

      

Weighted average shares used to compute basic net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

     22,359,802        1,945,111        1,913,117   

Effect of dilutive securities:

      

Common stock options

     0        1,178,883        0   

Weighted average shares used to compute diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

     22,359,802        3,123,994        1,913,117   

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders—basic:

      

Continuing operations

   $ (1.45   $ 0.00      $ (2.66
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.03      $ 0.00      $ (1.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (1.42   $ 0.00      $ (3.72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders—diluted:

      

Continuing operations

   $ (1.45   $ 0.00      $ (2.66
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.03      $ 0.00      $ (1.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (1.42   $ 0.00      $ (3.72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Shares of common stock subject to repurchase resulting from the early exercise of employee stock options are not considered participating securities and are therefore excluded from basic weighted average common shares outstanding.

In determining the allocation of income to participating securities for the purposes of computing basic and diluted net income (loss) per share under the two-class method, the Company considers that net income attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders in 2010 should be attributable to the redeemable convertible preferred stockholders, given the dividend preferences of the preferred stock. As a result, there would be no income or loss remaining, either from continuing or discontinued operations attributable to common stockholders. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, as the stockholders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses, all components of net loss have been attributed to common stockholders.

The Series X preferred stock contained a special conversion feature which was contingent upon completion of an initial public offering. The beneficial conversion feature is measured as the difference between the offering price of $11.00 per share and the accounting conversion price of $6.25 per share. At the closing of the initial public offering, a charge of $17.0 million related to the beneficial conversion feature was recorded to additional paid-in-capital and represents a deemed dividend in calculating net loss attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, pro forma net income (loss) per share, which assumes all shares of preferred stock are converted to common stock at the beginning of each period on an as converted basis, was as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to NeoPhotonics corporation

   $ (15,390   $ 3,592      $ (4,943
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 636      $ (401   $ (2,020
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (14,754   $ 3,191      $ (6,963
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics corporation—Basic

      

Continuing operations

   $ (0.65   $ 0.23      $ (0.36
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.03      $ (0.03   $ (0.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (0.62   $ 0.20      $ (0.51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics corporation—Diluted

      

Continuing operations

   $ (0.65   $ 0.21      $ (0.36
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.03      $ (0.02   $ (0.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (0.62   $ 0.19      $ (0.51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

      

Basic

     23,821,343        15,917,817        13,599,967   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     23,821,343        17,008,242        13,599,967   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders, as their effect would have been antidilutive:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Employee stock options

     991,123         293,383         1,532,041   

Common stock warrants

     4,482         4,482         7,990   

Employee stock purchase plan

     86,762         0         0   

Restricted stock units

     130,391         0         0   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, on an if-converted basis (1)

     1,481,841         14,038,489         11,686,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,694,599         14,336,354         13,226,881   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) For the purposes of the table above, the Series 1, 2 and 3 preferred stock have been converted on a 1-for-1 basis and the Series X preferred stock has been converted on a 400-for-1 basis.

6. Acquisition of Santur

On September 29, 2011, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, Dulcimer Acquisition Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), Santur and Shareholder Representative Services, LLC, solely in its capacity as the Stockholder Representative. On October 12, 2011 (the “closing date”) the Company completed its acquisition and in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub merged with and into Santur (the “Merger”), with Santur continuing as the surviving corporation and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

The total consideration paid by the Company was approximately $44.4 million of cash, including an aggregate amount of $6.0 million that was withheld and placed into escrow to cover certain indemnity obligations from the closing date through October 11, 2013. In addition, such holders are also entitled to receive up to an additional $7.5 million, in the aggregate, as measured by Santur’s quarterly gross profit during 2012. As of the closing date, the fair value of the contingent consideration was $2.8 million.

In connection with the acquisition, the Company incurred approximately $1.0 million in acquisition-related costs related primarily to investment banking, legal, accounting and other professional services. The acquisition costs were expensed as incurred and were included in general and administrative expenses in the 2011 consolidated statement of operations.

Santur is headquartered in Fremont, California, and is a leading designer and manufacturer of Indium Phosphide (InP)-based PIC products. Santur products are designed for 40Gbps and 100Gbps networks and include lasers, modulators and photodiodes. The Company expects that the acquisition of Santur will enhance its existing product portfolio. In addition, the Company intends to combine Santur’s technology with its own to create new products for 100Gbps coherent systems.

 

92


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company accounted for its acquisition of Santur using the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Santur’s tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded based upon their estimated fair values as of the closing date of the acquisition. The excess purchase price over the value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The following table summarizes the purchase accounting and the net tangible assets acquired as of the date of acquisition (in thousands):

 

Total purchase consideration:

  

Cash transferred upon closing

   $ 44,396   

Fair value of contingent consideration

     2,800   
  

 

 

 
     47,196   
  

 

 

 

Less the fair value of net assets acquired:

  

Net tangible assets acquired

     21,243   

Intangible assets acquired:

  

Developed technology

     11,800   

Customer relationships

     5,000   

In-process research and development

     370   
  

 

 

 
     38,413   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 8,783   
  

 

 

 

Details of the net assets acquired are as follows (in thousands):

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,410   

Accounts receivable, net

     10,253   

Inventories

     7,578   

Prepaid and other current assets.

     1,329   

Property, plant and equipment

     13,500   

Other non-current assets

     453   

Accounts Payable

     (8,371

Other accrued liabilities

     (8,798

Lease obligation

     (111
  

 

 

 

Total net tangible assets acquired

   $ 21,243   
  

 

 

 

The adjustments to measure the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value are described below:

Net Tangible Assets

Santur’s tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of October 12, 2011 were reviewed and adjusted to their fair value. The Company increased Santur’s historical value of fixed assets by $5.8 million to adjust the fixed assets to an amount equivalent to the fair market value. The fair value of fixed assets acquired was determined using several approaches depending on the nature of the fixed asset including a market approach and cost approach if market data was not available. The Company also increased Santur’s cost of inventory by $0.2 million. The fair value of inventory acquired was determined using an income approach based upon the expected sales value of the inventory, less direct costs associated with the sale of the inventory and an allocation of profit margins between the buyer and seller.

 

93


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Intangible Assets

Developed technology represents products that have reached technological feasibility. Santur’s current products offerings include tunable lasers and transmitters, integrated tunable laser assemblies with narrow line width, and a family of PIC products that enable high capacity 40Gbps and 100Gbps transceivers. The fair value of developed technology intangibles acquired was determined using an income approach called the multi-period excess-earnings method, which involves forecasting the net earnings to be generated by the asset, reducing them by appropriate returns on contributory assets, and then discounting the resulting net returns to a present value using the Company’s discount rate. The Company will amortize the developed technology intangible asset over an average estimated life of 5 years and amortization expense will be recorded to cost of goods sold.

Customer relationships represent the value placed on Santur’s distribution channels and end users. The fair value of customer relationship intangibles were determined based on the incremental cash flow afforded by having the customer relationships in place on the acquisition date versus having no relationships in place and needing to replicate or replace those relationships. The Company will amortize the customer relationships intangible asset over an average estimated life of 5 years and amortization expense will be recorded to operating expenses.

In-process research and development represents four Santur research and development projects that have not reached technological feasibility as of the closing date of the acquisition. Acquired in-process research and development is recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset at the acquisition date until the completion or abandonment of the associated research and development efforts. The fair value of in-process research and development, similar to developed technology intangibles acquired, was determined using an income approached called the multi-period excess-earnings approach, with the additional inclusion of estimated costs required to complete the projects. These projects are expected to be completed in 2013. Upon completion of development, acquired in-process research and development assets are generally considered amortizable, finite-lived assets and therefore when complete, the assets will be amortized to cost of goods sold over the estimated future life of the product as indicated by its anticipated revenue streams evaluated upon completion.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and identifiable intangible assets, and represents the highly skilled and valuable assembled workforce, the ability to generate new products and services as a combined company and expected synergistic benefits of the transaction. In accordance with applicable accounting standards, goodwill is not amortized but instead will be tested for impairment at least annually or, more frequently if certain indicators are present.

Santur’s results of operations from October 12, 2011 through December 31, 2011 are included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2011, Santur contributed $5.8 million of revenue and $13.8 million of operating loss, which includes the impact from purchase accounting related adjustments, such as the amortization of purchased intangibles, amortization of acquisition related fixed asset and inventory step-up, adjustment to the fair value of contingent consideration, retention expense, and acquisition related costs. The following table presents pro forma results of operations of the Company and Santur, as if the companies had been combined as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. The unaudited pro forma results of operations are not necessarily indicative of results that would have occurred had the acquisition taken place on January 1, 2010, or of future results. Included in the pro forma results are fair value adjustments based on the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date of October 12, 2011. Pro-forma results include: (i) amortization of intangible assets related to the acquisition, (ii) depreciation expense associated with the fair value adjustment to Santur’s

 

94


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

property, plant and equipment, (iii) stock-based compensation expense, and (iv) interest income (expense) associated with Santur’s debt eliminated in connection with the acquisition. The pro forma information for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Total revenues

   $ 236,449      $ 242,873   

Net loss

     (29,352     (7,963

Net loss attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation

     (29,352     (8,043

Net loss attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

     (46,408     (8,156

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

     (2.08     (4.19

7. Impairment of long-lived assets

In 2009, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its 55% ownership interest in Shenzhen Archcom Technology Co., Ltd. (Archcom) for $1.1 million, which was less than the Company’s share of the value in the net assets of Archcom. As a result, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $0.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, of which $0.2 million was related to tangible fixed assets and the remaining $0.6 million was recorded as an accrual for the expected loss on sale. As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s share of the current assets and current liabilities associated with Archcom, which were included in cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, inventories and accounts payable, was $0.9 million, $1.0 million, $0.2 million and $(0.4) million, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, the sale of Archcom was completed and all related assets and liabilities were eliminated from the consolidated balance sheet.

In addition, in 2009, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.4 million resulting from the write-off of machinery and equipment which were no longer in use.

There were no impairment charges relating to long-lived assets recorded during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

8. Goodwill and purchased intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually on the last day of the fourth quarter. During the first step of the Company’s annual impairment analysis in the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company determined that the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill might not have been recoverable. After completing the second step of the Company’s December 31, 2011 impairment analysis, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $13.1 million. The Company has only one reporting unit and therefore its impairment assessment is performed at a consolidated entity level. The impairment charge was due to a decline in the market capitalization of the Company during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Both an income and market approach were used to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. For the income approach, the Company used a discounted cash flow analysis, which included assumptions about future revenue, operating expenses, taxes and working capital and capital asset requirements. Material assumptions used for the income approach were eleven years of projected net cash flows, a discount rate of 18%, and a long-term growth rate of 5%. For the market approach, the Company used a market capitalization analysis, guideline public

 

95


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

company analysis and a guideline transactions analysis. The market capitalization approach used the mid-point of the range of closing share prices of the Company’s common stock as of the valuation date and for the three months prior to the valuation date and applied a 40% control premium. The guideline public company analysis measured the enterprise value of eleven companies and also applied a 40% control premium. The guideline transactions analysis looked at thirteen transactions in the optical components industry over the last 3.5 years.

The resulting analyses were weighted as follows in measuring the fair value of the reporting unit:

 

Discounted cash flow

     16.7

Market capitalization

     50.0

Guideline public company

     16.7

Guideline transactions

     16.7

The market capitalization analysis was weighted higher than the other approaches, as the Company believes that the value indication provided by the market is highly relevant to the valuation of the reporting unit.

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill (in thousands):

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009 and 2010

   $ 4,323   

Additional goodwill from acquisition of Santur Corporation

     8,783   

Goodwill impairment

     (13,106
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

Purchased intangible assets

Purchased intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Gross
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Assets
     Gross
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Assets
 

Technology and patents

   $ 32,145       $ (20,489   $ 11,656       $ 19,108       $ (19,064   $ 44   

Customer relationships

     11,788         (6,746     5,042         6,513         (5,786     727   

Leasehold interest

     1,352         (195     1,157         1,286         (156     1,130   

Noncompete agreements

     950         (806     144         710         (465     245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 46,235       $ (28,236   $ 17,999       $ 27,617       $ (25,471   $ 2,146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense relating to technology and patents and the leasehold interest intangible assets is included within cost of goods sold, and customer relationships and the noncompete agreements within operating expenses. The following table presents details of the amortization expense of the Company’s purchased intangible assets as reported in the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Cost of goods sold

   $ 598       $ 2,237       $ 4,083   

Operating expenses

     994         1,144         1,137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,592       $ 3,381       $ 5,220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The estimated future amortization expense of purchased intangible assets as of December 31, 2011, is as follows (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 3,751   

2013

     3,593   

2014

     3,483   

2015

     3,483   

2016

     2,804   

Thereafter

     885   
  

 

 

 
   $ 17,999   
  

 

 

 

9. Balance sheet components

Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Accounts receivable

   $ 60,655      $ 50,936   

Trade notes receivable

     8,728        3,641   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (506     (1,582
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 68,877      $ 52,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below summarizes the movement in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ (1,650

Provision for bad debt

     (100

Write-offs, net of recoveries

     48   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     (1,702

Provision for bad debt

     35   

Write-offs, net of recoveries

     85   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     (1,582

Provision for bad debt

     (196

Write-offs, net of recoveries

     1,272   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ (506
  

 

 

 

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Raw materials

   $ 16,892       $ 8,346   

Work in process

     4,991         3,256   

Finished goods

     13,458         6,930   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 35,341       $ 18,532   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Buildings

   $ 16,331      $ 15,537   

Machinery and equipment

     82,535        60,453   

Furniture, fixtures, software and office equipment

     7,474        6,626   

Leasehold improvements

     4,015        2,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     110,355        85,198   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (54,011     (42,311
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 56,344      $ 42,887   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $10.8 million, $8.6 million and $8.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Other long-term assets

Other long-term assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Investment in Ignis

   $ 0       $ 12,147   

Deposits

     824         590   

Other

     225         219   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,049       $ 12,956   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued and other current liabilities

Accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Employee-related

   $ 9,523       $ 7,107   

Other

     8,776         5,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 18,299       $ 12,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, other noncurrent liabilities included an asset retirement obligation of $1.0 million associated with the Company’s facility lease in California, which expires in October 2019. As of December 31, 2011, other noncurrent liabilities included a contingent consideration obligation of $1.5 million associated with the acquisition of Santur.

 

98


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

10. Investment and equity accounting

During the first three quarters of 2010, the Company purchased shares of Ignis, a Norwegian company traded on the Oslo Borse (Norway stock exchange) for total consideration of $8.1 million. After such purchases, the Company had an ownership percentage in Ignis of 9%, 17% and 23% as of March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2010, respectively. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company’s ownership percentage in Ignis decreased to 19%, due to new shares issued by Ignis.

For 2010, the Company recognized a $0.6 million loss relating to its share of Ignis’ loss. As December 31, 2010, the Company had an investment balance of $12.1 million, including $4.4 million in unrealized gains relating to the Company’s investment in Ignis.

In the second quarter of 2011, the Company sold all of its shares in Ignis for gross proceeds of $21.3 million and recognized a gain of $13.8 million. The gain was included in other income (expense), net in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.

11. Debt

The Company records debt at its carrying amount. The following table provides the components of debt, obligations and weighted average interest rate relating to the Company’s outstanding debt instruments (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     Carrying
Amount
    Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
    Carrying
Amount
    Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
 

Notes payable

   $ 14,620        $ 12,543     

Short-term bank loans

     0          4,463        5.23
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total short-term loans and notes payable

   $ 14,620        $ 17,006     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total long-term debt

     27,166        2.24     8,836        4.34

Less: current portion of long-term debt

     (5,000       (5,924  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total long-term debt, net of current portion

   $ 22,166        $ 2,912     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

The fair value of the short-term loans, notes payable and debt is calculated using an estimate of the interest rate the Company would have had to pay on the issuance of liabilities with a similar maturity and discounting the cash flows at that rate. Given that the Company’s long-term debt relates to a recently amended bank loan, entered into at a floating interest rate, based on LIBOR, the fair value of this debt approximates its carrying value. The notes payable are short term loans entered into at a fixed rate, and their fair value approximates carrying value due to the relatively short maturity of these items.

Notes payable

The Company frequently directs its banking partners to issue notes payable to its suppliers in China in exchange for accounts payable. These banks issue notes to vendors and issue payment to the vendors upon redemption. The Company owes the payable balance to the issuing bank. These notes are unsecured, noninterest bearing and are due approximately six months after issuance.

 

99


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Short-term bank loans

The Company’s subsidiaries in China have short-term line of credit facilities from various banking institutions. These short-term line of credit facilities have an original maturity date of one year or less and one such facility agreement is secured by the Company’s manufacturing facility in China. Amounts requested by the Company are not guaranteed and are subject to funds and currency availability. The interest rate charged is fixed on the borrowing date for the term of the loan. The short-term line of credit facilities typically do not require any specific covenants.

Long-term debt

In December 2007, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a bank for an available credit facility. The loan and security agreement is secured by substantially all of the Company’s U.S. assets, other than intellectual property assets. In December 2008 and December 2009, the loan and security agreement was amended, increasing the amount of credit available under the facility and extending the term of the lending arrangement through December 2011. In September 2011, the Company entered into a third amendment to the loan and security agreement. The components of the available credit facilities as provided by the September 2011 amendment are as follows:

 

   

As of December 31, 2010, the loan and security agreement included an $8.0 million revolving line of credit, which was set to expire in December 2011. The September 2011 amendment to the loan and security agreement extends the term of the revolving line of credit through September 2014. In September 2011, the stand-by letters of credit issued by the bank to guarantee a loan for the Company’s subsidiaries in China was terminated. In October 2011, the Company drew down the full $8.0 million. Borrowings under this facility bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2%. As of December 31, 2011, $8.0 million was outstanding under the revolving line of credit and $0.0 million was available for borrowing.

 

   

As of December 31, 2010, the loan and security agreement included a $9.5 million credit facility based on capital expenditures. Under the September 2011 amendment, this credit facility was terminated.

 

   

The September 2011 amendment also provides for a new $7.0 million equipment line advance for capital expenditures in the U.S. Advances may be drawn in four tranches and are due and payable in equal monthly installments of principal and interest such that all amounts will be repaid by September 2015. Borrowings under this facility bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2%. As of December 31, 2011, $0.0 million was outstanding under the acquisition advance and the total available borrowing capacity under this facility was $7.0 million.

 

   

The September 2011 amendment provides for a new $20.0 million acquisition advance, expiring in September 2015. Proceeds of the acquisition advance may be used to make permitted business acquisitions. Advances may be drawn in two tranches and are due and payable in equal monthly installments of principal and interest such that all amounts will be repaid by the acquisition line maturity date. The advances bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2%. In October 2011, the Company drew down the full $20.0 million in connection with its acquisition of Santur. As of December 31, 2011, $19.2 million was outstanding under the acquisition advance and the total available borrowing capacity under this facility was $0.8 million.

In connection with the original loan and security agreement, the Company issued a warrant to the lender to purchase 4,482 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $29.00 per share. As of December 31, 2011, the warrant had not been exercised.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all of the financial covenants contained in the loan and security agreement and subsequent amendments. The financial covenants include tangible net worth

 

100


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

of no less than the base amount, bank debt liquidity coverage ratio of at least 1.50 to 1.00 and a liquidity requirement of no less than $60.0 million. The base amount initially means $115 million, and shall permanently increase by an amount equal to the sum of 75% of the net proceeds from an issuance of equity securities or subordinated debt, plus 50% of the net income of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the fiscal quarters ended after September 30, 2011.

In December 2007, the Company’s primary subsidiary in China entered into a term loan agreement with a Chinese bank with a borrowing capacity of up to $5.0 million. As of December 31, 2010, $0.0 million was outstanding under the term loan. In September 2011, this agreement was terminated and therefore no further amounts can be borrowed under this term loan.

At December 31, 2011, maturities of long-term debt were as follows (in thousands):

 

Less than 1 year

   $ 5,000   

1-4 years

     22,166   
  

 

 

 
   $ 27,166   
  

 

 

 

12. Commitments and contingencies

Leases

The Company leases various facilities under noncancelable operating leases. As a result of the acquisition of Santur, the Company assumed lease obligations totaling $1.8 million. As of December 31, 2011, the future minimum commitments under all operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years ending December 31,

      

2012

   $ 2,579   

2013

     1,502   

2014

     1,167   

2015

     1,062   

2016

     666   

Thereafter

     1,468   
  

 

 

 
   $ 8,444   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense under the Company’s operating leases was $1.9 million, $1.1 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Litigation

From time to time, the Company is subject to various claims and legal proceedings, either asserted or unasserted, that arise in the ordinary course of business. While the outcome of these proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company’s management does not believe that the outcome of any of these currently existing legal matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flow. If an unfavorable ruling occurs in any of the legal proceedings described below, the Company’s financial position and results of operations and cash flows could be negatively affected. The Company accrues for losses related to the litigation when the Company’s management considers a potential loss probable and can reasonably estimate such loss in accordance with FASB requirements. With respect to each of the matters below, the Company’s management has determined a potential loss is not probable

 

101


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

at this time and, accordingly, no amount has been accrued at December 31, 2010. As the Company’s management continues to monitor these matters, however, its determination could change and it may decide a different reserve is appropriate in the future.

On January 5, 2010, Finisar Corporation, or Finisar, filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against Source Photonics, Inc., MRV Communications, Inc., Oplink Communications, Inc. and the Company, or collectively, the co-defendants. In the complaint, Finisar alleged infringement of certain of its U.S. patents arising from the codefendants’ respective manufacture, importation, use, sale of or offer to sell certain optical transceiver products. Finisar sought to recover unspecified damages, up to treble the amount of actual damages, together with attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. Finisar alleged that at least some of the patents asserted are a part of certain digital diagnostic standards for optoelectronics transceivers, and, therefore, are being utilized in such digital diagnostic standards. On March 23, 2010, the Company filed an answer to the complaint and counterclaims, asserting two claims of patent infringement and additional claims asserting that Finisar has violated state and federal competition laws and violated its obligations to license on reasonable and non-discriminatory terms. On May 5, 2010, the court dismissed without prejudice all co-defendants (including the Company) except Source Photonics, Inc., on grounds that such claims should have been asserted in four separate lawsuits, one against each defendant. This dismissal without prejudice does not prevent Finisar from bringing a new similar lawsuit against the Company. The Company and Finisar had agreed to suspend their respective claims for a 90 day period and not to refile the originally asserted claims against each other until one or more specified events occur resulting in the partial or complete resolution of the litigation between Source Photonics and Finisar. On September 10, 2010, Source Photonics and Finisar settled their lawsuit, commencing the suspension period, which ended in December 2010. On January 18, 2011, the Company and Finisar again agreed to suspend their respective claims and not to refile the originally asserted claims against each other until at least 90 days after one or more specified events occur resulting in the partial or complete resolution of litigation involving the same Finisar patents between Oplink Communications, Inc. and Finisar. This tolling period is scheduled to expire on April 30, 2012. As a result, beginning on such date Finisar will be permitted to bring a new lawsuit against the Company if it chooses to do so, and the Company will be able to bring new claims against Finisar on or after May 7, 2012.

Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties and provide for general indemnification. The Company’s exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made. To date, the Company has not paid any claims or been required to defend any action related to its indemnification obligations. However, the Company may record charges in the future as a result of these indemnification obligations.

Purchase obligations

The Company has purchase obligations with certain suppliers for the purchase of goods and services entered in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2011, total outstanding purchase obligations were $15.8 million, primarily due within the next 12 months.

Other contingencies

Under California’s recently enacted Global Warming Solutions Act, the Company designed and installed additional pollution control equipment at the San Jose, California, manufacturing plant to reduce perfluorocarbon emissions beginning in 2012. As of December 31, 2011, the San Jose and Fremont, California, manufacturing facilities are in compliance with the Global Warming Solutions Act.

 

102


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

13. Stockholders’ Equity

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

Under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated on November 29, 2010, the Company’s preferred stock is issuable in series.

The following is the activity of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

    Series X
(see note A)
    Series 3
(see note B)
    Series 2
(see note C)
    Series 1
(see note D)
    Total Amount  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances as of December 31, 2008

    12,540        31,235        3,974,974        98,886        856,452        17,054        1,808,087        49,255        6,652,053        196,430   

Issuance of Series X preferred stock, net of stock issuance costs of $24

    3,556        8,867        0        0        0        0        0        0        3,556        8,867   

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

    0        38        0        115        0        0        0        0        0        153   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2009

    16,096        40,140        3,974,974        99,001        856,452        17,054        1,808,087        49,255        6,655,609        205,450   

Issuance of Series X preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $24

    2,401        5,978        0        0        0        0        0        0        2,401        5,978   

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

    0        62        0        51        0        0        0        0        0        113   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    18,497      $ 46,180        3,974,974      $ 99,052        856,452      $ 17,054        1,808,087      $ 49,255        6,658,010      $ 211,541   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

    0        7        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        7   

Deemed dividend on beneficial conversion of Series X preferred stock

    0        17,049        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        17,049   

Preferred stock conversion to common stock upon initial public offering

    (18,497     (63,236     (3,974,974     (99,052     (856,452     (17,054     (1,808,087     (49,255     (6,658,010     (228,597
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    0      $ 0        0      $ 0        0      $ 0        0      $ 0        0      $ 0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note A—Liquidation preference $92,487 and $80,482 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Note B—Liquidation preference $99,376 at each of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Note C— Liquidation preference $28,861 at each of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Note D—Liquidation preference $49,723 at each of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Dividends

The holders of shares of Series 3 and Series X preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends at the greater of (a) $2.25 per share for Series 3 preferred stock and $225 per share for Series X preferred stock per annum and (b) the amount of dividends declared pro rata on the common stock and common stock to be issued assuming conversion of all preferred stock, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series 1 preferred stock, the Series 2 preferred stock or the common stock. The holders of shares of Series 2 and Series 1 preferred stock are then entitled to receive dividends, on a pari passu basis, at the rate of $3.03275 and $2.475 per share, respectively, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on common stock.

 

103


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2011, no dividends on the convertible preferred stock had been declared by the Board of Directors from inception through their conversion into common stock. In addition, the Company’s U.S. loan and security agreement restricts its ability to pay dividends.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, change in control or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series X preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount equal to: (a) in the case of an acquisition transaction, $5,000.00 per share or (b) in the case of any liquidation, dissolution of the Company, $2,500.00 per share, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares.

The holders of shares of Series 3 preferred stock are then entitled to receive $25.00 per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. After the completion of the liquidation preference to Series X and Series 3 preferred stockholders, the Series 1 and Series 2 preferred stockholder are entitled to receive $27.50 and $33.697325 per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares and per share for each outstanding share of Series 2 preferred stock of the Company (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits) plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares.

The Company has presented Series 1, 2, 3 and X preferred stock outside of deficit in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets, as the shares of Series 1, 2, 3 and X preferred stock have a change in control provision which would result in the shares being deemed to be redeemed upon a change in control, which change in control is not solely within the control of the Company.

The remaining assets, after the above mentioned provisions, will be distributed first, ratably among holders of preferred stock until: (a) Series 1 preferred stockholders have received $55.00 per share, (b) Series 2 preferred stockholders have received $67.39465 per share, (c) Series 3 preferred stockholders have received $50.00 per share, and secondly, among the holders of common stock until they have received an aggregate of $51.035 per share.

Redemption

At any time after May 30, 2011, one or more holders of Series 3 preferred stock or Series X preferred stock that, together with all holders submitting redemption elections, can be redeemed at the prices and conditions specified in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporations. As a result of the redemption provisions of the Series X and Series 3 preferred stock, the Company is required to accrete the carrying value of the preferred stock to its redemption value over the period from issuance through redemption date. As a result, during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded preferred stock accretion of $7,000, $113,000 and $153,000, respectively, as a charge to additional paid-in capital.

There was no Series X preferred stock or Series 3 preferred stock presented for redemption.

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock, at the option of the holder, is convertible into a number of fully paid shares of common stock as determined by dividing the respective preferred stock issue price by the conversion price in effect at the time. The initial conversion price of shares of Series 1, Series 2, Series 3 and Series X preferred stock is $27.50, $33.697325, $25.00 and $25.00 respectively. Conversion of the Series 1, Series 2, Series 3 and Series X preferred stock is automatic immediately upon the earlier of (a) closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering or (b) the date specified by holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock on an as converted to common stock.

 

104


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Series X preferred stock has additional special conversion features related to a subsequent equity financing or a qualified initial public offering. If the Company issued and sold shares of its equity securities in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (other than a qualified initial public offering) and received aggregate proceeds from the equity financing of an amount equal to the product of (a) the number of shares of Series X preferred stock then outstanding (adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization with respect to the Series X preferred stock) multiplied by (b) $2,500.00, then the Series X preferred stock would automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the equity securities issued in the subsequent equity financing. The number of common shares to be issued to Series X preferred stockholders upon such conversion will be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Series X preferred stock multiplied by $2,500.00 by (ii) 50% of the price per share of the equity securities sold in the subsequent equity financing.

If at any time on or before June 30, 2011, the Company issued and sold shares of its common stock in a qualified initial public offering, the Series X preferred stock will automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock upon the completion of the qualified initial public offering. The number of shares of common stock to be issued to Series X preferred stockholders upon such conversion shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the total number of shares of Series X preferred stock held by such holders multiplied by $2,500.00 by (b) $6.25, rounded to the nearest whole share.

The Company determined that the modification of the Series X special conversion feature effected by the amended and restated Articles of Incorporation dated November 29, 2010, did not result in any material incremental value received by the Series X stockholders. As a result, no accounting was deemed necessary upon modification.

The Company determined that the special conversion feature dependent on a qualified initial public offering is a contingent beneficial conversion feature. Upon completion of the initial public offering on February 2, 2011, the Company recognized a charge as a deemed dividend within additional paid-in capital, in the absence of retained earnings. As a result, there is no impact on net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation as the charge is recognized within equity, however, the charge impacts net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders and basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders.

In connection with the closing of the initial public offering on February 2, 2011, all of the preferred shares outstanding automatically converted into shares of common stock. The following table summarizes information related to the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

Series

   Par Value      Authorized      Issued and
Outstanding
     Amount (1)      Liquidation
Value
 

X

   $ 0.0025         20,000         18,497       $ 46,180       $ 92,487   

3

   $ 0.0025         4,120,000         3,974,974         99,052         99,376   

2

   $ 0.0025         1,440,000         856,452         17,054         28,861   

1

   $ 0.0025         1,840,000         1,808,087         49,255         49,723   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        7,420,000         6,658,010       $ 211,541       $ 270,447   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Each of the Series 1, 2 and 3 redeemable convertible preferred stock converted on a 1-for-1 basis into common stock while the Series X convertible preferred stock converted on a 400-for-1 basis.

 

105


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Common stock

On February 10, 2011, the Company filed its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in connection with the closing of its initial public offering. Following the amendment, the Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 110,000,000 shares, comprising: (i) 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0025 per share and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0025 per share. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had reserved the following shares of authorized but unissued common stock:

 

     Common Stock  

Stock option plans

     3,479,146   

Stock purchase plan

     177,845   

Warrants

     4,482   
  

 

 

 
     3,661,473   
  

 

 

 

In 2009, the Company repurchased 10,199 shares of outstanding common stock from stockholders at an average price of $3.62 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $37,000. In 2010, the Company repurchased 120 shares of outstanding common stock at an average price of $4.65 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $558. In 2011, the Company repurchased 51 shares of outstanding common stock at an aggregate purchase price of $217. The common stock repurchased is removed from common stock outstanding, is not held in treasury stock and is available for reissuance.

Equity incentive programs

Plan descriptions

2004 Stock Option Plan

In March 2004, the Company adopted the 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “2004 Plan”) for the benefit of its eligible employees, consultants and independent directors. The 2004 Plan provides for the issuance of options to purchase common stock to eligible employees, consultants and independent directors. Options granted under the 2004 Plan may be either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Under the terms of the 2004 Plan, awards may be granted at prices not less than 100% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock, as determined by the Company’s board of directors, on the date of grant for an incentive stock option and not less than 85% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant for a non-qualified stock option. Options vest over a period of time as determined by the board of directors, generally over a four year period, and expire ten years from date of grant. Subject to adjustment for certain changes in the Company’s capital structure, the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2004 Plan is 3,010,769.

Stock options granted under the Company’s stock option plan provide employee option holders, if approved by the Company’s board of directors, the right to elect to exercise unvested options in exchange for restricted common stock, which are subject to a repurchase right held by the Company at the original issuance price in the event the optionees’ employment is terminated. Any repurchased shares are not returned to the available share pool for future stock option grants. The shares purchased by the employees pursuant to the early exercise of stock options are deemed to be outstanding. Early exercises of options are not deemed to be substantive exercises for accounting purposes. Accordingly, amounts received for early exercises are recorded as a liability. These amounts are reclassified to additional paid-in capital as the underlying options vest. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there is a liability related to the issuance of these shares of $0 and $18,000 respectively, which is included in the consolidated balance sheets within accrued and other current liabilities.

 

106


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In February 2011, in connection with the closing of the Company’s initial public offering and execution of the associated underwriting agreement, shares authorized for issuance under the 2004 Plan were cancelled (except for those shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding stock options). As of December 31, 2011, options to purchase 1,863,726 shares were outstanding under the 2004 Plan and no shares were available for future grant.

2007 Stock Appreciation Grants Plan

In October 2007, the Company adopted its 2007 Stock Appreciation Grants Plan (the “2007 Plan”). The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of units (“stock appreciation units”) entitling the holder upon exercise to receive cash in an amount equal to the amount by which the Company’s common stock has appreciated in value. Each stock appreciation unit entitles a participant to a cash payment in the amount of the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the exercise date over the fair market value of a share of common stock on the award date.

The total appreciation available to a participant from the exercise of an award is equal to the number of stock appreciation units being exercised, multiplied by the amount of appreciation per stock appreciation unit. The stock appreciation units granted under the 2007 Plan were primarily granted to employees or consultants of the Company’s subsidiaries in China.

Stock appreciation units became exercisable upon the expiration of lock-up agreement entered into with substantially all of the Company’s stockholders in connection with the Company’s public offering in February 2011. Thus, stock-based compensation expense in 2011 included a catch-up expense for stock appreciation units previously granted to certain employees. Prior to the Company’s initial public offering, no expense was recognized for these awards given their contingent nature. The expense was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and included the value of our common stock, which could vary significantly.

After the completion of its initial public offering, the Company remeasured the fair value (based on the market price of the Company’s common stock at the relevant period end) of all vested and outstanding stock appreciation units and adjusts compensation expense and corresponding liability accordingly. The Company also recognized compensation expense for additional vested stock appreciation units. As of December 31, 2011, the 2007 Plan remained in effect and 261,627 stock appreciation units were outstanding. The Company does not intend to grant additional stock appreciation units under the 2007 Plan.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

The Company’s board of directors adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”) in April 2010, and the Company’s stockholders approved this plan in July 2010. The 2010 Plan became effective on the next calendar day after the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement associated with the Company’s initial public offering. The 2010 Plan will terminate on April 13, 2020, unless sooner terminated by the board of directors.

The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation, or collectively, stock awards, all of which may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants. Additionally, the 2010 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants.

 

107


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Options granted under the 2010 Plan may be either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Restricted stock units may also be granted under the 2010 Plan. Under the terms of the 2010 Plan, awards may be granted at prices not less than 100% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock, as determined by the Company’s board of directors, on the date of grant for an incentive stock option and not less than 85% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant for a non-qualified stock option. Options vest over a period of time as determined by the board of directors, generally over a three to four year period, and expire ten years from date of grant.

Initially, the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2010 Plan after the 2010 Plan becomes effective is 865,420 shares. Then, the number of shares of the Company’s common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan will automatically increase on January 1st each year, starting on January 1, 2012 and continuing through January 1, 2020, by 3.5% of the total number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or such lesser number of shares of common stock as determined by the Company’s board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2010 Plan is 8,000,000 shares. As of December 31, 2011, stock options to purchase and restricted stock units to convert to a total of 854,793 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2010 Plan and 10,627 shares were reserved for future issuance.

2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In February 2011, in connection with the closing of the Company’s initial public offering and execution of the associated underwriting agreement, the Company’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2010 ESPP”) became effective.

The 2010 ESPP initially authorizes the issuance of 342,568 shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to employees or to employees of designated affiliates. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1st of each year, starting January 1, 2012 and continuing through January 1, 2020, in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) 3.5% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on December 31 st of the preceding calendar year, (2) 600,000 shares of common stock or (3) such lesser number of shares of common stock as determined by the Company’s board of directors. The 2010 ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.

The 2010 ESPP was implemented through a series of offerings of purchase rights to eligible U.S. employees. Except for the initial offering period, the offering period is for 12 months beginning November 16 th of each year, with two purchase dates on May 15 th and November 15 th . The initial offering period began February 2, 2011, the first day NeoPhotonics Corporation common stock was listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and ran through November 15, 2011, with purchase dates on May 15, 2011 and November 15, 2011.

Employees may participate through payroll deductions of 1% to 15% of their earnings. Unless otherwise determined by the Company’s board of directors, common stock will be purchased for participating employees at a price per share equal to the lower of (a) 85% of the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the first date of an offering, or (b) 85% of the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of purchase. In accordance with the 2010 ESPP, the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the first day of the initial offering period was $11.00, the price per share at which shares were first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering, as specified in the Company’s prospectus. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had 177,845 shares reserved for future issuance. The Company issued 164,723 shares during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

108


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2011 Inducement Award Plan

The 2011 Inducement Award Plan (the “2011 Plan”) is a non-shareholder approved stock plan adopted by the Company in September 2011, for the purposes of awarding options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock grants, restricted stock units and other awards to new employees of the Company and its affiliates, including as a result of future business acquisitions. All options shall be designated as nonstatutory stock options.

The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan is 750,000 shares. The exercise price of awards shall be not less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Each stock appreciation right grant will be denominated in shares of common stock equivalents. Options and stock appreciation rights have a maximum term of ten years measured from the date of grant, subject to earlier termination following the individual’s cessation of service with the Company. As of December 31, 2011, stock options to purchase a total of 430,450 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2011 Plan and 319,550 shares were reserved for future issuance.

Stock options and restricted stock units

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option and restricted stock unit activity during the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

           Stock Options      Restricted Stock Units  
     Shares
Available
for Grant
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number of
Units
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     380,016        2,012,637      $ 5.86         0      $ 0.00   

Authorized for issuance

     1,615,420        0      $ 0.00         0      $ 0.00   

Granted

     (1,355,287     820,712      $ 6.34         534,575      $ 6.97   

Exercised

     0        (79,144   $ 4.30         0      $ 0.00   

Forfeited or cancelled

     70,044        (122,681   $ 7.42         (17,130   $ 7.00   

Shares cancelled due to IPO—2004 Plan

     (380,016     0      $ 0.00         0      $ 0.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Balance at December 31, 2011

     330,177        2,631,524      $ 5.99         517,445      $ 6.97   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

The activity of nonvested shares for the year ended December 31, 2011, as a result of the early exercise of options granted to employees, is as follows:

 

     Shares  

Balance at December 31, 2010

     4,166   

Vested during the year

     (4,166
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     0   
  

 

 

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in Thousands)
 

Vested and expected to vest

     2,496,315       $ 5.95         7.19       $ 490   

Exercisable

     1,340,034       $ 4.75         5.64       $ 448   

 

109


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The intrinsic value of options vested and expected to vest and exercisable as of December 31, 2011 is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2011. The intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, was $371,000, $144,000 and $1,000, respectively, and is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the exercise date.

The following table summarizes information about restricted stock units outstanding as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Restricted Stock Units Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in Thousands)
 

Vested and expected to vest

     453,113       $ 6.97         9.59       $ 2,075   

The intrinsic value of restricted stock units vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2011 is calculated based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2011.

Stock appreciation units

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock appreciation unit activity during the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

     Stock
Appreciation
Units
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Stock appreciation units outstanding as of December 31, 2010

     301,594      $ 6.83   

Stock appreciation units exercised

     (9,042   $ 4.25   

Stock appreciation units cancelled

     (30,925   $ 7.30   
  

 

 

   

Stock appreciation units outstanding as of December 31, 2011

     261,627      $ 6.86   
  

 

 

   

Cash paid upon the exercise of stock appreciation units during the year ended December 31, 2011, was immaterial.

The following table summarizes information about stock appreciation units outstanding as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Stock Appreciation Units Outstanding  
     Number of
Units
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in Thousands)
 

Vested and expected to vest

     261,627       $ 6.86         7.00       $ 50   

Exercisable

     139,896       $ 4.63         6.04       $ 42   

The intrinsic value of stock appreciation units vested and expected to vest and exercisable as of December 31, 2011 is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2011.

 

110


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

14. Stock-based compensation

Stock options

The following table summarizes the stock-based compensation expense recognized for stock options for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):

 

     Years ended December 31,  

Stock options

   2011      2010      2009  

Cost of goods sold

   $ 175       $ 116       $ 53   

Research and development

     523         372         226   

Sales and marketing

     387         378         178   

General and administrative

     704         729         521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,789       $ 1,595       $ 978   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average fair value of options granted was $4.15, $7.54 and $2.94 per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, there was $4.7 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for stock options that will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of 3.0 years.

The Company estimated the fair value of employee stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions:

 

     Years ended December 31,

Stock options

   2011   2010   2009

Weighted-average expected term (years)

   6.69   6.59   6.00

Weighted-average volatility

   71%   73%   79%

Risk-free interest rate

   1.62% – 2.92%   2.51% – 3.19%   2.15% – 3.12%

Expected dividends

   0 %   0 %   0 %

Expected term. Given the Company’s limited historical exercise behavior, the expected term of options granted was determined using the “simplified” method for years ended December 31, 2009. Under this approach, the expected term is presumed to be the average of the vesting term and the contractual term of the option. The Company granted “in-the-money” options on January 27, 2010 and March 30, 2010. As a result, the Company’s options do not meet the definition of a “plain-vanilla” option which is required to estimate expected term using the “simplified” method. For options granted after December 31, 2009, the expected term was estimated using the Company’s historical exercise behavior and expected future exercise behavior.

Volatility. Since the Company’s common stock was not publicly traded prior to February 2011 and therefore limited historical data on volatility of its stock is available, the expected volatility used is based on volatility of similar entities. In evaluating similarity, factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage are taken into consideration. The term over which volatility was measured was commensurate with the expected term.

Risk-free interest rate . The risk-free rate that the Company uses in the Black-Scholes option valuation model is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

 

111


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Expected dividends. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, used an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.

The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. All stock-based payment awards are amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods. The Company’s estimated forfeiture rate was 8.14%, 9.67% and 6.97% for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Stock appreciation units

Stock appreciation units are remeasured each period at fair value. In February 2011, the Company recorded a catch-up expense associated with vested stock appreciation units. Vested stock appreciation units first became exercisable upon the expiration of the lock-up period associated with the initial public offering. Due to the contingent nature of the awards prior to the initial public offering, the Company had not recorded any compensation expense associated with these awards. Therefore, in February 2011, the Company recognized compensation expense representing the number of vested stock appreciation units at that date, multiplied by the fair value of the award. Subsequently, the Company recognizes a charge (credit) for any changes in the fair value of the vested awards.

The following table summarizes the expense recognized for stock appreciation units for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

Stock appreciation units

   Year ended
December 31, 2011
 

Cost of goods sold

   $ 146   

Research and development

     127   

Sales and marketing

     51   

General and administrative

     28   
  

 

 

 
   $ 352   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, the liability for the settlement of the stock appreciation units was $0.4 million and is included in accrued and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company had not recognized a liability related to the stock appreciation units as of December 31, 2010 or 2009.

Based on the fair value of the stock appreciation units as of December 31, 2011, the Company has $0.2 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for stock appreciation units that would be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of 1.6 years.

The Company estimated the fair value of all employee stock appreciation units using a Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions:

 

Stock appreciation units

   Year ended
December 31, 2011

Weighted-average expected term (years)

   3.91

Weighted-average volatility

   74%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.36% – 2.42%

Expected dividends

   0 %

 

112


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Expected term. Vested stock appreciation units first became exercisable upon the expiration of the lock-up period associated with the initial public offering. Therefore, the Company estimated the term of the award based on an average of the weighted-average exercise period and the remaining contractual term.

Volatility. Since the Company’s common stock was not publicly traded prior to February 2011 and therefore limited historical data on volatility of its stock is available, the expected volatility used is based on volatility of similar entities. In evaluating similarity, factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage are taken into consideration. The term over which volatility was measured was commensurate with the expected term.

Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free rate that the Company uses in the Black-Scholes option valuation model is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term.

Expected dividends. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, used an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.

Employee stock purchase plan

The following tables summarize the components of the expense relating to the 2010 ESPP for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

2010 ESPP

   Years ended
December 31, 2011
 

Cost of goods sold

   $ 79   

Research and development

     254   

Sales and marketing

     91   

General and administrative

     80   
  

 

 

 
   $ 504   
  

 

 

 

The following tables summarize the components of the expense relating to grants of stock purchase rights for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     Purchase Period Ending  

Stock purchase rights

   May 15,
2011
    November 15,
2011
    May 15,
2012
    November 15,
2012
 

Weighted-average expected term (years)

     0.28        0.77        0.49        1.00   

Weighted-average volatility

     58     58     70     72

Risk-free interest rate

     0.15     0.22     0.04     0.11

Expected dividends

     0     0     0     0

There were 164,723 shares issued during the year ended December 31, 2011. The weighted-average fair value of shares granted was $1.92 per share for the year ended December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, there was $0.8 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for stock purchase rights that will be recognized over the remaining offering period, through November 2012.

 

113


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The value of the stock purchase right consists of: (1) the 15% discount on the purchase of the stock, (2) 85% of the call option and (3) 15% of the put option. The call option and put option were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Purchase Period Ending  

Stock purchase rights

   May 15,
2011
    November 15,
2011
 

Weighted-average expected term (years)

     0.28        0.77   

Weighted-average volatility

     58     58

Risk-free interest rate

     0.15     0.22

Expected dividends

     0     0

Expected term. The expected term represents the period of time from the beginning of the offering period to the purchase date.

Volatility. Since the Company’s common stock was not publicly traded prior to February 2011 and therefore limited historical data on volatility of its stock is available, the expected volatility used is based on volatility of similar entities. In evaluating similarity, factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage are taken into consideration. The term over which volatility was measured was commensurate with the expected term.

Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free rate that the Company uses in the Black-Scholes option valuation model is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term.

Expected dividends. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, used an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.

Restricted stock units

The Company began granting restricted stock units in August 2011. The following table summarizes the stock-based compensation expense recognized for restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

Restricted stock units

   Year ended
December 31, 2011
 

Cost of goods sold

   $ 103   

Research and development

     129   

Sales and marketing

     118   

General and administrative

     113   
  

 

 

 
   $ 463   
  

 

 

 

The weighted-average fair value of restricted stock units granted was $6.97 per share for the year ended December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, the Company has $2.7 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock units that will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of 2.6 years.

 

114


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

15. Income taxes

The benefit from (provision for) income taxes is based upon the income (loss) before income taxes as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

U.S. operations

   $ (20,712   $ (8,589   $ (16,751

Non-U.S. operations

     6,477        14,550        13,389   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (14,235   $ 5,961      $ (3,362
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the benefit from (provision for) income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Current:

      

U.S. Federal tax

   $ (257   $ 10      $ 74   

U.S. state tax

     0        0        0   

Non-U.S. foreign tax

     (1,350     (2,331     (1,985
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,607     (2,321     (1,911

Deferred

      

U.S. Federal tax

     0        0        0   

U.S. state tax

     0        0        0   

Non-U.S. foreign tax

     452        32        446   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes from continuing operations

     (1,155     (2,289     (1,465

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes from discontinued operations

     318        7        (437
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision

   $ (837   $ (2,282   $ (1,902
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The benefit from (provision for) income taxes differs from the amount obtained by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

U.S. Federal statutory rate

     34.0     34.0     34.0

Tax at U.S. statutory rate

   $ 4,840      $ (2,027   $ 1,143   

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     397        (1,893     844   

Nondeductible expenses

     138        299        3   

Stock-based compensation

     (511     (320     (218

Change in valuation allowance

     (811     (276     (5,043

Research and development

     485        225        1,390   

Foreign rate differences

     3,555        2,368        354   

Earn out adjustment not taxable

     438        0        0   

Foreign income inclusion

     (5,140     0        0   

Impairment of goodwill

     (4,585     0        0   

Foreign permanent items

     0        (209     0   

Other

     39        (456     62   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (1,155   $ (2,289   $ (1,465
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

115


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below summarizes the movement in the Company’s deferred tax asset valuation allowance (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 50,503   

Charge to expense

     6,120   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     56,623   

Credit to expense

     (68

Deductions—write-offs

     (114
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     56,441   

Credit to expense

     (413

Acquired net operating losses

     15,486   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 71,514   
  

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities comprise the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 67,635      $ 47,412   

Federal and state credits

     6,822        5,572   

Reserves, accruals and other

     4,254        3,492   

Fixed assets

     647        1,293   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     79,358        57,769   

Valuation allowance

     (71,514     (56,441
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

     7,844        1,328   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Acquired intangibles

     (6,875     (836
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 969      $ 492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reported as:

    

Current deferred tax assets, included within prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 1,896      $ 1,028   

Deferred income tax liabilities

     (927     (536
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 969      $ 492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net valuation allowance increased by $15.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to an increase in net operating losses and other deferred tax assets from the acquisition of Santur.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes of $191.1 million and $134.6 million, respectively. If not utilized, the federal and state net operating losses will expire beginning in 2012. The Company also had federal and state research credit carryovers of $3.5 million and $8.8 million, respectively. The federal research credits will expire beginning in 2018. The state research credit has no expiration. Utilization of the NOL and tax credit carryforwards are subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of NOL and tax credit carryforwards before utilization.

 

116


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The deferred tax assets listed above do not include NOL carryforwards that are expected to expire unutilized as a result of existing ownership changes.

The Company has no present intention of remitting undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, and, accordingly, no deferred tax liability has been established relative to these earnings. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries were $18.0 million. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries benefited from various tax incentives, including tax holidays and reduced tax rates ranging from 15% to 20%, for operating in special economic zones or for engaging in certain qualifying business activities in China. The Company realized benefits from the reduced tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Tax provision (benefit) for China entities at statutory rate of 25%

   $ 1,060       $ 3,971       $ 2,196   

Tax provision (benefit) for China entities included in the consolidated statement of operations

     580         2,291         1,228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax benefit from preferential tax rate

   $ 480       $ 1,680       $ 968   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares used to compute impact of tax benefits per basic and diluted share

     22,359,802         1,945,111         1,913,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impact of tax benefits per basic and diluted share

   $ 0.02       $ 0.00       $ 0.51   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prior to January 1, 2008, entities established in China were generally subject to a 30% state and 3% local enterprise income tax rate. In accordance with the China Income Tax Law for Enterprises with Foreign Investment and Foreign Enterprises, effective through December 31, 2007, the Company’s China subsidiaries enjoyed preferential income tax rates. Effective January 1, 2008, the China Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT law, imposes a single uniform income tax rate of 25% on all China enterprises, including foreign invested enterprises, and eliminates or modifies most of the tax exemptions, reductions and preferential treatment available under the previous tax laws and regulations. As a result, the Company’s China subsidiaries may be subject to the uniform income tax rate of 25% unless they are able to qualify for preferential status. Currently, they have qualified for a preferential 15% tax rate that is available for new and high technology enterprises. The preferential rate applies to 2011, 2010 and 2009. The Company has reapplied for the preferential rate for 2012 and future years. If approved, the rate will remain at 15%, otherwise, the rate will be 25% for 2012 and thereafter.

Tax effects of a position are recognized only if it is “more likely than not” to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the reporting date. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $9.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits, $0.2 million of which would affect its effective tax rate if recognized.

 

117


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 1,652   

Gross increases for tax positions of prior years

     0   

Gross increases for tax positions of current year

     2,439   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     4,091   

Gross increases for tax positions of prior years

     0   

Gross increases for tax positions of current year

     1,010   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     5,101   

Gross increases for tax positions of prior years

     119   

Gross increases for tax positions of current year

     3,994   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 9,214   
  

 

 

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, as a component of its income tax provision. For all years presented, the Company recognized no interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, as the uncertain tax position balances offset deferred tax assets, which are subject to a valuation allowance.

Uncertain tax positions relate to potential obligations related to permanent establishment in the Company’s global subsidiaries and to the determination of the research and experimental tax credit and certain transfer pricing issues. The Company does not consider that it is reasonably possible that there will be a material change in its uncertain tax positions in the next 12 months.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s federal returns for the year ended December 31, 2008 through the current period and most state returns for the year ended December 31, 2007 through the current period are still open to examination. In addition, all of the net operating losses and research and development credit carryforwards that may be utilized in future years are still subject to examination. The Company is not currently subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by any tax authorities.

16. Noncontrolling interests

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had a joint venture interest in Archcom, whereby the Company owned 55% of the joint venture and Archcom Technology Limited owned 45% of the joint venture. The joint venture was consolidated, with 45% representing a noncontrolling interest in Archcom. In November 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with Archcom Technology Limited to sell its 55% ownership interest, including certain equipment held by the joint venture, for $1.1 million. Half of the amount, or $550,000, was paid to the Company in December 2009. In March 2010, the Company received foreign regulatory approval for completion of the sale of its ownership interest in Archcom. The Company received the remaining $550,000 of the sale consideration upon completion of the sale on March 31, 2010.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company has no noncontrolling interests in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

118


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

17. Segment reporting

The Company operates in one reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is considered to be the chief operating decision maker, manages the Company’s operations as a whole and reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources.

The following tables set forth the Company’s revenue and asset information by geographic region. Revenue is classified based on the location of the customer. Such classification recognizes that for many customers, including those in North America or in Europe, designated shipping points are often in China or elsewhere in Asia. Long-lived assets in the tables below comprise only property, plant and equipment (in thousands):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Revenue:

        

China

   $ 129,390       $ 100,872       $ 95,831   

North America

     31,180         27,245         13,498   

Japan

     15,085         17,376         13,245   

Other

     25,374         32,186         22,712   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consolidated revenue

   $ 201,029       $ 177,679       $ 145,286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Long-lived assets:

     

China

   $ 31,756       $ 31,807   

North America

     24,413         11,080   

Japan

     175         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

   $ 56,344       $ 42,887   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

18. Restructuring

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company approved and implemented a restructuring plan, which resulted in the involuntary termination of 37 employees in the U.S. and 43 employees in China. The reduction in workforce was primarily related to cost-cutting measures in research and development. In addition, the Company made reductions in the areas of sales, marketing and administrative functions as a result of redundancy in positions due to the acquisition of Santur in October 2011. The Company recorded a restructuring charge of $1.3 million for severance and benefit costs. As of December 31, 2011 substantially all of the restructuring expense had been paid.

19. Subsequent Event

On January 11, 2012, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with Guangdong Rainbow Electronic Ltd. to dispose of its 100% equity interest in Broadband for a total cash consideration of RMB 13.0 million ($2.1 million). The transaction closed on March 13, 2012. Broadband’s results of operations prior to the March 13, 2012 disposal date will be recorded as part of discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2012.

 

119


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

 

Selected Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data

The following tables set forth a summary of the Company’s quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we initiated a plan to sell a component of our business, Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. (Broadband), a subsidiary in China. As such, the net assets of Broadband are classified as held-for-sale in our consolidated balance sheets and the results of operations associated with Broadband are presented as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented.

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

   First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter (1)
 
     (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Net revenues

   $ 50,020      $ 50,977      $ 42,849      $ 57,183   

Gross profit

     12,159        13,631        12,021        12,274   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (2,100     13,707        (4,165     (22,832

Deemed dividend on beneficial conversion of Series X redeemable convertible preferred stock and accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (17,056     0        0        0   

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

     (19,156     13,707        (4,165     (22,832

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     165        (127     75        523   

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

     (18,991     13,580        (4,090     (22,309

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders—Basic:

        

Continuing operations

   $ (1.27   $ 0.56      $ (0.17   $ (0.92
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.01      $ (0.01   $ 0.00      $ 0.02   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (1.26   $ 0.55      $ (0.17   $ (0.90
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders—Diluted:

        

Continuing operations

   $ (1.27   $ 0.54      $ (0.17   $ (0.92
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.01      $ (0.00   $ 0.00      $ 0.02   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (1.26   $ 0.53      $ (0.17   $ (0.90
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted averages shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders:

        

Basic

     15,069,394        24,694,577        24,744,417        24,807,478   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     15,069,394        25,561,980        24,744,417        24,807,478   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In the three months ended December 31, 2011, the Company acquired Santur and the results of operations are included from the date of acquisition. In addition, the Company recorded a $1.3 million gain on the remeasurement of contingent consideration associated with the acquisition.

 

120


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

 

Due to the decrease in the Company’s market capitalization as of the end of the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company determined that the indicators of impairment existed and that the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. As a result, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $13.1 million, of which $8.8 million was related to the acquisition of Santur.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company implemented a restructuring plan primarily relating to cost-cutting reasons in research and development. As a result, the Company recorded $1.3 million of restructuring expense for severance and benefits.

Corrections in classification of Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

The Company has identified errors in the classification of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the three months ended June 30, 2011 relating to issuance of common stock under ESPP and the purchase of patents, both of which were incorrectly classified within operating activities. The corrections would result in an increase to “Net Cash Used in Operating Activities” of $358,000, an increase to “Net Cash Used in Investing Activities” of $150,000 and an increase to “Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities” of $508,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

 

121


Table of Contents

NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

 

Management has assessed the impact of these corrections on the 2011 interim consolidated statements of cash flows and has concluded that the corrections are not material, either individually, or in the aggregate, to the previously reported cash flows. As a result, the comparative statements of cash flows will be revised to correct for the classification in the Company’s Forms 10-Q for the periods ending June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012.

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

   First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter (1)
 
     (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Net revenues

   $ 38,313      $ 43,641      $ 45,531      $ 50,194   

Gross profit

     12,177        14,269        13,864        13,996   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     187        2,741        266        478   

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (80     0        0        0   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (37     (32     (22     (22

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

     70        2,709        244        456   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (126     41        (189     (127

Net income (loss) attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders

     (56     2,750        55        329   

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders—Basic:

        

Continuing operations

   $ 0.04      $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 0.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

   $ (0.07   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 0.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (0.03   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 0.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders—Diluted:

        

Continuing operations

   $ 0.02      $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 0.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

   $ (0.04   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 0.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (0.02   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 0.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted averages shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to NeoPhotonics Corporation common stockholders:

        

Basic

     1,928,556        1,934,309        1,936,047        1,950,191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     3,013,252        2,709,984        2,858,777        2,652,772   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In the three months ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded out-of-period adjustments to reduce deferred tax assets by $215,000 and to reduce inventory by $243,000. The correction of these errors resulted in a reduction to the Company’s net income of $458,000 for the three months ended December 31, 2010. The resulting errors increased net income for the three months ended September 30, June 30 and March 31, 2010 by $105,000, $118,000 and $20,000, respectively.

 

122


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures: As of the end of the period covered in this report, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the “Exchange Act”). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31. 2011, the end of the period covered in this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting: Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is defined as a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and our process for the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control— Integrated Framework . Based on the results of our assessment, using the criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework , our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of

December 31, 2011.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, excluded the Santur business because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2011. The total assets and total revenue of Santur, a wholly owned subsidiary, represented 6.7% and 2.9%, of consolidated total assets and consolidated total revenue, respectively, of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which appears in Item 8.

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting : On October 12, 2011, we acquired Santur. Santur operated under its own set of systems and internal controls and we are in the process of incorporating Santur processes into our own systems and control environment. We currently expect to complete the incorporation of Santur’s operations into our own systems and control environment in 2012.

As described above, there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011 which have materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

123


Table of Contents
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

 

124


Table of Contents

Part III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required regarding our directors is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Proposal 1—Election of Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (our “Proxy Statement”), a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or before April 29, 2012.

The information required regarding our executive officers is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Management” in our Proxy Statement.

The information required regarding Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Proxy Statement.

The information required with respect to procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our board of directors, the composition of our Audit Committee, and whether we have an “audit committee financial expert”, is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Proposal 1—Election of Directors” in our Proxy Statement.

Adoption of Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) applicable to all of our board of director members, employees and executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer). We have made the Code available on our website at http://www.neophotonics.com .

We intend to satisfy the public disclosure requirements regarding (1) any amendments to the Code, or (2) any waivers under the Code given to our Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer by posting such information on our website at http://www.neophotonics.com . There were no amendments to the Code or waivers granted thereunder relating to the Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer or Principal Accounting Officer during 2011.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required regarding the compensation of our directors and executive officers is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the sections entitled “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Report” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required regarding security ownership of our 5% or greater stockholders and of our directors and management is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our Proxy Statement.

The information required regarding securities authorized for issuance our equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Employee Benefit Plans” in our Proxy Statement.

 

125


Table of Contents
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required regarding related transactions is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and, with respect to director independence, the section entitled “Proposal 1—Election of Directors” in our Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the sections entitled “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” and “Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures” in the section entitled “Proposal 2—Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Proxy Statement.

 

126


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Exhibits.

See the Exhibit Index which follows the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

Financial statement schedules have been omitted, as the information required to be set forth therein is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

127


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

NeoPhotonics Corporation
By:   / S /    T IMOTHY S. J ENKS        
 

Timothy S. Jenks

President, Chief Executive Officer and

Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 30, 2012

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Timothy S. Jenks and James D. Fay, and each of them, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on March 30, 2012 on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    T IMOTHY S. J ENKS        

Timothy S. Jenks

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)

  March 30, 2012

/s/    J AMES D. F AY        

James D. Fay

  

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  March 30, 2012

/s/    B ANDEL L. C ARANO        

Bandel L. Carano

  

Director

  March 30, 2012

/s/    A LLAN K WAN        

Allan Kwan

  

Director

  March 30, 2012

/s/    B JORN O LSSON        

Björn Olsson

  

Director

  March 30, 2012

/s/    M ICHAEL J. S OPHIE        

Michael J. Sophie

  

Director

  March 30, 2012

/s/    L EE S EN T ING        

Lee Sen Ting

  

Director

  March 30, 2012

 

128


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
no.

 

Description of exhibit

    2.1(1)   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 29, 2011, by and among NeoPhotonics Corporation, Dulcimer Acquisition Corp., Santur and Shareholder Representative Services LLC, solely in its capacity as the Stockholder Representative.
    3.1(2)   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of NeoPhotonics Corporation.
    3.2(3)   Amended and Restated Bylaws of NeoPhotonics Corporation.
    4.1†   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of NeoPhotonics Corporation.
    4.2†   2008 Investors’ Rights Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto, dated May 14, 2008.
    4.3†   Warrant to Purchase Common Stock by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Comerica Bank, dated December 20, 2007.
  10.1†   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and each of its directors and officers.
  10.2+†   2004 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and related documents.
  10.3+†   2007 Stock Appreciation Grants Plan and related documents.
  10.4+   2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
  10.5+†   2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  10.6†   Lease by and between BRE/PCCP Orchard, LLC and NeoPhotonics Corporation, dated April 7, 1999 with the Summary of Basic Lease Terms and Addendum No. 1 to Lease, as amended by First Amendment to Lease dated November 22, 2002, the Second Amendment to Lease dated December 15, 2003, the Third Amendment to Lease dated March 13, 2007 and the Fourth Amendment to Lease dated May 28, 2010.
  10.7†   Loan and Security Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Comerica Bank, dated December 20, 2007 as amended by First Amendment dated December 18, 2008 and December 11, 2009.
  10.8*†   Property Lease Contract by and between Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Hivac Vacuum Photo-Electronics Co., Ltd. dated December 10, 2009.
  10.9*†   Maximum Comprehensive Credit Line Contract and Maximum Mortgage Contract by and between Agricultural Bank of China and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated November 3, 2008 and December 25, 2008, respectively.
  10.10*†   Loan Contract by and between Agricultural Bank of China and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated February 13, 2009.
  10.11*†   Loan Contract by and between Agricultural Bank of China and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated April 7, 2009.
  10.12*†   Short Term Loan Agreement by and between Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. dated May 13, 2009.
  10.13*†   Accounts Receivable Pledge Contract by and between Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. dated April 30, 2009.
  10.14*†   Short Term Loan Agreement by and between Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd. dated September 15, 2009.

 

129


Table of Contents

Exhibit no.

 

Description of exhibit

  10.15*†   Comprehensive Credit Line Contract, as supplemented, by and between CITIC Bank Ltd and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated October 26, 2009.
  10.16*†   RMB Loan Contract by and between CITIC Bank Ltd and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated November 23, 2009.
  10.17+†   Employment Letter by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Timothy S. Jenks, dated March 30, 2010.
  10.18+†   Offer Letter by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and James D. Fay, dated March 9, 2007.
  10.19+†   Offer Letter by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Dr. Wupen Yuen, dated January 2, 2005.
  10.20*+†   Offer Letter by and between NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. and Chi Yue “Raymond” Cheung, dated August 14, 2007.
  10.21+†   Amended and Restated Severance Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Timothy S. Jenks dated April 13, 2010.
  10.22+†   Amended and Restated Severance Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and James D. Fay, dated April 13, 2010.
  10.23+†   Severance Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Benjamin L. Sitler dated April 14, 2010.
  10.24+†   Amended and Restated Severance Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Dr. Wupen Yuen, dated April 13, 2010.
  10.25+(5)   NeoPhotonics Corporation Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
  10.26*†   Comprehensive Credit Line Contract, as supplemented, by and between CITIC Bank Corporation Limited and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated October 15, 2010.
  10.27*†   Working Capital Loan Contract by and between Shenzhen Branch, Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated November 11, 2010.
  10.28*†   Accounts Receivable Pledge Contract by and between Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. dated April 6, 2010.
  10.29+(6)   2011 Executive Officer Cash Compensation Arrangements.
  10.30(7)   Property Lease Contract between NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd. and Dongguan Conrad Hi-Tech Park Ltd., dated May 13, 2011.
  10.31(8)   Building Lease Agreement between NeoPhotonics Japan Godo Kaisha and Jones Lang Lasalle K.K., dated September 8, 2011.
  10.32(9)   Third Amendment To Loan And Security Agreement And Waiver And Consent by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Comerica Bank, dated September 29, 2011.
  10.33(10)   Libor/Prime Referenced Rate Addendum To Loan And Security Agreement by and between NeoPhotonics Corporation and Comerica Bank, dated September 29, 2011.
  10.34+(11)   2011 Inducement Award Plan and related documents.
  10.35   Lease between Santur Corporation and 40915 Encyclopedia Circle, LLC, dated June 28, 2010.
  10.36   Industrial Space Lease between Santur Corporation and The Kaye Building, LLC, dated March 7, 2001.
  21.1   List of subsidiaries of NeoPhotonics Corporation.
  23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  24.1   Power of Attorney (incorporated by reference to the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

 

130


Table of Contents

Exhibit no.

 

Description of exhibit

  31.1   Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).
  31.2   Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).
  32.1(12)   Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS   XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

 * Translation to English of an original Chinese document.
 + Management compensatory plan or arrangement.
 † Filed as the like-numbered exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (Reg. No. 333-166096), and incorporated herein by reference.
(1) Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-35061), filed with the SEC on October 18, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(2) Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-35061), filed with the SEC on February 10, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(3) Filed as Exhibit 3.4 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-166096), filed with the SEC on November 22, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference.
(4) Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-35061), filed with the SEC on March 28, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(5) Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35061), filed with the SEC on August 11, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(6) Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35061), filed with the SEC on August 11, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(7) Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35061), filed with the SEC on November 10, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(8) Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35061), filed with the SEC on November 10, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(9) Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35061), filed with the SEC on November 10, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(10) Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35061), filed with the SEC on November 10, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(11) Filed as Exhibit 99.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-177306), filed with the SEC on October 13, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(12) The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of NeoPhotonics Corporation, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

 

131

Exhibit 10.4

N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A PRIL  14, 2010

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : J ULY  20, 2010

A MENDED BY THE B OARD : N OVEMBER  29, 2010

T ERMINATION D ATE : A PRIL  13, 2020

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Eligible Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

(c) Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Awards.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.


(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law or listing requirements, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (D) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (E) expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3.

(viii) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however , that except with respect to amendments that disqualify or impair the status of an Incentive Stock Option, a Participant’s rights under any Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code.


(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(xi) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (1) a new Option or SAR under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (2) a Restricted Stock Award, (3) a Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) an Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion); or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance. The Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are providing Continuous Service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(w)(iii) below.


(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards from and after the Effective Date shall not exceed 865,420 shares (the “ Share Reserve ”). In addition, the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on January 1st of each year for a period of ten (10) years commencing on January 1, 2011 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2020, in an amount equal to three and one-half percent (3.5%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year, to provide that there shall be no increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year shall be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For clarity, the limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance shall not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan. Furthermore, if a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan.

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any shares of common stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 8(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3 and, subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock.

(d) Section 162(m) Limitation on Annual Grants . Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, a maximum of eight hundred thousand (800,000) shares of Common Stock subject to Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or


strike price of at least one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award is granted may be granted to any Participant during any calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any additional Options, Stock Appreciation Rights or Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least one hundred (100% percent) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award are granted to any Participant during any calendar year, compensation attributable to the exercise of such additional Stock Awards shall not satisfy the requirements to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code unless such additional Stock Awards are approved by the Company’s stockholders.

(e) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405, unless the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction (such as a spin off transaction) or unless such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

5. P ROVISIONS RELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Option Agreement or Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:


(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price (or strike price) of each Option or SAR shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Option or SAR is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise price (or strike price) lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR if such Option or SAR is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and, if applicable, 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if the option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are reduced to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable award agreement.


(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price that will be determined by the Board at the time of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. The appreciation distribution in respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs shall apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws upon the Participant’s request. Except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order; provided, however , that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect Option exercises, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Participant, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate shall be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any


Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Award Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of three (3) months (that need not be consecutive) after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR (as applicable) shall terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s


Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR shall terminate upon the date on which the event giving rise to the termination occurred, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees . No Option or SAR granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) in the event of the Participant’s death or Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement or in another applicable agreement or in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), any such vested Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS AND SAR S .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:


(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form


of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(c) Performance Awards.

(i) Performance Stock Awards . A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award that may vest or may be exercised contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained shall be conclusively determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The maximum number of shares covered by an Award that may be granted to any Participant in a calendar year attributable to Stock Awards described in this Section 6(c)(i) (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of the Performance Goals) shall not exceed four hundred thousand (400,000) shares of Common Stock. The Board may provide for or, subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify, may permit a Participant to elect for, the payment of any Performance Stock Award to be deferred to a specified date or event. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

(ii) Performance Cash Awards . A Performance Cash Award is a cash award that may be paid contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained shall be conclusively determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. In any calendar year, the


Committee may not grant a Performance Cash Award that has a maximum value that may be paid to any Participant in excess of ten million dollars ($10,000,000). The Board may provide for or, subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify, may permit a Participant to elect for, the payment of any Performance Cash Award to be deferred to a specified date or event. The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(iii) Section 162(m) Compliance . Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee shall establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date ninety (90) days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, or (b) the date on which twenty-five (25%) of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain. Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock). Notwithstanding satisfaction of any completion of any Performance Goals, to the extent specified at the time of grant of an Award to “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the number of Shares, Options, cash or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

(d) Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or


issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, if applicable, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which


Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(g) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(h) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly with at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(i) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an


employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(j) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the Shares are publicly traded and a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount shall be made upon a “separation from service” before a date that is six (6) months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d) and 6(c)(i), and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing


the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board shall take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, the following provisions shall govern:

(i) in the event of a Change in Control in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) does not


assume or continue the Stock Award or substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award outstanding under the Plan (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Change in Control), then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Change in Control and who are (A) an Officer, (B) an Employee at the employee-director level (as determined by the Board), or (C) a Non-Employee Director (referred to as the “ Current Senior Participants ”), the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the time when such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated as to that number of shares that would otherwise have vested under such Award in the ordinary course as of the date that is twelve (12) months after the effective time of the Change in Control, assuming the Current Senior Participant remained in Continuous Service for such twelve (12) month period (with such accelerated vesting contingent upon the effectiveness of the Change in Control and effective as of the date the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Change in Control)), and such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Change in Control, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Award will lapse as to that number of shares as to which such rights would otherwise have lapsed under such Award in the ordinary course as of the date that is twelve (12) months after the effective time of the Change in Control, assuming the Current Senior Participant remained in Continuous Service for such twelve (12) month period (with such accelerated lapsing contingent upon the effectiveness of the Change in Control and effective as of the date the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Change in Control)).

(ii) in the event of a Change in Control in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) assumes or continues such outstanding Stock Award or substitutes a similar stock award for such outstanding Stock Award, with respect to Stock Awards that have been assumed, continued or substituted that are held by Current Senior Participants, if any Current Senior Participant’s Continuous Service terminates due to an involuntary termination (not including death or Disability) without Cause or due to a voluntary termination that is a Resignation for Good Reason, in either case on or within twelve (12) months after the effective time of the Change in Control, and provided such termination of service is a “separation from service” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), then, effective as of the date of the termination of Continuous Service, the vesting of such Stock Award (and, with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the time when such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated as to that number of shares that would otherwise have vested in the ordinary course under such Stock Award as of the date that is twelve (12) months after the termination of Continuous Service, assuming the Current Senior Participant remained in Continuous Service for such twelve (12) month period, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Award held by such individual will lapse as to that number of shares as to which such rights would otherwise have lapsed under each such Stock Award in the ordinary course as of the date that is twelve (12) months after the termination of Continuous Service, assuming the Current Senior Participant remained in Continuous Service for such twelve (12) month period.


(e) Parachute Payments. If any payment or benefit the Participant would receive pursuant to a Change in Control from the Company or otherwise (“ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in the Participant’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of Stock Awards other than Options; cancellation of accelerated vesting of Options; and reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of Stock Award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Participant’s applicable type of Stock Awards ( i.e. , earliest granted Stock Award cancelled last).

The accounting firm engaged by the Company for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder. The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Participant and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which the Participant’s right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by the Participant or the Company) or such other time as requested by the Participant or the Company. If the accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish the Participant and the Company with an opinion that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Participant and the Company.

10. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless terminated sooner by the Board, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.


(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

11. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan shall become effective on the next calendar day after the IPO Date, but no Stock Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, shall be granted and no Performance Cash Award shall be settled) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(c) Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

(d) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(f) Cause ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term shall mean, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events that has a material negative impact on the business or reputation of the Company: (i) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of


dishonesty against the Company; (ii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iii) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (iv) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(g) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets


of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(iv) individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however , that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

(h) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(i) Committee ” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(j) Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(k) Company ” means NeoPhotonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(l) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(m) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous


Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(n) Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(o) Covered Employee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(p) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(q) Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(r) Effective Date ” means the effective date of the Plan as set forth in Section 11.

(s) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.


(t) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(u) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(w) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(x) Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(y) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(z) Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not


be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(aa) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(bb) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(cc) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(dd) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ee) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(ff) Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

(gg) Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(ii) Own, ” “ Owned, ” “ Owner, ” “ Ownership A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(jj) Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.


(kk) Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

(ll) Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that shall be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) total stockholder return; (v) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (vi) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (vii) stock price; (viii) margin (including gross margin); (ix) income (before or after taxes); (x) operating income; (xi) operating income after taxes; (xii) pre-tax profit; (xiii) operating cash flow; (xiv) sales or revenue targets; (xv) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xvi) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xvii) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xiii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xix) market share; (xx) cash flow; (xxi) cash flow per share; (xxii) share price performance; (xxiii) debt reduction; (xxiv) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (xxv) customer satisfaction; (xxvi) stockholders’ equity; (xxvii) capital expenditures; (xxiii) debt levels; (xxix) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxx) workforce diversity; (xxxi) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxii) billings; and (xxxiii) to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board.

(mm) Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board shall appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects, as applicable, for non-U.S. dollar denominated Performance Goals; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles, (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common shareholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and/or the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans and (10) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the


Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(nn) Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(oo) Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

(pp) Plan ” means this NeoPhotonics Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

(qq) Resignation for Good Reason ” means voluntary termination by a Participant from all positions he or she then holds with the Company, which resignation results in a “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), effective within a period of ninety (90) days after the Participant provides written notice to the Company after the initial occurrence of one of the following actions taken without his or her written consent, which written notice must be provided within thirty (30) days after the initial occurrence of one of the following actions, and must reasonably specify the particulars of the action; provided, however , that following the receipt of notice by the Company, the Company shall have a period of thirty (30) days during which to remedy the action giving rise to a Resignation for Good Reason and if such action is materially remedied by the Company during such period, no event giving rise to a right for a Resignation for Good Reason shall be deemed to have occurred:

(i) the assignment to the Participant of any duties or responsibilities that results in a material diminution in the Participant’s employment role in the Company as in effect immediately prior to the date of such actions; provided, however, that mere changes in the Participant’s title or reporting relationships alone shall not constitute a basis for Resignation for Good Reason;

(ii) a greater than twenty percent (20%) aggregate reduction by the Company in the Participant’s annual base salary (that is, a material reduction in base compensation), as in effect immediately prior to the date of such actions; provided, however, that if there are across-the-board proportionate salary reductions for all other similarly situated Employees or Consultants, as determined by the Board, by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary reduction, the reduction as to that Participant shall not constitute a basis for Resignation for Good Reason; or

(iii) a non-temporary relocation of the Participant’s business office to a location that increases Participant’s one way commute by more than thirty-five (35) miles from the location at which the Participant performs duties as of immediately prior to the date of such action.


(rr) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ss) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(tt) Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(uu) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(vv) Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(ww) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(xx) Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(yy) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(zz) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

(aaa) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(bbb) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%).


(ccc) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.


N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

  

Optionholder:

       
  

Date of Grant:

       
  

Vesting Commencement Date:

       
  

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

       
  

Exercise Price (Per Share):

       
  

Total Exercise Price:

       
  

Expiration Date:

       

 

Type of Grant:

   ¨    Incentive Stock Option 1    ¨    Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule:

   ¨    Same as Vesting Schedule   

Vesting Schedule:

   [1/4 th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.]

Payment:

   By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
   x     By cash or check   
   x     By bank draft or money order payable to the Company
   x     Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded
   x     By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded
   x     If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement 2

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder by the Company, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

  O THER A GREEMENTS :     
      

 

1  

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

2  

An Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised by a net exercise arrangement.


N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION     O PTIONHOLDER :
By:          
  Signature       Signature
Title:         Date:    
Date:          

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise


A TTACHMENT I

O PTION A GREEMENT


A TTACHMENT II

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE


N OTICE OF E XERCISE

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

NeoPhotonics Corporation   
2911 Zanker Road   
San Jose, California 95134    Date of Exercise:                                 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):

     Incentive ¨       Nonstatutory  ¨

Stock option dated:

     _______________      

Number of shares as to which option is exercised:

     _______________      

Shares to be issued in name of:

     _______________      

Total exercise price:

   $ ______________      

Cash payment delivered herewith:

   $ ______________      

Regulation T Program (cashless exercise)

   $ ______________      

Value of              shares of NeoPhotonics Corporation common stock pursuant to net exercise 3 :

   $ ______________      

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of

 

3  

NeoPhotonics Corporation must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise in order to utilize this payment method and must expressly consent to your use of net exercise at the time of exercise. An Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised by a net exercise arrangement.


Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

 

Very truly yours,
   


N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein and the potential vesting acceleration provisions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . In the event that you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended ( i.e. , a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.

E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however , that:

a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and


if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, shall include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

If the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise , by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from you to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided further, however, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (1) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (2) shares are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (3) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations.

W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such


exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; and if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option shall not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice or (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, or (y) the Expiration Date;

twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.


E XERCISE .

You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

T RANSFERABILITY . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the trustee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to a domestic relations order that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect option exercises, designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator


of your estate shall be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and in compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock unless such obligations are satisfied.

T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors,


Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.


N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT G RANT N OTICE

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby awards to Participant a Restricted Stock Unit award for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “ Award ”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms in the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

Participant:

   ________________________________

Date of Grant:

   ________________________________

Vesting Commencement Date:

   ________________________________

Number of Units/Shares Subject to Award:

   ________________________________

Consideration:

   Participant’s past services

 

Vesting Schedule:

   [__________________________________________________________________].
Notwithstanding the foregoing, vesting shall terminate upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service (as defined in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement).

Issuance Schedule:

   The shares will be issued in accordance with the issuance schedule set forth in Section 6 of the Award Agreement, but in all cases not later than the date that is the 15th day of the third calendar month of the year following the year in which the shares of Common Stock under this Award are no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d) such that this Award is exempt from Section 409A of the Code under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) as a short term deferral. Each installment of Restricted Stock Units that vests hereunder is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the award of the Restricted Stock Units and the underlying Common Stock of the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) awards previously granted and delivered to Participant under the Plan, the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER A GREEMENTS :    
N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION     P ARTICIPANT :
By:            
  Signature         Signature
Title:           Date:    
Date:            
A TTACHMENTS : Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 2010 Equity Incentive Plan


A TTACHMENT I

N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A GREEMENT

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) and in consideration of your services, NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “ Company ”) has awarded you a Restricted Stock Unit award (the “ Award ”) under its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). Your Award is granted to you effective as of the Date of Grant set forth in the Grant Notice for this Award and is subject to the terms set forth herein. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms in this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. The details of your Award, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows.

G RANT OF THE A WARD . Subject to adjustment and the terms and conditions as provided herein and in the Plan, this Award represents the right to be issued on a future date the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock as indicated in the Grant Notice. As of the Date of Grant, the Company will credit to a bookkeeping account maintained by the Company for your benefit (the “ Account ”) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Award. This Award was granted in consideration of your services to the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, you will not be required to make any payment to the Company (other than past and future services to the Company) with respect to your receipt of the Award, the vesting of the shares or the delivery of the underlying Common Stock.

V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein and the potential vesting acceleration provisions set forth in Section 9(d) of the Plan, your Award will vest, if at all, in accordance with the vesting schedule provided in the Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. Upon such termination of your Continuous Service, the shares credited to the Account that were not vested on the date of such termination will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such underlying shares of Common Stock.

N UMBER OF S HARES .

The number of units/shares subject to your Award may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan.

Any additional Restricted Stock Units and any shares, cash or other property that becomes subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3, if any, shall be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other Restricted Stock Units and any shares covered by your Award.


Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock shall be created pursuant to this Section 3. Any fraction of a share will be rounded down to the nearest whole share.

S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . You may not be issued any shares under your Award unless either (a) the shares are registered under the Securities Act; or (b) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

T RANSFER R ESTRICTIONS . Prior to the time that shares of Common Stock have been delivered to you, you may not transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of this Award or the shares issuable in respect of your Award, except as expressly provided in this Section 5. For example, you may not use shares that may be issued in respect of your Restricted Stock Units as security for a loan, nor may you transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of such shares. The restrictions on transfer set forth herein will lapse upon delivery to you of shares in respect of your vested Restricted Stock Units.

Death . Your Award is transferable by will and by the laws of descent and distribution. In addition, upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect transactions under the Plan, designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to receive any distribution of Common Stock or other consideration to which you were entitled at the time of your death pursuant to this Agreement. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate shall be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, such Common Stock or other consideration.

Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your Award or your right to receive the distribution of Common Stock or other consideration thereunder, pursuant to a domestic relations order that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this Award with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order.

D ATE OF I SSUANCE .

The issuance of shares in respect of the Restricted Stock Units is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and shall be construed and administered in such a manner.

Subject to the satisfaction of the withholding obligations set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement, in the event one or more Restricted Stock Units vests, the Company shall issue to you one share of Common Stock for each Restricted


Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting dates. The issuance date determined by this paragraph is referred to as the “ Original Issuance Date .” If the Original Issuance Date falls on a date that is not a business day, delivery shall instead occur on the next following business day.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) the Original Issuance Date does not occur (1) during an “open window period” applicable to you, as determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s then-effective policy on trading in Company securities, or (2) on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of Common Stock on an established stock exchange or stock market, and (ii) the Company elects, prior to the Original Issuance Date, (1) not to satisfy the tax withholding obligations described in Section 10 by withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares otherwise due, on the Original Issuance Date, to you under this Award, and (2) not to permit you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement (including but not limited to a commitment under a previously established Company-approved 10b5-1 trading plan), then such shares shall not be delivered on such Original Issuance Date and shall instead be delivered on the first business day of the next occurring open window period applicable to you or the next business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the open public market, but in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs (that is, the last day of your taxable year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs), or, if permitted in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), in no event later than the date that is the 15th day of the third calendar month of the year following the year in which the shares of Common Stock under this Award are no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d).

D IVIDENDS . You shall receive no benefit or adjustment to your Award with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution that does not result from a Capitalization Adjustment; provided, however , that this sentence shall not apply with respect to any shares of Common Stock that are delivered to you in connection with your Award after such shares have been delivered to you.

R ESTRICTIVE L EGENDS . The shares issued under your Award shall be endorsed with appropriate legends as determined by the Company.

A WARD NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT .

Your Continuous Service with the Company or an Affiliate is not for any specified term and may be terminated by you or by the Company or an Affiliate at any time, for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice. Nothing in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your Award pursuant to the schedule set forth in Section 2 herein or the issuance of the shares subject to your Award), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Agreement or the Plan shall: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ or service of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of


this Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

The right to continue vesting in the Award pursuant to Section 2 and the schedule set forth in the Grant Notice is earned only by continuing as an employee, director or consultant at the will of the Company (not through the act of being hired, being granted this Award or any other award or benefit) and that the Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “ reorganization ”). Such a reorganization could result in the termination of your Continuous Service, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in the Award. This Agreement, the Plan, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in any of them do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued engagement as an employee or consultant for the term of this Agreement, for any period, or at all, and shall not interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate your Continuous Service at any time, with or without cause and with or without notice.

W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

On each vesting date, and on or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares subject to your Award, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the Common Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate which arise in connection with your Award (the “ Withholding Taxes ”). Additionally, the Company or an Affiliate may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “ FINRA Dealer ”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered under the Award to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company and/or its Affiliates; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to pursuant to Section 6) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, however, that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s (or Affiliate’s) required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income.

Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock.


In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

U NSECURED O BLIGATION . Your Award is unfunded, and as a holder of a vested Award, you shall be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares or other cash or property pursuant to this Agreement. You shall not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement until such shares are issued to you pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

O THER D OCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge receipt or the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your Award or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Award by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. You hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

M ISCELLANEOUS .

The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award shall be transferable to any one (1) or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. Your rights and obligations under your Award may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award, and fully understand all provisions of your Award.


This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Except as expressly provided herein, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of your Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of the Award subject to this Agreement shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating the Employee’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

C HOICE OF L AW . The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement will be governed by the law of the state of Delaware without regard to such state’s conflicts of laws rules.

A MENDMENT . This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended solely by the Board by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to you, and provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no such amendment adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change shall be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the Award which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein.


C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECTION  409A OF THE C ODE . This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise not exempt from and therefore deemed to be deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six (6) months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

N O O BLIGATION TO M INIMIZE T AXES . The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this Award and shall not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this Award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this Award and by signing the Grant Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.


A TTACHMENT II

N EO P HOTONICS C ORPORATION

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

Exhibit 10.35

LEASE

STEVENSON BUSINESS PARK

40915 ENCYCLOPEDIA CIRCLE, LLC,

A California limited liability company,

as Landlord,

and

SANTUR CORPORATION

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1 PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

     3   

ARTICLE 2 LEASE TERM

     6   

ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT; TI ALLOWANCE RENT

     8   

ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT

     9   

ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES

     15   

ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND UTILITIES

     16   

ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS

     16   

ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

     17   

ARTICLE 9 COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

     20   

ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE

     20   

ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

     23   

ARTICLE 12 NONWAIVER

     24   

ARTICLE 13 CONDEMNATION

     25   

ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     25   

Permitted Transfers

     28   

ARTICLE 15 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

     29   

ARTICLE 16 HOLDING OVER

     29   

ARTICLE 17 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     30   

ARTICLE 18 SUBORDINATION

     31   

ARTICLE 19 DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

     31   

ARTICLE 20 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

     34   

ARTICLE 21 SECURITY DEPOSIT

     34   

ARTICLE 22 ENVIRONMENTAL

     34   

 

(ii)


ARTICLE 23 SIGNS

     37   

ARTICLE 24 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

     37   

ARTICLE 25 LATE CHARGES AND INTEREST

     38   

ARTICLE 26 LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

     38   

ARTICLE 27 ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     39   

ARTICLE 28 TENANT PARKING

     39   

ARTICLE 29 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     40   

 

(iii)


LEASE

This Lease (the “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”), below, is made by and between 40915 ENCYCLOPEDIA CIRCLE, LLC , a California limited liability company, (“ Landlord ”), and SANTUR CORPORATION ., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

1.    Reference Date:   June 28, 2010
2.    Premises  
   2.1        Building:   40919 Encyclopedia Circle, Fremont, California aka “Building B” of the Stevenson Business Park.
   2.2        Premises:   A portion of the rentable space located in the Building consisting of approximately 34,000 rentable square feet, as depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto. To be confirmed prior to occupancy.
   2.3        Project:   Stevenson Business Park consisting of Building A, Building B (i.e. the Building), and Building C, together with related parking and common areas.
3.    Lease Term (Article 2).  
   3.1        Length of Term:   Six years (6) years, with two (2) option(s) to extend the Lease Term for a period of three (3) years each, on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.2 of the Lease.
   3.2        Lease Commencement Date:   July 1, 2010
   3.3        Lease Expiration Date:   June 30, 2016
4.    Base Rent (Article 3):  
   Month of Lease Term   Monthly Installment of Base Rent
   1 through 6   -Zero-
   7 through 24   $ 18,360
   25 through 36   $ 19,720
   37 through 48   S 20,060
   49 through 60   $ 21,080
   61 through 72   $ 22,100
    


5.   Permitted Use

(Article 5):

  Research & development, manufacturing, office, administration, and related uses.
6.   Security Deposit

(Article 21):

  $22,100
7.   Rent Deposit   None
8.   Parking Spaces

(Article 28):

  Subject to Section 28 hereof, Tenant shall have the right to use up to 109 (calculated on the basis of 3.2 spaces per 1000 square feet within the Premises) within the parking areas within the Project, at no additional charge.
9.   Address of Tenant

(Section 29,18):

 

40919 Encyclopedia Circle, Fremont, California,

94568

Fax No.:                                              

Attention: Rick Wilmer

10.   Address of Landlord
(Section 29,18):
  See Section 29.18 of the Lease.
11.   Broker(s)

(Section 29.24):

 

Landlord’s Broker: David Sandlin, Colliers International

Tenant’s Broker: John Brady, CresaPartners

12.   Tenant Improvement Allowance

(Section 8.3):

  $170,000 ($5.00/sf) (“Tenant Improvement’ Allowance”) with the option to amortize an additional $170.000 ($5.00/sf) at $.0l.per dollar (“Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance”)

 

-2-


ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

 

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas: Expansion Right of First Offer .

 

  1.1.1 The Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “ Premises ”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and the Premises has the number of rentable square feet as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth, and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises within the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2 , only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3 , below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the Project. Except as to the Tenant Improvement Allowance and as otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Building were at such time in good and sanitary order, condition and repair.

 

  1.1.2 The Building and The Project . The Premises are a part of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “Building” ). The term “Project,” as used in this Lease, shall mean generally the Stevenson Business Park and specifically includes (i) the Building and to other buildings commonly known as “Building A” and “Building C”, (ii) the Common Areas, (iii) the land (which is improved with landscaping and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located, and (iv) at Landlord’s discretion, any additional real property, areas, land, buildings or other improvements added thereto outside of the Project.

 

  1.1.3

Common Areas . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas designated for the exclusive use of certain tenants, or to be shared by Landlord and certain tenants, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Areas ”). The Common Areas shall include, without limitation, the entrances, driveways and walkways, parking areas and landscaped areas of the Project and any common hallways, entrances, lobbies and any mechanical or electrical closets, chases or conduits

 

-3-


used in common by tenants of the Building (as opposed to those which serve exclusively only one tenant). The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord and the use thereof shall be subject to such rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas, provided that such actions shall not materially adversely affect Tenant’s access to or use of the Premises for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business.

 

1.2 Delivery Of Premises .

 

  1.2.1 Required Tenant Deliveries . Landlord shall have no obligations under this Lease unless and until it has received this Lease fully executed by Tenant and each of the following:

 

  a. The Security Deposit in the amount set forth in Section 6 of the Summary;

 

  b. The Rent Deposit in the amount set forth in Section 7 of the Summary; and,

 

  c. Evidence of the insurances required pursuant to Article 10 below,

The items in a. thru c. above are collectively referred to as the “Required Tenant Deliveries.” The Required Tenant Deliveries shall be submitted by Tenant to Landlord concurrently with the delivery of this Lease signed by Tenant. If Landlord does not receive this Lease signed by Tenant, along with all of the Required Tenant Deliveries, by the date which is five (5) days following the date that Landlord provides to Tenant a final signature version of this Lease, then, at any time after such five (5) day period, Landlord may elect to withdraw this Lease, whereupon, Tenant shall be obligated to reimburse Landlord, upon demand, an amount equal to Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Lease.

 

  1.2.2 Delivery of the Premises; Condition on Delivery . Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant hereby on the Commencement Date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary if, prior thereto, Tenant has delivered all of the Required Tenant Deliveries.

Upon the Commencement Date, Landlord shall assure that the HVAC, plumbing, and electrical systems of the Building that serve the Premises are in good working order and repair (collectively, “ Building Utility Systems ”).

In addition, upon the Commencement Date, Landlord shall assure (a) that the portions of the base Building that service and support the Premises are in compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act, excluding any ADA requirements related to Tenant’s use of the Premises and/or any interior operations and functions within the Premises (the “Limited ADA Compliance”) and (b) that the roof of the Building is in good order and repair. Except as provided below, costs and expenses incurred by Landlord to conduct any repairs, maintenance, or work pursuant to this paragraph shall not be included in the Direct Expenses to be paid by Tenant pursuant to Section 4.4, below.

Landlord’s obligations in the preceding paragraph with respect to the condition of the Building Utility Systems and the Building roof, and the Limited ADA compliance, shall consist of Landlord undertaking any necessary repairs, maintenance, or work (as

 

-4-


determined by Landlord) within a reasonable period of time (taking into account the nature or extent of any needed repair, maintenance, or noncompliance) following receipt of written notice from Tenant (a “ Conditions Notice ”) that specifies that a particular element of the Building Utility Systems or the roof is not in good working order or repair or that the portions of the Building servicing or supporting the Premises do not meet the Limited ADA Compliance. Following receipt of a Conditions Notice, Tenant shall provide to Landlord any additional information that Landlord may reasonably request in order to assist Landlord in determining the nature of the problem and the scope of repairs, maintenance, or other work that may need to be undertaken. Landlord shall not be required to commence any repairs, maintenance, or work until Tenant has provided any such additional information.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.2.2 or elsewhere in this Lease, Landlord’s obligations in this Section 1.2.2 regarding the condition upon the Commencement Date of the Building Utility Systems and the Building roof, and/or the Limited ADA Compliance, shall not apply to any matter that is not set forth in a Conditions Notice from Tenant that is received by Landlord within one hundred twenty (120) days following the Commencement Date.

 

  1.2.3 Tenant Acknowledgments . Tenant hereby acknowledges the following:

 

  a. Except as to Landlord’s obligation to provide the Tenant Improvement Allowance described in Section 12 of the Summary to be provided by Landlord in accordance with Section 8.3.2 below, and except as otherwise provided in Section 1.2.2 above, Landlord shall have no obligation to construct or pay for the construction of any improvements, additions, or modifications to the Premises, the Building, or the Project for the benefit of Tenant.

 

  b. As more particularly set forth in Article 8 hereof, (i) Tenant is solely responsible for the design, permitting, construction, and installation of any additional Alterations/Improvements (as defined in Section 8.1 below) and any fixtures and equipment for Tenant to operate its business in the Premises (which Alterations/Improvements may only be carried-out subject to and in accordance with Article 8 hereof); (ii), except for the Tenant Improvement Allowance described in Section 12 of the Summary to be provided by Landlord in accordance with Section 8.3.2 below, Tenant shall be obligated to pay for all TI Costs (as defined in Section 8.3.1 below) costs and expenses to design, permit, construct, and install the Tenant Improvements (the “TI Costs”) ; (iii) that Landlord has made no representations, warranties, estimates, or other statements as to the actual amount of the TI Costs or as to the sufficiency of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to cover the entire amount of the TI Costs, and (iv) the actual TI Costs may exceed the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

 

  c. Tenant shall accept the Premises on the Commencment Date in its “as-is” condition, subject to Section 1.2.2 above;

 

  d. Tenant has inspected the Premises and has determined that the Premises are suitable for the construction of any Alterations/Improvements that Tenant intends to construct (subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement) during the Lease Term and are otherwise adequate and sufficient for the operation of Tenant’s business therein;

 

-5-


  e. That neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made, or will make, any representation or warranty as to any aspect of the Premises, Building, and/or the Project.

 

1.3 Rentable Square Feet of Premises . For purposes of this Lease, “rentable square feet” of the Premises shall be deemed as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary.

ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM

 

2.1 Initial Lease Term . The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “Lease Term”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “Lease Commencement Date”) , and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “Lease Expiration Date”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Lease Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term; provided, however, that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit B , attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) days of receipt thereof.

 

2.2 Option Term .

 

  2.2.1 Option Rights . Landlord hereby grants the Tenant named in the Summary and its “Affiliates”, as that term is defined in Section 14.7, below (collectively, the “Original Tenant”) , two (2)  options to extend the Lease Term for a period of three (3) years each (each, an “Option Term”) , which options shall be exercisable only by written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below, provided that, as of the date of delivery of any such notice, Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods and Tenant has not previously been in default under this Lease more than twice. Upon the proper exercise of any such option to extend, and provided that, as of the end of the initial Lease Term (or the prior Option Term), Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods and Tenant has not previously been in default under this Lease more than twice, the Lease Term, as it applies to the Premises, shall be extended for a period of three (3) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.2 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and may only be exercised by Tenant (and not any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if Tenant occupies the entire Premises.

 

  2.2.2 Option Rent . The “Rent,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1, below, payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “Option Rent”) shall be equal to the “Fair Market Rental Value” for the Premises. The “Fair Market Rental Value” shall mean the rent (including additional rent and considering any “base year” or “expense stop” applicable thereto), including all escalations, at which tenants using their premises predominantly for research/development and/or high tech assembly and light manufacturing purposes, as of the commencement of the applicable Option Term, are leasing non-sublease,

 

-6-


non-encumbered, non-equity space comparable to the Premises for a comparable term, which comparable space is located in the Project or in other industrial/R&D buildings located in the Fremont/Newark area that are of similar quality to the Building. In no case shall the Option Rent be less than the existing rent Tenant is paying at time they exercise their Option.

 

  2.2.3 Exercise of Option . The options contained in this Section 2.2 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, and only in the following manner: (i) Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord not more than fifteen (15) months nor less than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term or prior Option Term, as applicable, stating that Tenant is interested in exercising its option; (ii) Landlord, after receipt of Tenant’s notice, shall deliver notice (the “Option Rent Notice”) to Tenant not less than ten (10) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term or the prior Option Term, as applicable, setting forth the Option Rent; and (iii) if Tenant wishes to exercise such option, Tenant shall, on or before the earlier of (A) the date occurring nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, or prior Option Term, as applicable, and (B) the date occurring thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Option Rent Notice, exercise the option by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord, and upon and concurrent with such exercise, Tenant may, at tenant’s option, object to the Option Rent contained in the Option Rent Notice, in which case the parties shall follow the procedure, and the Option Rent shall be determined, as set forth in Section 2.2.4 below.

 

  2.2.4 Determination of Option Rent. In the event Tenant timely and appropriately objects to the Option Rent, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent, using their best good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within ten (10) business days following Tenant’s objection to the Option Rent (the “Outside Agreement Date”), then each party shall make a separate determination of the Option Rent, within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Sections 2.2.4.1 through 2.2.4.7 below.

 

  2.2.4.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall be a real estate broker who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of industrial/R&D properties in the Silicon Valley area. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent, is the closest to the actual Option Rent, as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.2.2 of this Lease. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date.

 

  2.2.4.2 If the two (2) arbitrators so appointed are unable to agree as to whether the Landlord’s or the Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is the closest to the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises with fifteen (15) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed arbitrator, the two (2) arbitrators so appointed shall within twenty (20) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed arbitrator agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two (2) arbitrators.

 

-7-


  2.2.4.3 The three (3) arbitrators shall within fifteen (15) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

 

  2.2.4.4 The decision of the majority of the three (3) arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

 

  2.2.4.5 If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date, then the arbitrator appointed by one of them shall reach a decision, notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such arbitrator’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

 

  2.2.4.6 If the two (2) arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator, or if both parties fail to appoint an arbitrator, then the appointment of the third arbitrator or any arbitrator shall be dismissed and the matter to be decided shall be forthwith submitted to arbitration under the provisions of the American Arbitration Association, but subject to the instruction set forth in this Section 2.2.4 .

 

  2.2.5 The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT: TI ALLOWANCE RENT

 

3.1 Base Rent . Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing base rent ( Base Rent” ) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term which occurs after the expiration of any free rent period shall be paid on or before the Lease Commencement Date.

 

3.2 Additional TI Allowance Amortized Rent . If Landlord advances any or all of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance, as provided in Section 8.3 hereof, then, in addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall thereafter pay to Landlord an Additional TI Allowance Amortized Rent (as defined below) in equal monthly installments, commencing on the first day of the calender month that follows such advance on or before the first day of each and every calender month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. “TI Allowance Rent” shall mean an amount equal to $.01/per Tenant Improvement Allowance dollar amortized.

 

3.3 Payment of Rent . All Rent (as defined in Section 4.1 below) shall be paid by cash or a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America. If any Rent payment date falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end of such calendar month or to the end of the Lease Term at a rate per day which is equal to 1/365 of the applicable annual Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis. All Rent is payable without any setoff or deduction whatsoever.

 

-8-


ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

 

4.1 General Terms . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s proportionate share of the annual “Direct Expenses,” defined in Section 4.2.1 of this Lease incurred by Landlord in connection with the Project. Such payments by Tenant, together with any TI Allowance Rent and any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Additional Rent”, and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “Rent.” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

 

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent . As used in this Article 4 , the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

 

  4.2.1 “Direct Expenses” shall mean “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses.”

 

  4.2.2 “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period.

 

  4.2.3

“Operating Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining, and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) costs incurred in connection with the parking areas servicing the Project; (vi) fees and other costs, including management fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) intentionally omitted; (x) operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of

 

-9-


all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Building; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in common areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost) of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof; (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) which are intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, (B) that are required to comply with present or anticipated conservation programs, (C) which are replacements or modifications of nonstructural items located in the Common Areas required to keep the Common Areas in good order or condition, or (D) that are required under any governmental law or regulation first in effect and applicable to the Property after the date of this lease; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized with interest over its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine; (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.4 . below; and (xv) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building and/or the Project, provided that Tenant’s share of any payments under such agreements shall not exceed a total of $1,500.00 per month.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Operating Expenses” shall not include costs incurred by Landlord for the maintenance and repair of the structural elements of the Building’s sidewalls and foundation or:

 

  4.2.3.1 Any cost or expense to the extent to which Landlord is paid or reimbursed (other than as a payment for Operating Expenses), including, but not necessarily limited to, (i) work or services performed for any tenant (including Tenant) at such tenant’s cost, (ii) the cost of any item for which Landlord is paid or reimbursed by insurance, warranties, service contracts, condemnation proceeds or otherwise, (iii) increased insurance or taxes assessed specifically to any tenant of the Building (including Tenant), (iv) charges (including applicable taxes) for electricity, water and other utilities for which Landlord is entitled to reimbursement from any tenant, and (v) the cost of any HVAC, janitorial or other services provided to tenants on an extra-cost basis after regular business hours;

 

  4.2.3.2 Salaries and bonuses of officers and executives of Landlord and administrative employees above the grade of property manager or building supervisor and Landlord’s general overhead;

 

  4.2.3.3 The cost of any work or service performed on an extra-cost basis for any tenant of the building (including Tenant);

 

  4.2.3.4 The cost of any work or services performed for any other property other than the Project;

 

-10-


  4.2.3.5 Interest on debt or principal amortization payments or any other payments on any mortgage or any other payments under any ground lease;

 

  4.2.3.6 Any fees, costs and commissions incurred in procuring or attempting to procure other tenants, including, but not necessarily limited to brokerage commissions, finder’s fees, attorney’s fees and expenses and entertainment cost and travel expenses and any costs of advertising or promotion of the Building;

 

  4.2.3.7 Any cost included in Operating Expenses representing an amount paid to a person, firm, corporation or other entity related to Landlord which is in excess of the amount which would have been paid on an arms-length basis in the absence of such relationship;

 

  4.2.3.8 Any costs of painting or decorating or otherwise preparing any interior parts of the Building for initial occupancy by tenants;

 

  4.2.3.9 Any costs necessary to remediate any environmental condition existing as of the Commencement Date of this Lease, including the removal of, or other steps taken with respect to, asbestos located in the Building;

 

  4.2.3.10 Depreciation of the Building or any part thereof;

 

  4.2.3.11 Reserves or any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

 

  4.2.3.12 Expenses for renovating Tenant’s space;

 

  4.2.3.13 Legal or other professional fees relating to leasing, financing, tenant disputes or other services not related to the normal maintenance, cleaning, repair or protection of the Building;

 

  4.2.3.14 Costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building, costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees (if any) not engaged in Building operation, disputes of Landlord with Building management, or outside fees paid in connection with disputes with other tenants or adjacent property owners;

 

  4.2.3.15 Costs, expenses or judgments occasioned by casualty, injury or damage, to the extent that such costs, expenses or judgments are covered by insurance maintained by Landlord; and

 

  4.2.3.16 Management fees in excess of three percent (3%) of the gross receipts for the Building and the Project.

 

-11-


  4.2.4 Taxes .

 

  4.2.4.1 “Tax Expenses” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

 

  4.2.4.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election ( “Proposition 13” ) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies; (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

 

  4.2.4.3 Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are paid. Except as set forth in Section 4.2.5.4 , below, refunds of Tax Expenses shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand the amount of any

 

-12-


such increased Tax Expenses included by Landlord as Building Tax Expenses pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.8 (except as set forth in Section 4.2.8.1 , above), there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease.

 

4.3 Allocation of Direct Expenses . The parties acknowledge that the Building is a part of a multi-building project and that the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project (i.e. the Direct Expenses) should be shared between the tenant(s) of the Building and the tenants of the other buildings in the Project. Accordingly, as set forth in Section 4.2 above. Direct Expenses (which consists of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses) are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Direct Expenses, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on the basis of the ratios between the rentable square footage of the Tenant’s Premises to the total rentable square footage of the Building and the Project, shall be allocated to the tenant(s) of the Building (as opposed to the tenants of any other buildings in the Project) and such portion shall be the Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease. Such portion of Direct Expenses allocated to the tenant(s) of the Building shall include all Direct Expenses attributable solely to the Building and an equitable portion of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole. Tenant’s proportionate share of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Building is 62.87% and Tenant’s proportionate share of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Project is 18.62%.

 

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent . For each Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay the Direct Expenses to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1. below, and as Additional Rent.

 

  4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant within 150 days following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, the full amount of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as Estimated Expenses (as defined in Section 4.4.2 below) or Landlord shall credit any overpayment by Tenant against the next installments of Direct Expenses coming due, or refund to Tenant any such overpayment made in the last Expense Year of the Lease Term. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4 . Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord such amount. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

 

  4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses . In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “Estimate Statement” ) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “Estimate” ) of the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year (the “Estimated Expenses” ). The failure of

 

-13-


Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Expenses under this Article 4 , nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Expenses theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, a fraction of the Estimated Expenses for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the next to last sentence of this Section 4.4.2) . Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Expenses set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Tax Expenses or any other Operating Expenses that are payable by Landlord in installments less frequent that monthly or as a lump sum, Landlord may require that Tenant pay its Direct Expense portion thereof in the same installments or as a lump sum prior to when the same are due and payable by Landlord.

During the Lease Term, Tenant may review, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the books and records supporting such Statement in an office of Landlord, or Landlord’s agent, during normal business hours, upon giving Landlord five (5) days advance written notice within ninety (90) days after receipt of such Statement, but in no event more often than once in any one (1) year period, subject to execution of a confidentiality agreement acceptable to Landlord, and provided that if Tenant utilizes an independent accountant to perform such review it shall be certified public accounting firm which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, is not compensated on a contingency basis and is also subject to such confidentiality agreement. If Tenant fails to object to Landlord’s Statement of actual Direct Expenses within one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt, or if any such objection fails to state with specificity the reason for the objection, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such Statement and shall have no further right to object to or contest such Statement. If Landlord and Tenant determine that Direct Expenses are less than reported by Landlord, Landlord shall credit the overpayment by Tenant against the then next due payments to be made by Tenant under this Section 4.4 . or, if this Lease has terminated, refund the difference in cash. If Landlord and Tenant determine that the Direct Expenses are greater than reported by Landlord, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord as additional rent in one lump sum within thirty (30) days following such determination.

 

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible .

 

  4.5.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

 

-14-


  4.5.2 Intentionally Omitted.

 

  4.5.3 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project, including the Project parking facility; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

 

5.1 Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 5 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

5.2 Prohibited Uses . The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; (iii) offices of any health care professionals or service organization; (iv) schools or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use; (v) retail or restaurant uses; or (vi) broadcast communications firms such as radio and/or television stations. Tenant shall not allow occupancy density of use of the Premises which is greater than the average density of the other tenants of the Building. Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit C . attached hereto, or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project) including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to Hazardous Materials (as defined in Article 22 hereof). Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Project.

 

5.3 CC&Rs . Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions currently affecting the Project. Additionally, Tenant acknowledges that the Project may be subject to any future covenants, conditions, and restrictions (the “CC&Rs” ) which Landlord, in Landlord’s discretion, deems reasonably necessary or desirable, and Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to such CC&Rs. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to execute and acknowledge, within fifteen (15) business days of a request by Landlord, a “Recognition of Covenants, Conditions, and Restriction,” in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit E , agreeing to and acknowledging the CC&Rs.

 

-15-


ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

 

6.1 In General . Except with respect to the obligations of Landlord under Section 6.3 below, Tenant will be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the furnishing of all services and utilities to the Premises, including, but not limited to heating, ventilation and air-conditioning, electricity, water, telephone, janitorial and interior Building security services. All such utilities shall be separately metered to the Premises.

 

6.2 Interruption of Use . Except as provided in Article 11 of this Lease. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure of Tenant to receive any service (including telephone and telecommunication services) or utility for any reason whatsoever, or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease, except as provided in this Lease to the contrary. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental or any such failure of Tenant to receive any services or utilities.

 

6.3 No Obligation . Provided that Landlord agrees to provide initial utility infrastructure to the Project, including, without limitation, electricity, gas, telephone, water and sewage infrastructure, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any services or utilities to the Building, including, but not limited to heating, ventilation and air-conditioning, electricity, water, telephone, janitorial and interior Building security services or to pay any hook-up or connection fees relating to such utilities for Tenant.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

Landlord shall maintain and repair the structural portions of the Building, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof structure, curtain wall, exterior glass and mullions. columns, beams, and shafts (including elevator shafts) (collectively, “Building Structure” ) at Landlord’s expense, in good order, condition and repair. At Tenant’s expense, as a part of Operating Expenses payable by Tenant hereunder, Landlord shall maintain and repair the mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and HVAC systems in the Building (collectively, “Systems and Equipment” ), the roof and roof membrane, and all Common Areas in good order, condition and repair. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, including without limitation Article 8 hereof, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, and the floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises are located (other than floor slabs), in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, including without limitation Article 8 hereof, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises (including, without limitation, any glass windows broken by Tenant), and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances, except for damage caused

 

-16-


by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that, at Landlord’s option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs. Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building and/or the Project) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs that Tenant has failed to perform as aforesaid or any alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

 

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Tenant Alterations/Improvements . Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “Alterations/Improvements”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations/Improvements, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building.

Any request from Tenant for Landlord’s consent to any proposed Alterations/Improvements shall be accompanied by plans and specifications for such Alterations/Improvements and the name of the general contractor that Tenant proposes to use for the constructions and installation thereof. Landlord shall provide its consent to or disapproval of such proposed Alterations/Improvements within ten (10) business days following receipt of the Tenant’s consent request and the aforesaid plans, specifications, and contractor designation. If Landlord fails to provide its consent or disapproval within the aforesaid ten (10) business days, then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved of such Alterations/Improvements, provided that the construction and installation thereof shall otherwise be carried-out in accordance with and subject to the terms and provisions of this Article 8 .

Landlord hereby approves the initial Alterations/Improvements that Tenant intends to perform in the Premises as more fully shown in the plans and specifications referenced on Exhibit F attached hereto and made a part hereof, and Landlord further agrees that none of such initial Alterations/Improvements shall be required to be removed at the end of the Term.

 

8.2 Manner of Construction . Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations/Improvements or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord or any beneficiary (a “Lender” ) of a mortgage, deed of trust, or other security device executed by Landlord and affecting all or any portion of the Project in its sole discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, (a) the requirement that Landlord approve Tenant’s contractor or that Tenant utilize for only contractors, subcontractors, materials, mechanics and materialmen selected by Tenant from a list provided and approved by Landlord, the requirement that upon Landlord’s request and/or (b) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove such

 

-17-


Alterations/Improvements upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term. If such Alterations/Improvements will involve the use of or disturb Hazardous Materials existing in the Premises, Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s rules and regulations concerning such Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall construct such Alterations/Improvements and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the City of Fremont, all in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations. In the event Tenant performs any Alterations/Improvements in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the “Base Building,” as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make such changes to the Base Building. The “Base Building” shall include the Building Structure, and the public restrooms and the Systems and Equipment. In performing the work of any such Alterations/Improvements, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations/Improvements, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of Alameda in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and Tenant shall deliver to the Project management office a reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of the Alterations/Improvements as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations/Improvements.

 

8.3 Payment for TI Costs .

 

  8.3.1. Subject to Section 8.3.2. below, all costs and expenses incurred by Tenant with respect to the design, permitting, insuring, and construction/installation of any Alterations/Improvements (collectively, “TI Costs” ) shall be borne by Tenant and shall be paid by Tenant when due and otherwise at such time so as to avoid the imposition of any lien or other claim upon the Premises and/or Building.

 

  8.3.2. If Landlord has provided its consent to any Alterations/Improvements, then, at the request of Tenant. Landlord shall provide to Tenant a portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance equal to the TI Costs and expenses incurred by Tenant with respect to the Alterations/Improvements for which Landlord has provided its consent. The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be advanced by Landlord to Tenant only upon the satisfaction of all of the following conditions:

 

  i. The Alterations/Improvements have been completed in accordance with the plans and specifications therefor that have been approved by Landlord and otherwise in compliance with all of the applicable terms and provisions of this Article 8 :

 

  ii. The Alterations/Improvements have been inspected and approved by the City and/or any other public agency or body having permit or other authority over the subject Alterations/Improvements, and, if required, any certificates of occupancy or use have been issued by the City and/or any other public agency or body;

 

-18-


  iii. All TI Costs have been paid by Tenant and no mechanic liens, claims, or stop-notices have been filed or issued by any contractor or other party involved in the design and/or construction of the subject Alterations/Improvements;

 

  iv. Landlord has reviewed all contracts, invoices, purchase orders, and other evidence of the TI Costs incurred by Tenant with respect to the subject Alterations/Improvements; and,

 

  v. Landlord has inspected and reasonably approved of the Alterations/Improvements as constructed and/or installed.

 

  8.3.3 If Landlord shall fail to pay any amounts of the Tenant Improvement Allowance or the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance as and when required under this Section 8.3 and if such failure shall continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant, such unpaid amount shall be amortized over the remaining Term of this Lease, with interest on the unamortized amount from time to time at the rate provided in Article 25 below, and Tenant shall have the right to offset from the monthly payments of Base Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder the monthly installment thereof until such past due amounts have been fully satisfied or until Landlord has paid to Tenant any remaining unamortized principal and interest.

 

  8.3.4 If Tenant elects lo use the Additional Tenant improvement Allowance, or any portion. thereof, Tenant shall be obligated to pay to Landlord TI Allowance Rent as more particularly provided in Section 3.2 above.

 

8.4 Construction Insurance . In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations/Improvements, prior to the commencement of such Alterations/Improvements. Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations/Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations/Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations/Improvements and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

 

8.5 Landlord’s Property . All Alterations/Improvements, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord, except that Tenant may remove any Alterations/Improvements, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment which Tenant can substantiate to Landlord have not been paid for with any Tenant improvement allowance funds provided to Tenant by Landlord, provided Tenant repairs any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and returns the affected portion of the Premises to a standard base building condition as determined by Landlord.

Furthermore, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant at the time that Landlord is consenting to any Alterations/Improvements, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove the subject Alterations/Improvements upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and to repair any damage to the Premises, Building and Project caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to a standard base building condition as determined by Landlord. In addition, as to any Alterations/Improvements which have been constructed or installed without

 

-19-


Landlord’s consent, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant upon or prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove the subject Alterations/Improvements upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and to repair any damage to the Premises, Building and Project caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to a standard base building condition as determined by Landlord.

If Tenant fails to complete any removal that may be required by Landlord herein and/or to repair any damage caused by such required removal or by any other removal carried-out by Tenant and return the affected portion of the Premises or Building to a standard base building condition as determined by Landlord, then at Landlord’s option, either (A) Tenant shall be deemed to be holding over in the Premises and Rent shall continue to accrue in accordance with the terms of Article 16 . below, until such work shall be completed, and/or (B) Landlord may carry-out such removal and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations/Improvements and any other improvements, fixtures and/or equipment of Tenant in, on or about the Premises. Building and Project, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant (including, without limitation, the construction and/or installation of any Alterations/Improvements), and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within ten (10) days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Project, Building and Premises.

ARTICLE 10

INSURANCE

 

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver . Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, its partners, members, subpartners and their respective directors, officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “Landlord Parties” ) shall not be liable

 

-20-


for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant, in all cases except to the extent caused by or arising as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense, claim, and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises, any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, invitees, guests or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project or any breach of the terms of this Lease, either prior to, during, or after the expiration of the Lease Term, provided that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties. Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, its actual professional fees such as appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees. Further, Tenant’s agreement to indemnify Landlord pursuant to this Section 10.1 is not intended and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, to the extent such policies cover the matters subject to Tenant’s indemnification obligations; nor shall they supersede any inconsistent agreement of the parties set forth in any other provision of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

 

10.2 Tenant’s Compliance With Landlord’s Fire and Casualty Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

 

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

 

  10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) arising out of Tenant’s operations, and contractual liabilities (covering the performance by Tenant of its indemnity agreements) including a Broad Form endorsement covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 10.1 of this Lease, for limits of liability not less than:

 

Bodily Injury and

   $5,000,000 each occurrence

Property Damage Liability

   $5,000,000 annual aggregate

Personal Injury Liability

   $5,000,000 each occurrence
   $5,000,000 annual aggregate
   0% Insured’s participation

 

  10.3.2 Physical Damage Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of

 

-21-


Tenant, (ii) the “Tenant Improvements,” as that term is defined in Section 2.1 of the Tenant Work Letter, and any other improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building) (the “Original Improvements” ), and (iii) and all other improvements, alterations and additions to the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on an “all risks” of physical loss or damage basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts) new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril including, but not limited to, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion, and providing business interruption coverage for a period of one year.

 

  10.3.3 Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations.

 

  10.3.4 Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverage in the following amounts:

 

Bodily Injury

   $250,000 per person: $500,000 per occurrence

Property Damage

   $100,000 per occurrence

 

10.4 Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) name Landlord, and any other party the Landlord so specifies, as an additional insured, including Landlord’s managing agent, if any; (ii) specifically cover the liability assumed by Tenant under this Lease, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligations under Section 10.1 of this Lease, as an insured contract; (iii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A-X in Best’s Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California; (iv) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance requirement of Tenant; (v) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (vi) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days before the expiration dates thereof. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, Landlord may, at its option, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

 

10.5 Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by reasonable insurance carriers to the extent above provided, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right to the insured to recover thereunder. The parties agree that their respective insurance policies are now, or shall be, endorsed such that the waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right of the insured to recover thereunder; and the Tenant agrees that its insurance policy is now, or shall be, endorsed such that the waiver of claims under Section 10.1 hereunder shall not affect the right of the insured to recover thereunder.

 

-22-


10.6 Additional Insurance Obligations . Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

 

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord . Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, provided that access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, Tenant shall repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements, the Original Improvements, Alterations/Improvements, and shall return the same to the condition in which they existed immediately prior to the casualty; provided that if the cost of such repair by Tenant exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received from Tenant’s insurance carrier, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant. Prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof.

 

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; or (iv) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term. Upon any termination of the Lease pursuant to this Section 11.2, provided that Landlord has previously paid the Tenant Improvement Allowance in full, provided that Tenant shall receive insurance proceeds allocable to the initial improvements installed by Tenant in the Premises, Landlord shall be entitled to receive a portion of such proceeds equal to the unamortized amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance as of the date of termination of the Lease.

 

-23-


11.3 Tenant’s Option to Terminate . Tenant may also elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage under the conditions set forth in clauses (i)-(iii) of Section 11.2 above. If the Lease is not terminated as provided in this Article 11 above, then if, for any reason. Landlord’s restoration work shall not be substantially completed within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the date originally estimated for restoration by Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving notice to Landlord thereof within thirty (30) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period provided that such restoration is not completed within such period. This Lease shall cease and come to an end without further liability or obligation on the part of either party, except for any liabilities or obligations that expressly survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease, thirty (30) days after such giving of notice by Tenant unless, within such thirty-day period, Landlord substantially completes such restoration.

 

11.4 Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

 

-24-


ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

14.1

Transfers . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “Transfers” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Transferee” ). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “Transfer Notice” ) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space” ), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, provided that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to utilize Landlord’s standard Transfer documents in connection with the documentation of such Transfer, (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal

 

-25-


  references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space and (v) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D . Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

 

14.2 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

 

  14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

 

  14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

 

  14.2.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

 

  14.2.4 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

 

  14.2.5 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease;

 

  14.2.6 The terms of the proposed Transfer will allow the Transferee to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, or other similar right held by Tenant (or will allow the Transferee to occupy space leased by Tenant pursuant to any such right); or

 

  14.2.7 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent, or (ii) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Project at such time, or (iii) has negotiated with Landlord during the six (6)-month period immediately preceding the Transfer Notice; or

 

  14.2.8 The Transferee does not intend to occupy the entire Premises and conduct its business therefrom for a substantial portion of the term of the Transfer.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2, Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord

 

-26-


pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2 . or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14 . their sole remedies shall be a declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought without any monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from any and all liability, losses, claims, damages, costs, expenses, causes of action and proceedings involving any third party or parties (including without limitation Tenant’s proposed subtenant or assignee) who claim they were damaged by Landlord’s wrongful withholding or conditioning of Landlord’s consent.

 

14.3 [intentionally omitted.]

 

14.4 [intentionally omitted.]

 

14.5 Effect of Transfer . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (iv) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof.

 

14.6 Occurrence of Default . Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

 

-27-


14.7 Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 14 , so long as Tenant otherwise complies with the provisions of this Article. Tenant may enter into any of the following transfers (a “Permitted Transfer” ) without Landlord’s prior consent: Tenant may sublease all or part of the Premises or assign its interest in this Lease to (a) any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the original Tenant to this Lease by means of an ownership interest of more than 50%, so long such entity has a net worth at the time of such assignment that is equal to or greater than the net worth of Tenant upon the Commencement Date; (b) an entity which results from a merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which Tenant is not the surviving corporation, so long as the surviving corporation has a net worth at the time of such assignment that is equal to or greater than the net worth of Tenant upon the Commencement Date; and (c) an entity which purchases or otherwise acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant so long as such acquiring corporation has a net worth at the time of such assignment that is equal to or greater than the net worth of Tenant upon the Commencement Date. Any entity described in (a) thru (c) herein is referred to as an “Affiliate.”

Upon any Permitted Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (iii) no Permitted Transfer shall relieve the original and/or transferring Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space.

 

-28-


ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND

REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

 

15.1 Surrender of Premises . No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

 

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant . Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to the product of (i) the Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease, and (ii) 150%. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. For purposes of this Article 16 , a holding over shall include Tenant’s remaining in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, as required pursuant to the terms of Section 8.5, above, to remove any Alterations/Improvements or Above Building Standard Tenant Improvements located within the Premises and replace the same with Building Standard Tenant Improvements. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

 

-29-


ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within fifteen (15) days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit D . attached hereto (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year in the form of the financial statements provided by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

 

-30-


ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

Provided and upon condition that any such mortgagee or ground lessor executes and delivers to Tenant a commercially reasonable form of subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

It shall be a condition to the effectiveness of this Lease that a commercially reasonable form of subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement has been executed and delivered by Landlord, Tenant and the current holder of a mortgage on the Property. If such agreement has not been so executed and delivered within thirty (30) days after the execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

 

19.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

 

  19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due, where such failure continues for more than five (5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; or

 

  19.1.2

Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2 , any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a ten (10) day period, Tenant shall not be

 

-31-


  deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default, but in no event exceeding a period of time in excess of sixty (60) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; or

 

  19.1.3 To the extent permitted by law, a general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease for the benefit of creditors, or the taking of any corporate action in furtherance of bankruptcy or dissolution whether or not there exists any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, or the filing by or against Tenant or any guarantor of any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, unless in the case of a proceeding filed against Tenant or any guarantor the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days, or the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor, unless possession is restored to Tenant or such guarantor within thirty (30) days, or any execution or other judicially authorized seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets located upon the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless such seizure is discharged within thirty (30) days; or
 
  19.1.4 Abandonment at law of all of the Premises by Tenant; or
 
  19.1.5 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5, 14, 17 or 18 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than three (3) business days after notice from Landlord.

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of. and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

 

19.2 Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

 

  19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

 

  (i) The worth at the time of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

 

  (ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
 
  (iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

-32-


  (iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

 

  (v) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(i) and (ii) , above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Article 25 of this Lease, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in Section 19.2.1 (iii)  above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

 

  19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

 

  19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2 , above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

 

19.3 Subleases of Tenant . Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may. in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

 

19.4 Form of Payment After Default . Following the occurrence of an event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to require that any or all subsequent amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, whether to cure the default in question or otherwise, be paid in the form of cash, money order, cashier’s or certified check drawn on an institution acceptable to Landlord, or by other means approved by Landlord, notwithstanding any prior practice of accepting payments in any different form.

 

-33-


19.5 Efforts to Relet . No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, within applicable notice and cure periods hereunder shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

ARTICLE 21

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Concurrent with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) in the amount set forth in Section 6 of the Summary, as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, the removal of property and the repair of resultant damage, Landlord may, without notice to Tenant, but shall not be required to apply all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default and Tenant shall, upon demand therefor, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within forty-five (45) days following the expiration of the Lease Term. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, or any successor statute.

ARTICLE 22

ENVIRONMENTAL

 

22. Environmental Matters .

 

  22.1

Definitions . As used in this Lease, the term “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean and include (a) any hazardous or toxic wastes, materials or substances, and other pollutants or contaminants, which are or become regulated by any Environmental Laws (defined below); (b) petroleum, petroleum by-products, gasoline, diesel fuel, crude oil or any fraction thereof; (c) asbestos and asbestos-containing material, in any form, whether friable or non-friable; (d) polychlorinated biphenyls; (e) radioactive materials; (f) lead and lead-containing materials; (g) any other material, waste or substance displaying toxic,

 

-34-


  reactive, ignitable or corrosive characteristics, as all such terms are used in their broadest sense, and are defined or become defined by any Environmental Law; or (h) any materials which cause or threatens to cause a nuisance upon or waste to any portion of the Project or any surrounding property; or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health and safety of persons on the Premises, any other portion of the Project or any surrounding property; For purposes of this Lease, the term Hazardous Materials shall not include nominal amounts of ordinary household cleaners, office supplies and janitorial supplies which are not actionable under any Environmental Laws.

 

  22.2 Restrictions On Use . Tenant shall not be entitled to use or store any Hazardous Materials on, in, or about any portion of the Premises and the Project without, in each instance, obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent thereto, not to be unreasonably withheld. If Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, consents to any such usage or storage, then Tenant shall be permitted to use and/or store only those Hazardous Materials that are necessary for Tenant’s business and to the extent disclosed in the HazMat Certificate and as expressly approved by Landlord in writing. Any such usage and storage may only be to the extent of the quantities of Hazardous Materials as specified in the then-applicable approval by Landlord. In all events such usage and storage must at all times be in full compliance with any and all local, state and federal environmental, health and/or safety-related laws, statutes, orders, standards, courts’ decisions, ordinances, rules and regulations (as interpreted by judicial and administrative decisions), decrees, directives, guidelines, permits or permit conditions, currently existing and as amended, enacted, issued or adopted in the future which are or become applicable to Tenant or all or any portion of the Premises (collectively, the “ Environmental Laws ”) and in compliance with the recommendations of Landlord’s consultants. Tenant agrees that any changes to the type and/or quantities of Hazardous Materials specified in the most recent HazMat Certificate may be implemented only with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Tenant shall not be entitled nor permitted to install any tanks under, on or about the Premises for the storage of Hazardous Materials without the express written consent of Landlord, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, at all times during the Term of this Lease to (i) inspect the Premises, (ii) conduct tests and investigations to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with the provisions of this Section 22 or to determine if Hazardous Materials are present in, on or about the Project, (iii) request lists of all Hazardous Materials used, stored or otherwise located on, under or about any portion of the Premises and/or the Common Areas, and (iv) to require Tenant to complete a survey of its use, storage and handling of Hazardous Materials in the Premises, using a form and following procedures designated by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion (the “ Survey ”). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of all such inspections, tests and investigations, and all costs associated with any Survey. If as a result of an inspection, test or Survey Landlord determines, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, that Tenant should implement or perform safety, security or compliance measures, Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord perform such measures, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The aforementioned rights granted herein to Landlord and its representatives shall not create (a) a duty on Landlord’s part to inspect, test, investigate, monitor or otherwise observe the Premises or the activities of Tenant and Tenant Parties with respect to Hazardous Materials, including without limitation, Tenant’s operation, use and any remediation relating thereto, or (b) liability on the part of Landlord and its representatives for Tenant’s use, storage, disposal or remediation of Hazardous Materials, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.

 

-35-


  22.3 Releases . Tenant shall give to Landlord immediate verbal and follow-up written notice of any spills, releases, discharges, disposals, emissions, migrations, removals or transportation of Hazardous Materials on, under or about any portion of the Premises or in any Common Areas; provided that Tenant has actual, implied or constructive knowledge of such event(s). Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, covenants and warrants to promptly investigate, clean up, remove, restore and otherwise remediate (including, without limitation, preparation of any feasibility studies or reports and the performance of any and all closures) any spill, release, discharge, disposal, emission, migration or transportation of Hazardous Materials arising from or related to the intentional or negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant Parties such that the affected portions of the Project and any adjacent property are returned to the condition existing prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials. Any such investigation, clean up, removal, restoration and other remediation shall only be performed after Tenant has obtained Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on any portion of the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to respond immediately to an emergency without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall conduct and perform, or cause to be conducted and performed, all closures as required by any Environmental Laws or any agencies or other governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof. If Tenant fails to so promptly investigate, clean up, remove, restore, provide closure or otherwise so remediate, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, take any and all steps necessary to rectify the same, and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord, upon demand, for all costs and expenses to Landlord of performing investigation, cleanup, removal, restoration, closure and remediation work. All such work undertaken by Tenant, as required herein, shall be performed in such a manner so as to enable Landlord to make full economic use of the Premises and other portions of the Project after the satisfactory completion of such work.

 

  22.4 Indemnity . In addition to Tenant’s other indemnity obligations under this Lease. Tenant agrees to, and shall, protect, indemnify, defend (with counsel acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and the other Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, liability or expense (including, without limitation, diminution in value of any portion of the Premises or the Project, damages for the loss of or restriction on the use of rentable or usable space, and from any adverse impact of Landlord’s marketing of any space within the Project) arising at any time during or after the term of this Lease in connection with or related to, directly or indirectly, the use, presence, transportation, storage, disposal, migration, removal, spill, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials on, in or about any portion of the Project as a result (directly or indirectly) of the intentional or negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant Parties or any breach by Tenant and/or Tenant Parties of the requirements of this Section 22 . Neither the written consent of Landlord to the presence, use or storage of Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about any portion of the Project nor the strict compliance by Tenant with all Environmental Laws shall excuse Tenant from its obligations of indemnification pursuant hereto. Tenant shall not be relieved of its indemnification obligations under the provisions of this section 27.5 due to Landlord’s status as either an “owner” or “operator” under any Environmental Laws.

 

-36-


  22.5 Survival of Provisions . Tenant’s obligations and liabilities pursuant to the provisions of this Article 22 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If it is determined by Landlord that the condition of all or any portion of the Project is not in compliance with the provisions of this Lease with respect to Hazardous Materials, including without limitation, all Environmental Laws at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Landlord may require Tenant to hold over possession of the Premises until Tenant can surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition in which the Premises existed as of the Commencement Date and prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials except for reasonable wear and tear, including without limitation, the conduct or performance of any closures as required by any Environmental Laws. The burden of proof hereunder shall be upon Tenant. For purposes hereof, the term “reasonable wear and tear” shall not include any deterioration in the condition or diminution of the value of any portion of the Project in any manner whatsoever related to, directly or indirectly, Hazardous Materials. Any such holdover by Tenant will be with Landlord’s consent, will not be terminable by Tenant in any event or circumstance and will otherwise be subject to the provisions of Article 16 of this Lease.

ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

 

23.1 Permitted Building Signage . Tenant, already has a sign on the Project monument sign. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, keep the Tenant’s Permitted Signage in good condition and repair, and shall remove such signage and repair any damage to the Project resulting from the installation or removal of the Tenant’s Permitted Signage upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

23.2 Prohibited Signage and Other Items . Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are other than Tenant’s Permitted Signage and that have not been separately approved by Landlord (in its sole discretion) may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises, Building or Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such governmental measures. Should any standard or regulation relating to Tenant’s use of the Premises, any Alterations/Improvements, or, to the extent triggered by any of the foregoing, the Building Structure, now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to make all alterations to the Premises. Auxiliary

 

-37-


Space or Building as are required to comply with the governmental rules, regulations, requirements or standards described in this Article 24 . The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES AND INTEREST

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) days after said amount is due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount, plus any attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “ Bank Prime Loan ” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication G.13(415), published on the first Tuesday of each calendar month (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published) plus four (4) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

 

26.1 Landlord’s Cure . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2, above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

 

26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement . Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1 ; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

 

-38-


ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants (except that with respect to tenants only, such right to show the Premises shall be limited to the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term), or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment; provided that any such alterations, improvements, or additions shall not materially decrease the usable area of the Premises or otherwise materially adversely affect Tenant’s access to or use of the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27 . Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord, including janitorial service; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein.

ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

Commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right, at no additional cost, to use the amount of parking passes set forth in Section 8 of the Summary, which parking passes shall pertain to the Project parking areas. Tenant’s parking passes shall be used within the areas depicted as “Tenant’s Parking Area” in the site plan (the “ Site Plan ”) attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 . Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord. Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations and Tenant not being in default under this Lease. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, temporarily close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes provided to Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 are solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval, except in connection with a Transfer of this Lease. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may establish, from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

 

-39-


ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

29.1 Terms; Captions . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections. All references to “including”, or “include” shall mean “including, without limitation” or “include, without limitation.”

 

29.2 Binding Effect . Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

 

29.3 No Air Rights . No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

29.4 Modification of Lease . Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor.

 

29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer. Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording . Except as provided in Section 29.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

 

-40-


29.7 Landlord’s Title . Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

 

29.8 Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

 

29.9 Application of Payments . Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

 

29.10 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

 

29.11 Partial Invalidity. If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

 

29.12 No Warranty. In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

 

29.13 Landlord Exculpation. The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to the interest of Landlord in the Building and the Project. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

 

29.14

Entire Agreement. It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all

 

-41-


  previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

29.15 Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

 

29.16 Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God. inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and except as to Tenant’s obligations under Articles 5 and 24 of this Lease (collectively, a “Force Majeure” ), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

 

29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant . Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ. Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

 

29.18 Notices . All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, “Notices” ) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested ( “Mail” ), (B) transmitted by telecopy, if such telecopy is promptly followed by a Notice sent by Mail, (C) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (D) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth below, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (i) three (3) days after the date it is posted if sent by Mail, (ii) the date the telecopy is transmitted, (iii) the date the overnight courier delivery is made, or (iv) the date personal delivery is made or attempted to be made. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor. Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant. As of the date of this Lease, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

 

-42-


  

40915 Encyclopedia Circle LLC

4185 Blackhawk Plaza Circle, Suite 200

Danville, CA 94506

Attn: Ron Winter

Fax: 925 648 8330

  

And

  

McPharlin Sprinkles & Thomas LLP

Ten Almaden Blvd, Suite 1460

San Jose, CA 95113

Attn: N. David Thomas

Fax: 408 293 1999

Prior to the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises, notices to Tenant shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following address:

 

  

Santur Corporation

40949 Encyclopedia Circle

Fremont, California 94538

Attn: Rick Wilmer

Fax: (510) 933-4106

 

29.19 Joint and Several . If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

 

29.20 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In such event, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant’s state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in California.

 

29.21 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

 

29.22

Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF

 

-43-


  THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANTS USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

 

29.23 Submission of Lease. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

29.24 Brokers. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 11 of the Summary (the “Brokers” ), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

 

29.25 Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein. Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

 

29.26 Project or Building Name and Signage. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

29.27 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

 

29.28 Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal, and space planning consultants.

 

-44-


29.29 Transportation Management. Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Building, and in connection therewith. Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

 

29.30 Building Renovations. It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant and has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “Renovations” ) the Project, the Building and/or the Premises including without limitation the parking structure, common areas, systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same, which Renovations may include, without limitation, (i) installing sprinklers in the Building common areas and tenant spaces, (ii) modifying the common areas and tenant spaces to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including regulations relating to the physically disabled, seismic conditions, and building safety and security, and (iii) installing new floor covering, lighting, and wall coverings in the Building common areas, and in connection with any Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the common areas, or perform work in the Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations or Landlord’s actions.

 

29.31 No Violation. Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation.

 

29.32 Development of the Project .

 

  29.32.1 Subdivision. Landlord reserves the right to further subdivide all or a portion of the Project. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord, any additional documents needed to conform this Lease to the circumstances resulting from such subdivision.

 

  29.32.2 The Other Improvements. If portions of the Project or property adjacent to the Project (collectively, the “Other Improvements” ) are owned by an entity other than Landlord, Landlord, at its option, may enter into an agreement with the owner or owners of any or all of the Other Improvements to provide (i) for reciprocal rights of access and/or use of the Project and the Other Improvements, (ii) for the common management, operation,

 

-45-


  maintenance, improvement and/or repair of all or any portion of the Project and the Other Improvements, (iii) for the allocation of a portion of the Direct Expenses to the Other Improvements and the operating expenses and taxes for the Other Improvements to the Project, and (iv) for the use or improvement of the Other Improvements and/or the Project in connection with the improvement, construction, and/or excavation of the Other Improvements and/or the Project. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed to limit or otherwise affect Landlord’s right to convey all or any portion of the Project or any other of Landlord’s rights described in this Lease.

 

  29.32.3 Construction of Project and Other Improvements . Tenant acknowledges that portions of the Project and/or the Other Improvements may be under construction following Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and that such construction may result in levels of noise, dust, obstruction of access, etc. which are in excess of that present in a fully constructed project. Tenant hereby waives any and all rent offsets or claims of constructive eviction which may arise in connection with such construction.

 

29.33 No Relocation . Landlord shall have no right to relocation Tenant from the Premises to another premise within the Building and/or Project.

[signatures on following pages.]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

40915 ENCYCLOPEDIA CIRCLE, LLC

a California limited liability company

By:   /s/    Ron Winter
  Name: Ron Winter
  its Managing Member

[signatures continue on following page.]

 

TENANT:

 

SANTUR CORPORATION

a Delaware corporation,

By:   /s/    Richard Wilmer
  Name: Richard Wilmer
  Its:      COO

 

-46-


By:    
  Name:    
  Its:    

 

-47-


EXHIBIT A

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

-1-


EXHIBIT B

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

To:          
     
     
     

 

  Re: Lease dated                      , 200      between                              , a                              (“Landlord”), and                              , a                              (“Tenant”) concerning Suite              on floor(s)              of the building located at                                      , Fremont, California.

Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Lease (the “Lease”), we wish to advise you and/or confirm as follows:

 

  1. The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on              for a term of              ending on              .

 

  2. Rent commenced to accrue on              , in the amount of              .

 

  3. If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

  4. Your rent checks should be made payable to              at              .

 

  5. The exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is              square feet.

 

EXHIBIT B

-1-


“Landlord”:    
    ,
         

 

By:     
  Its:     

Agreed to and Accepted

as of                          , 200      .

 

“Tenant”:
 
   

 

By:     
  Its:     

 

EXHIBIT B

-2-


EXHIBIT C

STEVENSON BUSINESS PARK

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the Fremont/Newark, California area. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

 

EXHIBIT C

-1-


5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.

6. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.

8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.

9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person or persons not approved by Landlord.

10. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

11. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline, explosive material, corrosive material, material capable of emitting toxic fumes, or other inflammable or combustible fluid chemical, substitute or material. Tenant shall provide material safety data sheets for any Hazardous Material used or kept on the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

14. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals, birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

 

EXHIBIT C

-2-


15. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing. Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

16. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises provided for in the Summary. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

17. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who. in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

18. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls. Tenant shall participate in recycling programs undertaken by Landlord.

20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in Fremont, California without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate. If the Premises is or becomes infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith, at Tenant’s expense, cause the Premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.

21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.

 

EXHIBIT C

-3-


23. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to the window film on the exterior windows of the Premises and shall promptly repair any such damage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall keep its window coverings closed during any period of the day when the sun is shining directly on the windows of the Premises. Prior to leaving the Premises for the day. Tenant shall draw or lower window coverings and extinguish all lights. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or Building Common Areas.

24. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

25. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

26. Tenant must comply with all applicable “NO-SMOKING” laws or regulations. If Tenant is required under any ordinance to adopt a written smoking policy, a copy of said policy shall be on file in the office of the Building.

27. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

28. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.

29. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

30. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

31. No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

32. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, towels, janitorial or maintenance or other similar services from any company or persons not approved by Landlord. Landlord shall approve a sufficient number of sources of such services to provide Tenant with a reasonable selection, but only in such instances and to such extent as Landlord in its judgment shall consider consistent with the security and proper operation of the Building.

 

EXHIBIT C

-4-


33. Tenant shall install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an adequate, visibly marked and properly operational fire extinguisher next to any duplicating or photocopying machines or similar heat producing equipment, which may or may not contain combustible material, in the Premises.

Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT C

-5-


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of              , 20          by and between              as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises at the building located at              , Fremont, California              , certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2. The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on              , and the Lease Term expires on              , and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

3. Base Rent became payable on              .

4. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A.

5. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

6. Tenant shall not modify the documents contained in Exhibit A without the prior written consent of Landlord’s mortgagee.

7. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through              . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $              .

8. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

9. No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

10. As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

11. If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

12. There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

 

EXHIBIT D

-1-


13. Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

14. To the undersigned’s knowledge, all tenant improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any tenant improvement work have been paid in full.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed at                          on the              day of                          , 200      .

 

“Tenant”:  
    ,
     

 

By:     
  Its:     

 

By:     
  Its:     

 

EXHIBIT D

-2-


EXHIBIT E

RECORDING REQUESTED BY

AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

Stevenson Point Associates

C/o Trumark Commercial

4185 Blackhawk Plaza Circle, Suite 200

Attn: Ron Winter

 

RECOGNITION OF COVENANTS,

CONDITIONS, AND RESTRICTIONS

This Recognition of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (this “Agreement” ) is entered into as of the          day of                      , 200      , by and between                              (“Landlord”), and                              (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated              , 200      (the “Lease”). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord space (the “Premises” ) located in an office building on certain real property described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the “Property” ).

B. The Premises are located in an building located on real property located in the City of                      , California (the “Project” ), as more particularly described in Exhibit “B” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

C. Landlord, as declarant, has previously recorded, or proposes to record concurrently with the recordation of this Agreement, a Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (the “Declaration” ), dated                      , 200      , in connection with the Project.

D. Tenant is agreeing to recognize and be bound by the terms of the Declaration, and the parties hereto desire to set forth their agreements concerning the same.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of (a) the foregoing recitals and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, and (b) for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows,

1. Tenant’s Recognition of Declaration . Notwithstanding that the Lease has been executed prior to the recordation of the Declaration, Tenant agrees to recognize and by bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Declaration.

2. Miscellaneous .

2.1 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, estates, personal representatives, successors, and assigns.

2.2 This Agreement is made in, and shall be governed, enforced and construed under the laws of, the State of California.

 

EXHIBIT E

-1-


2.3 This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede and replace all prior understandings and agreements, whether verbal or in writing. The parties confirm and acknowledge that there are no other promises, covenants, understandings, agreements, representations, or warranties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement except as expressly set forth herein.

2.4 This Agreement is not to be modified, terminated, or amended in any respect, except pursuant to any instrument in writing duly executed by both of the parties hereto.

2.5 In the event that either party hereto shall bring any legal action or other proceeding with respect to the breach, interpretation, or enforcement of this Agreement, or with respect to any dispute relating to any transaction covered by this Agreement, the losing party in such action or proceeding shall reimburse the prevailing party therein for all reasonable costs of litigation, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in such amount as may be determined by the court or other tribunal having jurisdiction, including matters on appeal.

2.6 All captions and heading herein are for convenience and ease of reference only, and shall not be used or referred to in any way in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.

2.7 If any provision of this Agreement, as applied to any party or to any circumstance, shall be adjudged by a court of competent jurisdictions to be void or unenforceable for any reason, the same shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, the application of such provision under circumstances different form those adjudged by the court, or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement as a whole.

2.8 Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

2.9 The Parties agree to execute any further documents, and take any further actions, as may be reasonable and appropriate in order to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement

2.10 As used herein, the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, and the singular and plural numbers, shall each be deemed to include the others whenever and whatever the context so indicates.

 

EXHIBIT E

-2-


SIGNATURE PAGE OF RECOGNITION OF

COVENANTS, CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

“Landlord”:    
    ,  
       

 

By:     
  Its:     

 

“Tenant”:    
     
       

 

By:     
  Its:    

 

By:     
  Its:     

 

EXHIBIT E

-3-


EXHIBIT F

PLANS OF TENANT’S INITIAL IMPROVEMENTS

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT F

-1-

Exhibit 10.36

INDUSTRIAL SPACE LEASE

THE KAYE BUILDING, LLC

AS “LANDLORD”

AND

SANTUR CORP.

AS “TENANT”


OFFICE LEASE

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE TERMS

 

SECTION

(LEASE REFERENCE)

   TERMS   

A.

(Introduction)

   Lease Reference Date:    March 7, 2001

B.

(Introduction)

   Landlord:   

THE KAYE BUILDING, LLC, a California

limited liability company

C.

(Introduction)

   Tenant:    SANTUR CORP., a Delaware corporation

D.

(Section 1.21)

   Premises:    That area consisting of approximately 19,175 rentable square feet within the Building as shown on Exhibit B .

E.

(Section 1.22)

   Project:    The land and improvements shown on  Exhibit A consisting of one (1) building the aggregate area of which is approximately 37,549 rentable square feet.

F.

(Section 1.7)

   Building    The building in which the Premises are located known as 40931 Encyclopedia Circle, Fremont, California, containing approximately 37,549 rentable square feet.

G.

(Section 1.32)

   Tenant’s Share:    51.1%

H.

(Section 4.6)

   Tenant’s Allocated Parking Stalls:    Tenant’s Share of the parking spaces allocated to the Building under the CCRs.

I.

(Section 1.28)

  

Scheduled

Commencement Date:

   March 15,2001

J.

(Section 1.18)

   Lease Term:    120 calendar months (plus the partial month following the Commencement Date if such date is not the first day of the month)

 

Page 1 of 55


K.

(Section 3.1)

   Base Monthly Rent:    See Section 3.1 of the body of this Lease.

L.

(Section 3.3)

   Prepaid Rent:    $52,731.25

M.

(Section 3.5)

   Security Deposit:    $200,000.00

N.

(Section 4.1)

   Permitted Use:   

Semiconductor Fabrication, Manufacturing,

Office, and Research and Development

O.

   INTENTIONALLY DELETED    INTENTIONALLY DELETED

P.

   INTENTIONALLY DELETED    INTENTIONALLY DELETED

Q.

(Section 9.1)

   Tenant’s Liability Insurance Minimum:   

$2,000,000.00 single limit and $5,000,000.00 in

the aggregate

R.

(Section 1.3)

   Landlord’s Address:   

Jonathan W. Kaye

The Kaye Building, LLC

163 Whitney Place

Fremont, California 94539

Facsimile: (510) 440-8722

     

With a copy to:

Myron L. Brody, Esquire

Silicon Valley Law Group

152 North Third Street, Suite 900

San Jose, California 95112

Facsimile: (408) 286-1400

 

Page 2 of 55


S.

(Section 1.3)

   Tenant’s Address:   

SANTUR CORP.

1887 Landings Drive

Mountain View, California 94043

Facsimile: (650) 988-1569

     

With a copy to:

Meredith S. Goldberg, Esq.

Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue

599, Lexington Avenue

32 nd Floor

New York, New York 10022

Facsimile: (212) 755-7306

T.

(Section 15.13)

   Retained Real Estate Brokers:    Landlord’s: Wayne Mascia Associates
      Tenant’s: Cornish & Carey Commercial

U.

(Section 1.17)

   Lease:   

This Office Lease includes the Summary of the

Basic Lease Terms, the Lease, and the following

exhibits and addenda: Exhibit A (site plan of the

Project), Exhibit B (diagram of Premises shown as

cross-hatched), Exhibit C (Tenant’s initial concept

plan for Alterations), Exhibit D (Memorandum of

Commencement Date), Exhibit E (form of

Subordination Agreement), Exhibit F

(Intentionally Omitted), Exhibit G (Intentionally

Omitted), and Exhibit H (Hazardous Materials

Disclosure Certificate).

The foregoing Summary is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease. Each reference in this Lease to any term of the Summary shall mean the respective information set forth above and shall be construed to incorporate all of the terms provided under the particular paragraph pertaining to such information. In the event of any conflict between the Summary and the Lease, the Summary shall control.

 

LANDLORD:

    TENANT:

THE KAYE BUILDING, LLC

    SANTUR CORP.

a California limited liability company

    a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/    Jonathan W. Kaye        

    By:   /s/     Bardia Pezeshki        
Name:  

Jonathan W. Kaye

    Name:   Bardia Pezeshki
Its:  

President

    Its:   President
       

 

Page 3 of 55


INDUSTRIAL SPACE LEASE

THIS INDUSTRIAL SPACE LEASE is dated, for reference purposes only, as of the Lease Reference Date specified in Section A of the Summary of Basic Lease Terms (“ Summary ”), and is made by and between the party identified as Landlord in Section B of the Summary and the party identified as Tenant in Section C of the Summary.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 General. Any initially capitalized term that is given a special meaning by this Article 1, the Summary, or by any other provision of this Lease (including the exhibits attached hereto) shall have such meaning when used in this Lease or any addendum or amendment hereto unless otherwise clearly indicated by the context.

 

1.2 Additional Rent. The term “Additional Rent” is defined in Section 3.2.

 

1.3 Address for Notices. The term “Address for Notices” shall mean the addresses set forth in Sections R and S of the Summary; provided, however, that after the Commencement Date, Tenant’s Address for Notices shall be the address of the Premises.

 

1.4 Agents. The term “ Agents ” shall mean the following: (i) with respect to Landlord or Tenant, the agents, employees, contractors and invitees of such party, and (ii) in addition with respect to Tenant, Tenant’s subtenants and their respective agents, employees, contractors and invitees.

 

1.5 Agreed Interest Rate. The term “Agreed Interest Rate” shall mean that interest rate determined as of the time it is to be applied that is equal to the lesser of (i) the higher of five percent (5%) in excess of the discount rate established by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco as it may be adjusted from time to time, or ten percent (10%) per annum, or (ii) the maximum interest rate permitted by Law.

 

1.6 Base Monthly Rent. The term “ Base Monthly Rent ” shall mean the fixed monthly rent payable by Tenant pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

1.7 Building. The term “ Building ” shall mean the building in which the Premises are located which Building is identified in Section F of the Summary.

 

1.8 CCRs. That certain Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions and Reciprocal Easement Agreement for Stevenson Business Park dated September 16, 1999, and recorded in the office of the recorder of the County of Alameda, California as document number 99-355372, as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented, terminated or otherwise modified from time to time. The CCRs shall be one of the Private Restrictions.

 

Page 4 of 55


1.9 Commencement Date. The term “ Commencement Date ” is the date the Lease Term commences, which term is defined in Section 2.2.

 

1.10 Common Area. The term “ Common Area ” shall mean all areas and facilities within the Project that are not designated by Landlord for the exclusive use of Tenant or any other lessee or other occupant of the Project, including, without limitation, the parking areas, access and perimeter roads, pedestrian sidewalks, landscaped areas, trash enclosures, recreation areas and the like.

 

1.11 Common Operating Expenses. The term “Common Operating Expenses” is defined in Section 8.2.

 

1.12 INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

 

1.13 Effective Date. The term “Effective Date” shall mean the date the last signatory to this Lease whose execution is required to make it binding on the parties hereto shall have executed this Lease.

 

1.14 Event of Tenant’s Default. The term “Event of Tenant’s Default” is defined in Section 13.1.

 

1.15 Hazardous Materials. The terms “Hazardous Materials” and “Hazardous Materials Laws” are defined in Section 7.2.6.

 

1.16 Insured and Uninsured Peril. The terms “Insured Peril” and “Uninsured Peril” are defined in Section 11.2.5.

 

1.17 Law(s). The term “ Law(s) ” shall mean any judicial decision, statute, constitution, ordinance, resolution, regulation, rule, administrative order or other requirement of any municipal, county, state, federal or other governmental agency or authority having jurisdiction over the parties to this Lease or the Premises, or both, in effect either at the Effective Date or any time during the Lease Term.

 

1.18 Lease. The term “ Lease ” shall mean the Summary and all elements of this Lease identified in Section U of the Summary, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

1.19 Lease Term. The term “ Lease Term ” shall mean the term of this Lease, which shall commence on the Commencement Date and, unless sooner terminated pursuant to this Lease, shall continue for the period specified in Section J of the Summary.

 

1.20 Lender. The term “ Lender ” shall mean any beneficiary, mortgagee, secured party, ground or underlying lessor, or other holder of any Security Instrument now or hereafter affecting the Project or any portion thereof.

 

1.21 Permitted Use. The term “Permitted Use” shall mean the use specified in Section N of the Summary, and no other use shall be permitted.

 

Page 5 of 55


1.22 Premises. The term “Premises” shall mean that space described in Section D of the Summary that is within the Building.

 

1.23 Project. The term “Project” shall mean that real property and the improvements thereon which are specified in Section E of the Summary, the aggregate rentable area of which is referred to herein as the “Project Rentable Area” .

 

1.24 Private Restrictions. The term “Private Restrictions” shall mean all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions, private agreements, reciprocal easement agreements, and any other recorded instruments affecting the use of the Premises and/or the Project which exist as of the Effective Date or which are recorded after the Effective Date, including (without limitation) the CCRs; provided, however, that (i) within seven (7) business days from the Effective Date, Landlord will provide to Tenant a true and complete copy of each Private Restriction that exists as of the date hereof, (ii) Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that none of the Private Restrictions prohibit or interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project in accordance with the terms of this Lease, and that Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, the Building and the Project in accordance with the terms of this Lease will not be a default under or a violation of the Private Restrictions or expose Tenant to any fines, penalties or other similar payments under the Private Restrictions; and (iii) no Private Restriction may hereafter be imposed by Landlord that would interfere with Tenant’s rights under this Lease.

 

1.25 Real Property Taxes. The term “Real Property Taxes” is defined in Section 8.3.

 

1.26 Rent. The term “Rent” or “rent” shall mean, collectively, Base Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and all other payments of money payable to Landlord under this Lease, whether or not such payments are specifically denominated as rent hereunder.

 

1.27 Rentable Area. The term “Rentable Area” as used in this Lease shall mean, with respect to the Premises, the rentable square feet set forth in Section D of the Summary, and, with respect to the Project, the rentable square feet set forth in Section E of the Summary (subject to reformulation pursuant to Section 1.33 below). Landlord and Tenant agree that (i) each has had an opportunity to determine to its satisfaction the actual area of the Project, the Building and the Premises, (ii) all measurements of area contained in this Lease are conclusively agreed to be correct and binding upon the parties, even if a subsequent measurement of any one of these areas determines that it is more or less than the amount of area reflected in this Lease, and (iii) any such subsequent determination that the area is more or less than shown in this Lease shall not result in a change in any way of the computations of rent, improvement allowances, or other matters described in this Lease where area is a factor.

 

1.28 Rules and Regulations. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

1.29 Scheduled Commencement Date. The term “Scheduled Commencement Date” shall mean the date specified in Section I of the Summary.

 

Page 6 of 55


1.30 Security Instrument. The term “Security Instrument” shall mean any ground or underlying lease, mortgage or deed of trust which now or hereafter affects the Project (or any portion thereof), and any renewal, modification, consolidation, replacement or extension thereof.

 

1.31 Summary. The term “Summary” shall mean the Summary of Basic Lease Terms executed by Landlord and Tenant that is part of this Lease.

 

1.32 Tenant’s Alterations . The term “Tenant’s Alterations” shall mean all improvements, additions, alterations and fixtures installed in the Premises by or for the benefit of Tenant following the Commencement Date which are not Trade Fixtures.

 

1.33 Tenant’s Share. The term “Tenant’s Share” shall mean the percentage obtained by dividing Tenant’s Rentable Area by the Project Rentable Area, which, as of the Effective Date, is the percentage identified in Section G of the Summary. In the event the Rentable Area of the Building is increased or decreased, or if Landlord constructs other buildings on the Project, Landlord shall, reformulate Tenant’s Share, as to any or all of the items which comprise Common Operating Expenses, to reflect the Rentable Area of the Premises as a percentage of all Rentable Area of the Building or Project Rentable Area, as applicable. In the event Tenant’s Share is reformulated in accordance with this Section 1.33, Landlord shall promptly provide Tenant notice of such reformulation, together with a written statement showing in reasonable detail the manner in which Tenant’s Share was reformulated.

 

1.34 Trade Fixtures. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean (i) Tenant’s inventory, furniture, signs, business equipment and other personal property, and (ii) anything affixed to the Premises by Tenant at its expense for purposes of trade (except replacement of similar work or material originally installed by Landlord) which can be removed without material injury to the Premises unless such thing has, by the manner in which it is affixed, become an integral part of the Premises.

ARTICLE 2

DEMISE, CONSTRUCTION, AND ACCEPTANCE

 

2.1 Demise of Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, for the Lease Term upon the terms and conditions of this Lease, the Premises for Tenant’s own use in the conduct of Tenant’s business together with (i) the nonexclusive right to use the number of Tenant’s Allocated Parking Stalls within the Common Area (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.6), (ii) the non-exclusive right to use the Common Area for ingress to and egress from the Premises, (iii) the right to use the roof of the Building subject to Section 2.7 below, and (iv) the right to post a sign(s) on the exterior of the Building subject to Section 4.4 below. Landlord reserves the use of the exterior walls (subject to Tenant’s right as set forth in Section 4.4 below), the roof (subject to Tenant’s rights as set forth in Section 2.7 below) and the area beneath and above the Premises, together with the right to install, maintain, use and replace ducts, wires, conduits and pipes leading through the Premises in locations which will not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

 

Page 7 of 55


2.2 Commencement Date. On the Scheduled Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant and the Lease Term shall commence on such date (and such date shall be referred to herein as the “Commencement Date” ), subject to Section 2.4. Tenant shall accept possession. Promptly following the delivery of possession of the Premises by Landlord to Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall together execute a Memorandum of Commencement Date in the form attached as Exhibit D, appropriately completed (but the failure to execute such Memorandum of Commencement Date shall not affect the Commencement Date or Tenant’s obligations hereunder).

 

2.3 Construction of Improvements. Tenant acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to conduct, and has conducted, such inspections of the Premises as it deems necessary to evaluate its condition. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, Tenant agrees to accept possession of the Premises in its then existing condition “as-is”, except for any latent defects which exist as of the Effective Date. Tenant’s taking possession of any part of the Premises shall be deemed to be an acceptance by Tenant of the Premises as complete and in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

 

2.4 Delay in Delivery of Possession. If for any reason Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Scheduled Commencement Date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefore, and such failure shall not affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder, but, in such case, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Monthly Rent or Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses until the Commencement Date has occurred; provided, however, if Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the date ( “Outside Commencement Date” ) that is thirty (30) days following the Scheduled Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right, as its sole and exclusive remedy, to terminate this Lease by providing Landlord with written notice thereof within five (5) days following the Outside Commencement Date (provided, however, in the event that Landlord’s failure to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Outside Commencement Date is attributable, in whole or in part, to any action or inaction by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, the Outside Commencement Date shall be extended for the period of delay attributable to the action or inaction by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents in question). In the event Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of termination within such five (5) day period, this Lease shall terminate upon such notice and Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant the Rental Fee, any prepaid Rent, the Security Deposit, and any other sums prepaid by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease. In the event Tenant fails to provide Landlord with written notice of termination within such five (5) day period, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

2.5 Early Occupancy. If Tenant enters or permits its Agents to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date with the written permission of Landlord, it shall do so upon all of the terms of this Lease (including its obligations regarding indemnity and insurance) except those regarding the obligation to pay rent, which shall commence on the Commencement Date.

 

Page 8 of 55


2.6 Right of First Offer for Expansion Space.

 

  2.6.1 If any other space in the Building (including any space on which Tenant has previously declined or failed to exercise its option under this Section) becomes available for lease at any time during the Lease Term, then Tenant shall have the first right to lease that space under the terms and conditions of this Section. Landlord may not lease such space to any third party until it has complied with the terms of this Section and Tenant has declined or failed to exercise its option in accordance with the terms of this Section.

 

  2.6.2 Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of the availability of the space, such notice to specify the space becoming available, the square footage of that space, the recalculation of Tenant’s Share that would become effective if Tenant was to lease that space, and the anticipated date on which that space will become available. Such notice shall also state that it is given pursuant to Tenant’s right of first offer to lease such space under Section 2.6 of the Lease and that Tenant’s failure to exercise the option to lease such space within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of the notice shall constitute a waiver of Tenant’s right to lease that space under the terms of this Section at that time. Such notice shall be an offer to lease that space to Tenant on the same terms and conditions (including Base Monthly Rent, calculated on a dollar-per-square foot basis) as then applied to the then-current Premises, regardless of then-current market conditions, except that no Rental Fee shall be due or payable in connection with such other space and that Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Monthly Rent and Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses applicable to that space shall not commence until the first calendar day of the next calendar month after the effective date of Tenant’s acceptance notice. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall have no rights to negotiate a lease to any other space in the Building which may come available for lease during this Lease Term on any terms and conditions not specifically set forth in this Article.

 

  2.6.3 Tenant shall have thirty (30) days to respond to Landlord’s notice under Section 2.6.2. If Tenant declines the offer expressed in Landlord’s notice under Section 2.6.2 or fails to respond to said notice within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by Tenant, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its rights under this Section with respect to leasing that space at that time; provided, however, that if Landlord has not entered into a lease with a third party for that space within one hundred eighty (180) days after the expiration of that thirty (30) day period, then Tenant’s rights under this Section shall be reinstated for that space. In addition, such a waiver shall not waive, prejudice or otherwise affect Tenant’s right to lease that space under this Section if that space ever again becomes available for lease during the Lease Term.

 

Page 9 of 55


  2.6.4 If Tenant desires to accept the offer to lease the space identified in Landlord’s offer notice under Section 2.6.2, Tenant shall so notify Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of that offer notice. If Tenant accepts such offer, then the space identified in Landlord’s offer notice shall automatically be deemed to be added to the Premises as of the latter of (i) the anticipated delivery date set forth in Landlord offer notice under Section 2.6.2; or (ii) the actual date on which possession of that space is tendered to Tenant. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the expansion space to Tenant on the anticipated delivery date or as soon thereafter as is practicable; if possession of that space is not tendered to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the anticipated delivery date stated in Landlord’s offer notice, Tenant may, within five (5) days after such anticipated delivery date, as its sole and exclusive remedy, revoke its exercise of the option for that space by giving written notice of revocation to Landlord. If Tenant fails to so revoke the exercise of its option (or is not entitled to revoke the exercise of its option), no further written agreement need be executed by either Party to effectuate the addition of that space to the Premises but each Party shall, upon the request of the other Party, execute and deliver such written confirmation (including, without limitation, an amendment to this Lease) evidencing the addition of that space to the Premises and the terms and conditions applicable thereto. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant if Landlord is unable to deliver the additional premises in a timely fashion or at all; provided, however, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver any expansion premises in a timely fashion.

 

2.7 Roof Rights. In no event shall Tenant have any rights whatsoever to use all or any portion of the roof of the Project to generate income from third parties. Tenant shall, however, be permitted to use the roof of the Building without charge in connection with its own operations in the Premises, including (without limitation) for the installation, operating, maintenance, repair, removal and replacement of mechanical equipment, heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment, vents, satellite dishes and antennae at Tenant’s own cost and expense. Tenant’s use of the roof for the foregoing purposes shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

  2.7.1 Tenant shall bear all of the costs of designing, purchasing, installing, operating, maintaining, repairing, removing and replacing any of its installations on the roof and for repairing and restoring any damage to the roof arising as a result of the foregoing.

 

  2.7.2 Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining all governmental permits, approvals, licenses and certificates, and all permits, approvals, licenses and certificates required by the Private Restrictions, necessary for the installation, operation, maintenance, repair, removal and replacement of its rooftop equipment, and Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws in doing so. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate in obtaining the same at Tenant’s expense, including (without limitation) signing any applications that are necessarily or appropriately to be made by the owner of the Building. Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord upon demand for the Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’, agents’ and consultants’ fees and costs associated with the foregoing.

 

Page 10 of 55


  2.7.3 No satellite dish or antenna shall be permitted if it interferes with transmissions to or from any other satellite dish, antenna, other transmitting equipment or telecommunications equipment then on, in, or near the Project. Provided Tenant immediately commences and diligently pursues such to completion, Tenant shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to avoid, ameliorate or cure any such interference problem before it is required to cease its own use of any satellite dish or antenna.

 

  2.7.4 All rooftop equipment shall be installed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, including visual screening. Without limiting the foregoing, all rooftop equipment must be securely affixed to the roof so as to prevent the dislodging of the rooftop equipment, all wires and cables between the rooftop equipment and the Premises must be installed in existing conduit or in alternative conduit reasonably approved by Landlord and must, if carrying electromagnetic transmissions, be appropriately shielded, and no rooftop equipment may be installed in such a manner as to void any warranty of the roof.

 

  2.7.5 The insurance carried by Tenant under this Lease must also cover any rooftop equipment installed by Tenant.

 

  2.7.6 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, any rooftop equipment (other than vents, exhausts, flues and air handlers) installed by Tenant shall remain Tenant’s personal property, may be removed by Tenant at any time, and shall be removed by Tenant at its expense at the expiration or termination of the Lease Term.

 

  2.7.7 Except as part of an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of all or a portion of the Premises, in either case, as set forth in Article 14 below, Tenant shall not be permitted to assign or sublease its rights to use the roof hereunder, whether or not such assignment or subletting involves income generation.

 

  2.7.8 In the event Tenant violates the provisions of this Section 2.7, in addition to each and every other remedy available to Landlord, hereunder, at law or in equity, Landlord may require the removal of such violating equipment upon written demand to Tenant and/or, if such violation involves income generation, require that Tenant pay to Landlord immediately, upon written demand, any and all sums paid to Tenant and direct than any and all future sums be paid directly to Landlord. The exercise of the foregoing right by Landlord shall not be deemed a waiver of the applicable default by Tenant.

 

  2.7.9 Landlord hereby specifically reserves the right to lease the roof to any party it desires in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, such shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s rights hereunder.

 

Page 11 of 55


ARTICLE 3

RENT

 

3.1 Base Monthly Rent. Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Monthly Rent as follows:

 

Lease Year 1

   $52,731.25 per month

Lease Year 2

   $54,840.50 per month

Lease Year 3

   $57,034.12 per month

Lease Year 4

   $59,315.48 per month

Lease Year 5

   $61,688.10 per month

Lease Year 6

   $64,155.63 per month

Lease Year 7

   $66,721.85 per month

Lease Year 8

   $69,390.73 per month

Lease Year 9

   $72,166.36 per month

Lease Year 10

   $75,053.01 per month

 

3.2 Additional Rent. Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay the following as additional rent (the “Additional Rent”): (i) any late charges or interest due Landlord pursuant to Section 3.4; (ii) Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses as provided in Section 8.1; (iii) Landlord’s share of any Transfer Consideration received by Tenant upon certain assignments and sublettings as required by Section 14.1; (iv) any legal fees and costs due Landlord pursuant to Section 15.9; and (v) any other sums or charges payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

 

3.3 Payment of Rent. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount set forth in Section L of the Summary as prepayment of rent for credit against the first installment(s) of Base Monthly Rent. All rent required to be paid in monthly installments shall be paid in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Lease Term. If the date of an increase in Base Monthly Rent does not fall on the first day of a calendar month, such increase shall become effective on the first day of the next calendar month. All rent shall be paid in lawful money of the United States, without any abatement, deduction or offset whatsoever (except as specifically provided in Sections 5.2, 11.4 and 12.3), and without any prior demand therefor. Rent shall be paid

 

Page 12 of 55


  to Landlord at its address set forth in Section R of the Summary, or at such other place as Landlord may designate from time to time. Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Monthly Rent and Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses shall be prorated at the commencement and expiration of the Lease Term. In the event that the Lease Term commences on a date other than the first day of a calendar month, on the Commencement Date Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Monthly Rent for the period from such Commencement Date to the first day of the first full calendar month that proportion of the Base Monthly Rent hereunder which the number of days between such Commencement Date and the first day of the next succeeding calendar month bears to thirty (30); the Base Monthly Rent prepaid pursuant to Section L of the Summary shall then be applied to the Base Monthly Rent due for the first full calendar month of the Lease Term. In the event that the Lease Term is terminated for any reason on a date other than the last day of a calendar month, on the first day of the last calendar month of the Lease Term Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Monthly Rent for the period from said first day of said last calendar month to and including the last day of the Lease Term that proportion of the monthly Base Monthly Rent hereunder which the number of days between said first day of said last calendar month and the last day of the term hereof bears to thirty (30).

 

3.4 Late Charge and Interest. Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which is extremely difficult or impracticable to determine. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any Security Instrument, and late charges and penalties that may be imposed due to late payment of Real Property Taxes. Therefore, if any installment of Base Monthly Rent or any payment of Additional Rent or other rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord in good funds within five (5) days after the applicable due date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of the amount overdue as a late charge. The parties acknowledge that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In no event shall this provision for a late charge be deemed to grant to Tenant a grace period or extension of time within which to pay any rent or prevent Landlord from exercising any right or remedy available to Landlord upon Tenant’s failure to pay any rent due under this Lease in a timely fashion, including any right to terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 13.2.3. If any rent remains delinquent for a period in excess of thirty (30) days then, in addition to such late charge, Tenant shall pay to Landlord interest on any rent that is not paid when due at the Agreed Interest Rate following the date such amount became due until paid.

 

3.5

Security Deposit. Concurrently with its execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the amount set forth in Section M of the Summary as security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, and not as prepayment of rent (the “ Security Deposit ”). Landlord may from time to time apply such portion of the Security Deposit as is necessary for the following purposes: (i) to remedy any default by Tenant in the payment of rent; (ii) to repair damage to the Premises caused by Tenant; (iii) to clean the Premises upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease; and/or (iv) to remedy any other default of Tenant to the extent permitted by Law, including,

 

Page 13 of 55


  without limitation, on account of damages owing to Landlord under Section 13.2, and, in this regard, Tenant hereby waives any restriction on the uses to which the Security Deposit may be put contained in California Civil Code Section 1950.7. In the event the Security Deposit or any portion thereof is so used, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord promptly upon demand an amount in cash sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full original amount. Landlord shall not be deemed a trustee of the Security Deposit, may use the Security Deposit in business, and shall not be required to segregate it from its general accounts. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. If Landlord transfers the Premises during the Lease Term, Landlord shall assign or pay the Security Deposit to any transferee of Landlord’s interest in conformity with the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7 and/or any successor statute, in which event the transferring Landlord will be released from all liability for the return of the Security Deposit. If Tenant performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the unused portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant (or the last, assignee of Tenant’s interest under this Lease) within fifteen (15) days following the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and the surrender of the Premises by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease. If this Lease is terminated following an Event of Tenant’s Default, the unpaid portion of the Security Deposit, if any, shall be returned to Tenant two (2) weeks after final determination of all damages due Landlord, and, in this respect, the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7 are hereby waived by Tenant.

 

3.6 Rental Fee. In consideration of Landlord’s agreement to lease the Premises to Tenant, in addition to the other sums which may be due hereunder, Tenant shall pay to Landlord concurrently with the execution of this Lease the sum of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in lawful money of the United States (“ Rental Fee ”). The Rental Fee shall be refunded to Tenant if this Lease is terminated by Tenant pursuant to Section 2.4 for any reason other than a delay attributable, in whole or in part, to any action or inaction by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents. If this Lease is not so terminated, then the Rental Fee shall conclusively be the property of Landlord.

ARTICLE 4

USE OF PREMISES

 

4.1

Limitation on Use. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use specified in Section N of the Summary and for no other purpose whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld and/or conditioned by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall not do anything in or about the Premises which will (i) cause structural injury to the Building, or (ii) cause damage to any part of the Building except to the extent reasonably necessary for the installation of Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and Tenant’s Alterations, and then only in a manner which has been first approved by Landlord in writing. Tenant shall not operate any equipment within the Premises which will (a) materially damage the Building or the Common Area, (b) overload the electrical systems or other mechanical equipment servicing the Building (as the same may be upgraded, improved and/or replaced by Tenant), (c) impair the efficient operation of the sprinkler system or the heating, ventilating or air conditioning

 

Page 14 of 55


  ( “HVAC” ) equipment within or servicing the Building (as the same may be upgraded, improved and/or replaced by Tenant), or (d) damage, overload or corrode the sanitary sewer system. Tenant shall not set any load on the floor in excess of the load limits for which such items are designed nor operate hard wheel forklifts within any part of the Premises where the flooring would be damaged by such hard wheels. Any dust, fumes, or waste products generated by Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be contained and disposed so that they do not (x) create an unreasonable fire or health hazard, (y) damage the Premises, or (z) result in the violation of any Laws. Except for installing signage otherwise permitted by the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall not change the exterior of the Building or, except as may be otherwise permitted by the terms of this Lease, install any equipment or antennas on or make any penetrations of the exterior or roof of the Building. Tenant shall not commit any waste in or about the Premises, and Tenant shall keep the Premises neat, clean and free of nuisances; provided, however, such shall not prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use pursuant to each and every term and condition of this Lease. If Landlord designates a standard window covering for use throughout the Building, Tenant shall use this standard window covering to cover all windows in the Premises. Tenant shall not conduct on any portion of the Premises or the Project any sale of any kind, including, without limitation, any public or private auction, fire sale, going-out-of-business sale, distress sale or other liquidation sale.

 

4.2 Compliance with Regulations. Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner which violates any Laws or Private Restrictions which affect the Premises. Tenant shall abide by and promptly observe and comply with all Laws and Private Restrictions. Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner which will cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering the Premises, the Building, Tenant’s Alterations or which poses an unreasonable risk of damage or injury to the Premises; provided, however, such shall not prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use pursuant to each and every term and condition of this Lease; and, provided, further, however, that any insurance policy maintained by Landlord must allow the Permitted Use. Tenant shall not sell, or permit to be kept, used, or sold in or about the Premises any article which may be prohibited by the standard form of fire insurance policy. Tenant shall comply with all reasonable requirements of any insurance company, insurance underwriter or Board of Fire Underwriters which are necessary to maintain the insurance coverage carried by either Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

 

4.3 Outside Areas. Except as provided in this Lease, no materials, supplies, tanks or containers, equipment, finished products or semi-finished products, raw materials, inoperable vehicles or articles of any nature shall be stored upon or permitted to remain outside of the Premises.

 

4.4

Signs. Subject to the other provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall be permitted to install an identification sign on the roof or exterior wall(s) of the Building similar in size, materials, and lighting to the identification signs installed by comparable tenants in other buildings that are subject to the CCRs. Except for the foregoing signage and entry, directional or safety signage on the doors and loading bays of the Building, Tenant shall not place on any portion of the Premises any sign, placard, lettering in or on windows, banner, displays or other advertising or communicative material which is visible from the

 

Page 15 of 55


  exterior of the Building without the prior written approval of Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and Landlord shall not discriminate against Tenant in enforcing any restrictions on such signage. All such approved signs shall strictly conform to all Laws, Private Restrictions, and any reasonable sign criteria established by Landlord for the Building from time to time, and shall be installed at the expense of Tenant. Tenant shall maintain such signs in good condition and repair, and, upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, remove the same and repair any damage caused thereby, all at its sole cost and expense and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord.

 

4.5 No Light, Air or View Easement. Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on the Project or any lands adjacent to the Project by anyone other than Landlord, its principals or affiliates shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord.

 

4.6 Parking. Tenant is allocated and shall have the non-exclusive right to use the parking spaces located within the Project from time to time at no extra charge (other than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses), for its use and the use of Tenant’s Agents, in common with other tenants of the Project, up to, but not exceeding, the number of allocated parking spaces set forth in Section H of the Summary. The location of the parking spaces to be used by Tenant may be designated from time to time by Landlord but Landlord may not discriminate against Tenant in designating parking spaces in terms of location, size, condition, lighting or safety. Tenant shall not at any time use more parking spaces than the number so allocated to Tenant or park its vehicles or the vehicles of others in any portion of the Project not designated by Landlord as a non-exclusive parking area. Tenant shall not have the exclusive right to use any specific parking space. If Landlord grants to any other tenant the exclusive right to use any particular parking space(s), which right shall be subject to the foregoing provision prohibiting discrimination against Tenant, Tenant shall not use such spaces. Tenant shall not park or store vehicles at the Project for more than twenty four (24) hours without the Landlord’s written consent, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Such unauthorized vehicles may be towed at Tenant’s expense. Landlord reserves the right, after having given Tenant reasonable notice, to have any vehicles owned by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents utilizing parking spaces in excess of the parking spaces allowed for Tenant’s use to be towed away at Tenant’s cost. All trucks and delivery vehicles shall be (a) parked in such areas as Landlord may designate from time to time, (b) loaded and unloaded in a manner which does not unreasonably interfere with the businesses of other occupants of the Project, and (c) permitted to remain on the Project only so long as is reasonably necessary to complete loading and unloading. In the event Landlord elects or is required by any Law to limit or control parking in the Project, whether by validation of parking tickets or any other method of assessment, Tenant agrees to participate in such validation or assessment program under such rules and regulations as are from time to time established by Landlord.

 

4.7 Rules and Regulations. Landlord may from time to time promulgate such reasonable rules and regulations applicable to the Project and/or the Building as Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion, deem necessary or appropriate for the care and orderly

 

Page 16 of 55


  management of the Project and the safety of its tenants and invitees, but any such rules and regulations shall take into account the industrial nature of the use of the Building. Such rules and regulations shall be binding upon Tenant upon delivery of a copy thereof to Tenant, and Tenant agrees to abide by such rules and regulations; but Landlord agrees to not discriminatorily enforce the rules and regulations against Tenant. If there is a conflict between the rules and regulations and any of the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall prevail. Landlord shall not be responsible for the violation by any other tenant of the Project of any such Rules and Regulations.

 

4.8 Telecommunications. The use of the Premises by Tenant for the Permitted Use specified in Section N of the Summary shall not include using the Premises to provide telecommunications services (including, without limitation, Internet connections) to third parties, it being intended that Tenant’s telecommunications activities within the Premises be strictly limited to such activities as are incidental to general office use.

ARTICLE 5

TRADE FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS

 

5.1 Trade Fixtures. Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant may provide and install, and shall maintain in good condition, any Trade Fixtures required in the conduct of its business in the Premises; provided, however, if the installation of any Trade Fixtures will necessitate the making of any Tenant’s Alterations, then Tenant shall not be permitted to make such installation unless and until the applicable Tenant’s Alterations have been approved by Landlord pursuant to Section 5.2. All Trade Fixtures shall remain Tenant’s property.

 

5.2 Tenant’s Alterations. Construction by Tenant of Tenant’s Alterations shall be governed by the following:

 

  5.2.1 Tenant shall not construct any Tenant’s Alterations or otherwise alter the Premises without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, except that provided Tenant complies with each and every other term and condition applicable to Alterations, no approval by Landlord shall be required for any Tenant’s Alterations in an amount not to exceed Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) per Alteration and Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) in the aggregate per calendar year, that are cosmetic or do not affect the structural integrity of the Building or any base-building system that is Landlord’s responsibility under this Lease to maintain, repair or replace. Except for any Tenant’s Alterations permitted under the preceding sentence without Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall not construct the Tenant’s Alterations until Landlord has approved in writing the plans and specifications therefor, and such Tenant’s Alterations shall be constructed substantially in compliance with such approved plans and specifications by a licensed contractor first approved by Landlord (who shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of any such contractor). All Tenant’s Alterations constructed by Tenant shall be constructed by a reputable licensed contractor in accordance with all Laws using materials of good quality.

 

Page 17 of 55


  5.2.2 Tenant shall not commence construction of any Tenant’s Alterations until (i) all required governmental approvals and permits have been obtained, (ii) all requirements regarding insurance imposed by this Lease have been satisfied, (iii) Tenant has given Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of its intention to commence such construction, and (iv) Tenant has obtained contingent liability and broad form builders’ risk insurance in an amount reasonably satisfactory to Landlord if there are any perils relating to the proposed construction not covered by insurance carried pursuant to Article 9.

 

  5.2.3 All Tenant’s Alterations shall remain the property of Tenant during the Lease Term but shall not be altered or removed from the Premises. At the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term, all Tenant’s Alterations shall be surrendered to Landlord as part of the realty and shall then become Landlord’s property, and Landlord shall have no obligation to reimburse Tenant for all or any portion of the value or cost thereof; provided, however, Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to remove any Tenant’s Alterations prior to the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term by providing Tenant with written notice thereof at the time Landlord consents to that particular Tenant’s Alteration.

 

  5.2.4 In addition to any other Tenant’s Alterations permitted by the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall be permitted to demolish and remove concrete tanks and related steel superstructure that are currently in the Premises. The actual verifiable out-of-pocket costs associated with such work up to a maximum amount of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000.00) shall be paid by Landlord. At Tenant’s option and by providing written notice to Landlord, the cost of such work may be paid by Landlord in cash or by offsetting the cost of such work against the Base Monthly Rent due under this Lease. Landlord’s obligation to reimburse Tenant for such costs shall occur only after Tenant has provided Landlord with all applicable lien release waivers, proof of payment by Tenant and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request.

 

5.3 Alterations Required by Law. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, make any alteration, addition or change of any sort to the Premises, the Building and the Project, that is required by any Law, including, but not limited to, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ ADA ”), because of (i) Tenant’s particular use or change of use of the Premises; (ii) Tenant’s application for any permit or governmental approval; (iii) Tenant’s construction or installation of any Tenant’s Alterations or Trade Fixtures; or (iv) an Event of Tenant’s Default. Any such alterations, additions or changes shall be made by Tenant in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 5.3. Any other alteration, addition, or change required by Law which is not the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to the foregoing shall be made by Landlord.

 

5.4 Tenant’s Initial Alterations.

 

  5.4.1 Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary contained herein, Tenant’s initial Alterations as set forth on Exhibit C ( “Tenant’s Initial Alterations” ) shall be deemed approved by Landlord and the procedure set forth in this Section 5.4 shall be followed.

 

Page 18 of 55


  5.4.2 Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prints of permit-submission level documents and specifications (hereinafter referred to collectively as “ Tenant’s—Initial Alterations Construction Documents ”) for Tenant’s Initial Alterations. The Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents shall provide for interior improvements consistent with the improvements described on Exhibit C. Within ten (10) days of the receipt by Landlord of a draft of Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents from Tenant, Landlord shall return to Tenant one (1) set of Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents marked “Approved,” “Approved as Noted” or “Disapproved as Noted, Revise and Resubmit.” If Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents are returned to Tenant marked “Approved,” Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents, as so submitted, shall be deemed approved by Landlord. If Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents are returned to Tenant marked “Approved as Noted,” the draft of Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents shall be deemed approved by Landlord; provided, however, that in preparing the final Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents, Tenant shall incorporate into Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents the items noted by Landlord. If Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents are returned to Tenant marked “Disapproved as Noted, Revise and Resubmit,” Tenant shall cause such Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents to be revised, taking into account the reasons for Landlord’s disapproval and shall resubmit revised plans to Landlord for review within ten (10) days after return of Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents to Tenant by Landlord. The same procedure shall be repeated until Landlord fully approves Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents. If Landlord fails to respond to or provide comments to Tenant on the Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents within the ten (10) day period provided by this Section 5.4, then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents. Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents shall be consistent with, and a logical extension of, the Exhibit C approved by Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible for: (l) the completeness of Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents; (2) the conformity of Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents with the actual conditions existing in the Premises, (3) the compliance of the Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents with all applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the ADA. When Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents are approved by Landlord and Tenant, they shall be acknowledged as such by Landlord and Tenant signing each sheet of Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents. In all circumstances, Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents shall be granted in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

 

  5.4.3 When Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents have been approved by Landlord, there shall be no material changes without Landlord’s prior written consent (each request for such a change shall be herein referred to as a “ Change Request ”), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any and all costs related to such Change Requests shall be paid for by Tenant.

 

Page 19 of 55


  5.4.4 Tenant shall not be required to remove any of Tenant’s Initial Alterations at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

  5.4.5 Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord’s review and approval, if granted, of Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents is solely for the benefit of Landlord and to protect the interests of Landlord in the Project and the Premises. Landlord shall not be the guarantor of, nor in any way or to any extent responsible for, the correctness or accuracy of Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents or of the compliance of Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents with applicable Laws, or of the conformance or compatibility of Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents with the actual conditions existing in the Premises. Tenant shall require and be solely responsible for insuring that its architects, engineers and contractors from time to time verify all existing conditions in the Premises (including, without limitation, undertaking a full field verification of such conditions prior to commencing construction of Tenant’s Initial Alterations), insofar as they are relevant to, or may affect, the design and construction of Tenant’s Initial Alterations, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any inaccuracy or incorrectness in any of the information supplied by Landlord with regard to such conditions. Tenant shall be solely responsible for, and Landlord specifically reserves the right to require Tenant to make at any time and from time to time during the construction of Tenant’s Initial Alterations, any changes to Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents required by any governmental official.

 

  5.4.6 Promptly following the approval of Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents and the issuance of the applicable permits (the obtaining of which permits shall be the responsibility of Tenant), Tenant shall commence and to diligently and expeditiously proceed with the construction of the Tenant’s Initial Alterations. Tenant shall complete the Tenant’s Initial Alterations in a good and workmanlike manner, in strict accordance with the approved Tenant’s Initial Alterations Construction Documents and all applicable Laws, and in a lien-free condition. Tenant shall pay for Tenant’s Initial Alterations out of its own funds and without contribution from Landlord.

 

  5.4.7 Landlord shall have the right to enter upon the Premises at times mutually determined by Landlord and Tenant for the purpose of monitoring and inspecting the construction and installation of Tenant’s Initial Alterations. Any such inspection by or on behalf of Landlord shall be solely for the benefit of Landlord and to protect the interests of Landlord in the Project and the Premises, and Landlord shall not be the guarantor of, nor in any way or to any extent responsible for, the construction of Tenant’s Initial Alterations.

 

Page 20 of 55


  5.4.8 Tenant shall require that its general contractor maintain commercial general liability insurance in an amount of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) on a combined single limit basis, builder’s risk insurance as required by Landlord, all workers’ compensation insurance required by law, and such other insurance coverages and in such amounts as Landlord may require from time to time. Tenant shall require that its subcontractors maintain commercial general liability insurance in an amount of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) on a combined single limit basis, builder’s risk insurance as required by Landlord, all workers’ compensation insurance required by law, and such other insurance coverages and in such amounts as Landlord may require from time to time. Landlord shall be named as additional insureds on all such policies of insurance, excluding only workers’ compensation insurance policies.

 

  5.4.9 Within forty-five (45) days following the completion of Tenant’s Initial Alterations, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a complete set of plans and specifications, together with a set in electronic format reflecting the actual conditions of Tenant’s Initial Improvements as constructed in the Premises.

 

5.5 Mechanic’s Liens. Tenant shall keep the Project free from any liens and shall pay when due all bills arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or at the direction of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents relating to the Project. If Tenant fails to cause the release of record of any lien(s) filed against the Project (or any portion thereof) or its leasehold interest therein by payment or posting of a proper bond within fifteen (15) days from the date of the lien filing(s), then Landlord may, at Tenant’s expense, cause such lien(s) to be released by any means Landlord deems proper, including, but not limited to, payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to the lien(s). All sums disbursed, deposited or incurred by Landlord in connection with the release of the lien(s) shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord on demand by Landlord, together with interest at the Agreed Interest Rate from the date of demand until paid by Tenant.

 

5.6 Taxes on Tenant’s Property. Tenant shall pay before delinquency any and all taxes, assessments, license fees and public charges levied, assessed or imposed against Tenant or Tenant’s estate in this Lease or the property of Tenant situated within the Premises which become due during the Lease Term, including, without limitation, Tenant’s Alterations and Trade Fixtures. If any tax or other charge is assessed by any governmental agency because of the execution of this Lease, such tax shall be paid by Tenant. On demand by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence of these payments.

 

Page 21 of 55


ARTICLE 6

REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE

 

6.1 Tenant’s Obligation to Maintain. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises as being in good, sanitary order, condition and repair. Except to the extent of Landlord’s express obligations under Section 6.2, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep and maintain the Premises in a high standard of maintenance and repair, and in good and sanitary condition. Tenant’s maintenance and repair responsibilities herein referred to include, but are not limited to, all windows, window frames, plate glass, glazing, truck doors, plumbing systems serving only the Premises (such as water and drain lines, sinks, toilets, faucets, drains, showers and water fountains), electrical systems (such as panels, conduits, outlets, lighting fixtures, lamps, bulbs, tubes, ballasts) serving only the Premises, the heating and air conditioning distribution and temperature control systems (such as fans, air handlers, ducts, mixing boxes, thermostats, time clocks, supply and return grills) installed by Tenant and/or serving only the Premises, telecommunication systems within the Premises (including without limitation all distribution throughout the Premises from Tenant’s computer closets), telecommunication systems located outside of the Premises (including without limitation intra Building telephone, telecommunication and network cabling) installed to exclusively serve all or any portion of the Premises, all interior finishes within the Premises (including but not limited to wall coverings, window coverings, carpet, floor coverings), all partitioning, ceilings, and doors (both interior and exterior, including closing mechanisms, latches, and locks) in the Premises, skylights (if any) in the Premises, automatic fire extinguishing systems in the Premises, all other interior improvements of any nature whatsoever in the Premises and any exterior improvements installed within the grounds of the Project by Tenant. Tenant also agrees to provide janitorial services for the Premises. Tenant shall contract with a service company for the quarterly maintenance of the HVAC equipment, with a copy of the service contract to be furnished to Landlord within ten (10) days after opening for business, and a copy of any subsequent contracts to be furnished from time to time. If Tenant needs to access any Building system, including without limitation the Building telecommunication system, Tenant shall have the right to do so only upon the prior written consent of Landlord and by utilization of a contractor consented to by Landlord (such consents not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), provided that, despite any such consent by Landlord, Tenant shall remain fully responsible for the acts, omissions and negligence of any such contractor.

 

6.2

Landlord’s Obligation to Maintain. Landlord shall repair and maintain, in reasonably good condition, except as provided in Sections 11.2 and 12.3, the following: (i) the structural components of the Building, (ii) the Common Area of the Building, (iii) the electrical, life safety, plumbing, sewage and HVAC systems serving the Building, installed or furnished by Landlord not serving only the Premises, and (iv) the Building exterior, landscaping and parking, except any exterior improvements installed within the grounds of the Project by Tenant. Except when Landlord’s failure is a result of gross negligence or willful misconduct, it is an express condition precedent to all Landlord’s obligations to repair and maintain that Tenant shall have first notified Landlord in writing of the need for such repairs and maintenance. The cost of such maintenance, repair and services shall be included as part of Common Operating Expenses unless such maintenance, repairs or services are necessitated, in whole or in part, by the act, neglect, fault or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, in which case Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such maintenance, repairs and services within ten (10) days

 

Page 22 of 55


  following Landlord’s written demand therefor. Tenant hereby waives all rights provided for by the provisions of Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and any present or future Laws regarding Tenant’s right to make repairs at the expense of Landlord and/or to terminate this Lease because of the condition of the Premises.

 

6.3 Control of Common Area. Landlord shall at all times have exclusive control of the Common Area. Landlord shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion and without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction and without entitling Tenant to any abatement of rent, to: (i) close any part of the Common Area to whatever extent required in the opinion of Landlord’s counsel to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of any prescriptive rights therein; (ii) temporarily close the Common Area to perform maintenance or for any other reason deemed sufficient by Landlord; (iii) change the shape, size, location and extent of the Common Area; (iv) eliminate from or add to the Project any land or improvement, including multi-deck parking structures; (v) make changes to the Common Area, including, without limitation, changes in the location of driveways, entrances, passageways, doors and doorways, elevators, stairs, restrooms, exits, parking spaces, parking areas, sidewalks or the direction of the flow of traffic and the site of the Common Area; (vi) remove unauthorized persons from the Project; and/or (vii) change the name or address of the Building or Project; provided, however, that if such change is not required by the U.S. Postal Service or other governmental authority, then Landlord shall pay all costs incurred by Tenant as a result of the change of name or address (including, without limitation, the cost of new stationery and business cards and the cost of notifying all of Tenant’s customers, lenders, service providers and other business contacts). Tenant shall keep the Common Area clear of all obstructions created or permitted by Tenant. If, in the opinion of Landlord, unauthorized persons are using any of the Common Area by reason of the presence of Tenant in the Building, Tenant, upon demand of Landlord, shall restrain such unauthorized use by appropriate proceedings. In exercising any such rights regarding the Common Area, (a) Landlord shall make a reasonable effort to minimize any disruption to Tenant’s business, and (b) Landlord shall not exercise its rights to control the Common Area in a manner that would materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises without first obtaining Tenant’s consent, which consent may be withheld by Tenant is its sole and absolute discretion.

ARTICLE 7

WASTE DISPOSAL AND UTILITIES

 

7.1 Waste Disposal. Tenant shall store its trash and rubbish in exterior dumpsters in an area set aside for that purpose by Landlord. Tenant shall bear the cost of obtaining its own dumpsters and, unless such service is provided by the association operating under the CCRs, Tenant shall make its own arrangements, at its own cost, for trash removal on a regular basis.

 

7.2 Hazardous Materials. Landlord and Tenant agree as follows with respect to the existence or use of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Project:

 

Page 23 of 55


  7.2.1 Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 7.2, any handling, transportation, storage, treatment, disposal or use of Hazardous Materials by Tenant and Tenant’s Agents after the Effective Date in or about the Project is strictly prohibited.

 

  7.2.2 If the presence of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Project caused or permitted by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents results in contamination or deterioration of water or soil resulting in a level of contamination greater than the levels established as acceptable by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over such contamination, then Tenant shall promptly take any and all action necessary to investigate and remediate such contamination if required by Law or as a condition to the issuance or continuing effectiveness of any governmental approval which relates to the use of the Project or any part thereof.

 

  7.2.3 Tenant may use small quantities of household chemicals such as adhesives, lubricants and cleaning fluids in order to conduct its business at the Premises. Tenant may also use such other Hazardous Materials as are reasonably necessary for the operation of Tenant’s business, Landlord acknowledging that Tenant’s business is manufacturing and involves substantial amounts of Hazardous Materials, subject to Tenant’s compliance with this Section 7.2. Tenant agrees that during its use and occupancy of the Premises it will: (1) not (A) permit Hazardous Materials to be present on or about the Premises except in a manner and quantity necessary for the ordinary performance of Tenant’s business or (B) release, discharge or dispose of any Hazardous Materials on, in, at, under, or emanating from, the Premises, the Building or the Project except in compliance with this Section 7.2; (2) comply with all Hazardous Materials Laws relating to the Premises and the use of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises and not engage in or permit others to engage in any activity at the Premises in violation of any Hazardous Materials Laws; and (3) immediately notify Landlord of (A) any inquiry, test, investigation or enforcement proceeding by any governmental agency or authority against Tenant, Landlord or the Premises, any Building or the Project relating to any Hazardous Materials or under any Hazardous Materials Laws; (B) any contamination of the Project by Hazardous Materials which constitutes a violation of any Hazardous Materials Laws; or (C) the occurrence of any event or existence of any condition that would cause a breach of any of the covenants set forth in this Article 7.

 

  7.2.4

Prior to the execution of this Lease Tenant has completed, executed and delivered to Landlord a Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (“ Certificate ”) a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit H and incorporated herein by reference. Tenant covenants, represents and warrants to Landlord that the information in the Certificate is true and correct and accurately describes the Hazardous Materials which will be manufactured, treated, used or stored on or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents. Tenant shall, on each anniversary of the Effective Date and at such other times as Tenant desires to manufacture, treat, use or store on or about the Premises new or additional Hazardous Materials which were not listed on the Certificate, complete, execute and deliver to Landlord an updated

 

Page 24 of 55


  Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (each, an “Updated Certificate” ) describing Tenant’s then current and proposed future uses of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises, which Updated Certificates shall be in the same format as that which is set forth in Exhibit H or in such updated format as Landlord may require from time to time. Tenant shall deliver an Updated Certificate to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date Tenant intends to commence the manufacture, treatment, use or storage of new or additional Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises, and, if more than five (5) gallons of the new or additional Hazardous Material are proposed to be used at the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to approve or disapprove (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) such new or additional Hazardous Materials in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall make no use of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises except as described in the Certificate or as otherwise approved by Landlord in writing in accordance with this Article 7.

 

  7.2.5

Upon reasonable notice to Tenant and, except in an emergency, when escorted by an employee or agent designated by Tenant for such purpose if such employee or agent is available at such time, Landlord may inspect the Premises and surrounding areas for the purpose of determining whether there exists on or about the Premises any Hazardous Material or other condition or activity that is in violation of the requirements of this Lease or of any Hazardous Materials Laws. Such inspections may include, but are not limited to, entering the Premises or adjacent property with drill rigs or other machinery for the purpose of obtaining laboratory samples. Landlord shall not be limited in the number of such inspections during the Term of this Lease. In the event such inspections reveal the presence of any such Hazardous Material or other condition or activity in violation of the requirements of this Lease or of any Hazardous Materials Laws arising from the acts of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such inspections within ten (10) days of receipt of a written statement therefor. Tenant will supply to Landlord such historical and operational information regarding the Premises and surrounding areas as may be reasonably requested to facilitate any such inspection and will make available for meetings appropriate personnel having knowledge of such matters. Any inspection by or for Landlord under this Section shall be subject to the confidentiality requirements set forth in Section 15.1 below. Except for vacating at the scheduled expiration of the Lease Term, Tenant agrees to give Landlord at least sixty (60) days prior notice of its intention to vacate the Premises so that Landlord will have an opportunity to perform such an inspection prior to such vacation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, within ninety (90) days before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, provide Landlord and the applicable governmental authorities, with a complete closure plan for the Premises for said parties review and approval. Once the aforementioned closure plan has been approved by all applicable parties, Tenant shall diligently pursue such closure plan to completion and obtain a “no further action” letter from any and all governing bodies. The right granted to

 

Page 25 of 55


  Landlord herein to perform inspections shall not create a duty on Landlord’s part to inspect the Premises, or liability on the part of Landlord for Tenant’s use, storage, manufacture, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection with the use, storage, manufacture, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents.

 

  7.2.6 As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the State of California or the United States government. The term “Hazardous Materials” includes, without limitation, petroleum products, asbestos, PCB’s, and any material or substance which is (i) listed under Article 9 or defined as hazardous or extremely hazardous pursuant to Article 11 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 20, (ii) deemed as a “hazardous waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. (42 U.S.C. 6903), (iii) defined as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq. (42 U.S.C. 9601) (“ CERCLA ”) or any regulations promulgated under CERCLA; (iv) any substance now or hereafter regulated by the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended (“ TSCA ”) (15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq .) or any regulations promulgated under TSCA; (v) petroleum, petroleum by-products, gasoline, diesel fuel, or other petroleum hydrocarbons; (vi) asbestos and asbestos-containing material, in any form, whether friable or non-friable; (vii) polychlorinated biphenyls; (viii) lead and lead-containing materials; or (ix) any additional substance, material or waste that is listed as hazardous or toxic by any other Hazardous Material Law. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material Law(s)” shall mean any statute, law, ordinance, or regulation of any governmental body or agency (including the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, and the California Department of Health Services) which regulates the use, storage, release or disposal of any Hazardous Materials.

 

  7.2.7 If Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises results in a release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials on, in, at, under, or emanating from, the Premises, any Building or the Project, Tenant agrees to investigate, clean up, remove or remediate such Hazardous Materials in full compliance with: (i) the requirements of (A) all Hazardous Materials Laws and (B) any governmental agency or authority responsible for the enforcement of any Hazardous Materials Laws; and (ii) any additional requirements of Landlord that are reasonably necessary to protect the value of the Premises, any Building or the Project.

 

  7.2.8

Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, prior or subsequent to an Event of Tenant’s Default, without in any way limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease, to enter upon the Premises, or to take such other actions as it deems necessary or advisable, to investigate, clean up, remove or

 

Page 26 of 55


  remediate any Hazardous Materials or contamination by Hazardous Materials present on, in, at, under, or emanating from, the Premises, any Building or the Project in violation of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or under any Hazardous Materials Laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord shall also have the right, at its election, in its own name or as Tenant’s agent, to negotiate, defend, approve and appeal, at Tenant’s expense, any action taken or order issued by any governmental agency or authority with regard to any such Hazardous Materials or contamination by Hazardous Materials. All costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in the exercise of the rights set forth in this Article 7 shall be payable by Tenant upon demand.

 

  7.2.9 Notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease free of debris, waste or Hazardous Materials placed on, about or near the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, and, with respect to any contamination or other conditions resulting from the actions or inaction of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, in a condition which complies with all Hazardous Materials Laws and any additional requirements of Landlord that are reasonably necessary to protect the value of the Premises, any Building or the Project, including, without limitation, the obtaining of any closure permits or other governmental permits or approvals related to Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises.

 

  7.2.10 Tenant shall indemnify, defend upon demand with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord and hold harmless Landlord from and against any liabilities, losses, claims, damages, lost profits, consequential damages, interest, penalties, fines, monetary sanctions, attorneys’ fees, experts’ fees, court costs, remediation costs, investigation costs, and other expenses which result from or arise in any manner whatsoever out of the use, storage, treatment, transportation, release, or disposal of any Hazardous Materials on or about the Project caused, contributed to or permitted by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents.

 

  7.2.11 Landlord shall indemnify, defend upon demand with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant and hold harmless Tenant from and against any liabilities, losses, claims, damages, lost profits, consequential damages, interest, penalties, fines, monetary sanctions, attorneys’ fees, experts’ fees, court costs, remediation costs, investigation costs, and other expenses which result from or arise in any manner whatsoever out of the use, storage, treatment, transportation, release, or disposal of any Hazardous Materials on or about the Project prior to the Commencement Date.

 

  7.2.12 The obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Section 7.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. The rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to issues relating to Hazardous Materials are exclusively established by this Section 7.2. In the event of any inconsistency between any other part of this Lease and this Section 7.2, the terms of this Section 7.2 shall control.

 

Page 27 of 55


  7.3 Utilities: Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.3 or any other provision of this Lease, all charges for water, gas, electricity, sewer service, waste pick-up and other utilities at the Project shall be included as part of Common Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of all telecommunications services provided to the Premises, and (ii) Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to directly meter or, if direct metering is not practicable, submeter or checkmeter, its use of electricity, gas, water and other utilities used in the Premises so that Tenant may be billed directly by the utility providing the same or so that the cost of Tenant’s use of the same can be identified. If Tenant cannot make such arrangements for direct metering with the utility providing any of the foregoing services and submetering or checkmetering is utilized so that Landlord is responsible for obtaining the service and paying for the service, then Landlord may charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, a sum equal to the metered consumption of Tenant’s use of such utility service.

 

  7.4 Utilities and Services. Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises the utilities and services described in Section 6.2. Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or be liable for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from, nor shall rent be abated by reason of failure to furnish any of the foregoing items as a result of (a) accident, breakage or repairs; (b) strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbance or labor dispute of any character; (c) governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action; (d) inability, despite the exercise of reasonable diligence, to obtain any of the foregoing utilities or services; (e) interruption necessary to install or repair facilities in the Building, or (f) any other causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. In the event of any failure, stoppage or interruption of such utilities or services, Landlord shall diligently attempt to promptly resume the utilities or service in question.

 

  7.5 Compliance with Regulations. Tenant shall comply with all rules, regulations and requirements promulgated by national, state or local governmental agencies or utility suppliers concerning the use of utility services, including, without limitation, any rationing, limitation or other control, together with all rules, regulations and requirements promulgated by Landlord from time to time to conserve utilities and/or reduce utilities costs. Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease nor to any abatement in rent by reason of such compliance.

 

  7.6 Window Treatments: Landlord reserves the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to install and/or apply at its sole expense and not as a Common Operating Expense any treatments to the interior and/or exterior surfaces of any windows of the Premises as Landlord may from time to time desire; provided, however, if such is necessary due to Tenant’s specific use of the Premises, the cost of such shall be amortized on a straight line basis over the useful life of such treatment and passed through to Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder.

 

Page 28 of 55


ARTICLE 8

COMMON OPERATING EXPENSES

 

8.1 Tenant’s Obligation to Pay Common Operating Expenses. Beginning with the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to the Base Monthly Rent, Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses ( “Additional Rent” ). The Additional Rent due hereunder shall be paid to Landlord monthly, in advance, in an amount reasonably estimated by Landlord to be Landlord’s approximate average monthly expenditure for such Additional Rent, which estimated amount shall be reconciled at the end of each calendar year as compared to Landlord’s actual expenditure for said Additional Rent items, and, by April 1 of each calendar year, Landlord shall endeavor to provide to Tenant a statement (each, an “Expense Statement” ) showing the actual Additional Rent due to Landlord for the prior calendar year. If the total of the monthly payments of Additional Rent that Tenant has made for the prior calendar year is less than the actual Additional Rent chargeable to Tenant for such prior calendar year, with Tenant paying to Landlord, upon demand, any amount of actual expenses expended by Landlord in excess of said estimated amount, or Landlord applying any amount of estimated payments made by Tenant in excess of Landlord’s actual expenditures for said Additional Rent to Additional Rent next becoming due (or, if the Lease Term will expire before such credit can be fully utilized or if the Lease Term has already expired, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant in cash). The respective obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Article 8 shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease, and if the Lease Term shall expire or shall otherwise terminate on a day other than the last day of a calendar year, the actual Additional Rent incurred for the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires or otherwise terminates shall be determined and settled on the basis of the statement of actual Additional Rent for such calendar year and shall be prorated in the proportion which the number of days in such calendar year preceding such expiration or termination bears to 365.

 

8.2 Common Operating Expenses Defined. Subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 8.4, the term “Common Operating Expenses” shall be determined as if the Project were one hundred percent (100%) occupied and shall mean the following:

 

  8.2.1

All costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in doing the following (including payments to independent contractors providing services related to the performance of the following): (i) maintaining, cleaning, repairing and resurfacing the roof (including repair of leaks) and the exterior surfaces (including painting) of all buildings located on the Project and maintaining and repairing the structural components of the Building; (ii) maintenance of the liability, fire, property damage and any other insurance covering the Project carried by Landlord pursuant to Section 9.2 or otherwise (including the prepayment of premiums for coverage of up to one year); (iii) maintaining, repairing, operating and replacing when necessary HVAC equipment, utility facilities and other building service equipment; (iv) providing utilities to the Project (including lighting, trash removal and water for landscaping irrigation); (v) complying with all Laws and Private Restrictions applicable to the Project; (vi) operating,

 

Page 29 of 55


  maintaining, repairing, cleaning, painting, restriping and resurfacing the Common Area; (vii) replacement or installation of lighting fixtures, directional or other signs and signals, irrigation systems, trees, shrubs, ground cover and other plant materials, and all landscaping in the Common Area; and (viii) providing security;

 

  8.2.2 The following costs: (i) Real Property Taxes as defined in Section 8.3; (ii) the amount of any deductible paid by Landlord under any insurance maintained by Landlord; and (iii) that portion of all compensation (including benefits and premiums for workers’ compensation and other insurance) paid to or on behalf of employees of Landlord but only to the extent they are involved in the performance of the work described by Sections 8.2.1 or 8.2.4 that is fairly allocable to the Project;

 

  8.2.3 Commercially reasonable fees for management services or other third party rendered by either Landlord or a third party engaged by Landlord (which may be a party affiliated with Landlord), in an amount not to exceed two percent (2%) of Rent payable hereunder; and

 

  8.2.4 All additional costs and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the operation, protection, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Project which would be considered a current expense (and not a capital expenditure) pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles.

 

8.3

Real Property Taxes. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall mean all taxes, assessments, levies, and other charges of any kind or nature whatsoever, general and special, foreseen and unforeseen (including all installments of principal and interest required to pay any existing or future general or special assessments for public improvements, services or benefits, and any increases resulting from reassessments resulting from a change in ownership, new construction, or any other cause), now or hereafter imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or special district having the direct or indirect power to tax or levy assessments, which are levied or assessed against, or with respect to the value, occupancy or use of all or any portion of the Project (as now constructed or as may at any time hereafter be constructed, altered or otherwise changed) or Landlord’s interest therein, the fixtures, equipment and other property of Landlord, real or personal, that are an integral part of and located on the Project, the gross receipts, income, or rentals from the Project, or the use of parking areas, public utilities, or energy within the Project, or Landlord’s business of leasing the Project. If at any time during the Lease Term the method of taxation or assessment of the Project prevailing as of the Effective Date shall be altered so that in lieu of or in addition to any Real Property Taxes described above there shall be levied, assessed or imposed (whether by reason of a change in the method of taxation or assessment, creation of a new tax or charge, or any other cause) an alternate or additional tax or charge (i) on the value, use or occupancy of the Project or Landlord’s interest therein, or (ii) on or measured by the gross receipts, income or rentals from the Project, on Landlord’s business of leasing the Project, or computed in any manner with respect to the operation of the Project, then any such tax or charge, however designated, shall be included within the meaning of the term “Real Property Taxes” for purposes of this Lease. If any Real

 

Page 30 of 55


  Property Tax is based upon property or rents unrelated to the Project, then only that part of such Real Property Taxes that is fairly allocable to the Project shall be included within the meaning of the term “Real Property Taxes.” Notwithstanding the foregoing the term “Real Property Taxes” shall not include estate, inheritance, transfer, gift or franchise taxes of Landlord or the federal or state net income tax imposed on Landlord’s income from all sources. “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with appealing and/or contesting any Real Property Taxes.

 

8.4 Exclusions from Common Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the following expenses shall not be Common Operating Expenses:

 

  8.4.1 Costs of the original construction of the Building or of altering the Building in the future and costs of remedying latent defects in the design or construction of the Building.

 

  8.4.2 Costs of advertising, public relations, promotional events, leasing commissions, legal fees, space planning and architectural and engineering fees, construction allowances and costs, permit and licensing fees, moving expenses, other leasing concessions, and other costs incurred in procuring or retaining tenants for the Building or in building-out, renovating, fixturing, furnishing or otherwise improving space in the Building for the use of tenants.

 

  8.4.3 Salaries, wages and other compensation payable to any officer, executive or employee of Landlord above the level of building manager.

 

  8.4.4 Utilities and other similar expenses incurred directly by or on behalf of any tenant of the Building whose space is metered, submetered or checkmetered, and the cost of any overtime HVAC service provided to any tenant.

 

  8.4.5 Except as set forth in Section 8.2.3, the cost (including any foregone rent) of any on-site management or leasing office.

 

  8.4.6 Any expense for which Landlord receives or is entitled to receive reimbursement or coverage from insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, warranties, guaranties, or other third parties.

 

  8.4.7 Costs incurred in enforcing leases, or as a result of any default by Landlord or any tenant under a lease, or in connection with disputes with prospective or actual lenders, tenants, employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers, or ground lessors.

 

  8.4.8 Debt service, ground rent and costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing, mortgaging, or change of ownership of the Building; provided, however, any increase in Property Taxes shall be considered part of Common Operating Expenses.

 

Page 31 of 55


  8.4.9 General overhead, general administrative expenses, accounting, record-keeping and clerical support of Landlord or its managing agent (if any) and any costs associated with the on-going business operations of Landlord that are not related to the operation of the Project itself.

 

  8.4.10 Costs of a capital nature or costs that would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, except that the capital costs (amortized on a straight line basis over the useful life of the item) of capital replacements or improvements that are made to lower what would otherwise be Common Operating Expenses shall be included in Common Operating Expenses.

 

  8.4.11 Increased insurance premiums arising from Landlord’s or any other tenant’s dangerous or hazardous acts or for improvements in premises leased to other tenants.

 

  8.4.12 Costs arising from the presence of Hazardous Materials in, under or about the Building or the Project.

 

  8.4.13 Non-cash items such as deductions for depreciation and amortization, bad debt losses, rent losses and reserves.

 

  8.4.14 Costs of sculpture, paintings or other works of art, charitable, political or other contributions, and dues to professional, social or other organizations.

 

  8.4.15 Costs of defending Landlord’s title to the Building or the land on which it is located.

 

8.5

Tenant’s Right to Audit. Tenant, at its sole expense, shall have the right within thirty (30) days after the delivery of an Expense Statement to review and audit Landlord’s books and records regarding such Expense Statement for the sole purpose of determining the accuracy of such Expense Statement. Such review or audit shall be performed by a nationally recognized accounting firm that calculates its fees with respect to hours actually worked and that does not discount its time or rate (as opposed to a calculation based upon percentage of recoveries or other incentive arrangement), shall take place during normal business hours in the office of Landlord or Landlord’s property manager and shall be completed within three (3) business days after the commencement thereof. If Tenant does not so review or audit Landlord’s books and records, Landlord’s Expense Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant. In the event that Tenant determines on the basis of its review of Landlord’s books and records that the amount of Expenses paid by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 8 for the period covered by such Expense Statement (an “Expense Period” ) is less than or greater than the actual amount properly payable by Tenant under the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly pay any deficiency to Landlord or, if Landlord concurs with the results of such audit in its reasonable discretion, Landlord shall promptly refund any excess payment to Tenant, as the case may be. In the event such audit determines that the actual amount of Expenses paid by Tenant during any Expense Period exceeds the amount properly payable by Tenant hereunder during such Expense Period by an amount greater than six percent (6%) of the

 

Page 32 of 55


  actual Expenses properly chargeable to Tenant during such Expense Period, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant (in the form of a credit against the Rent next coming due hereunder or, if the Term has previously expired, in the form of a direct payment) for the reasonable costs of such audit. For purposes of determining whether the actual amount of Expenses paid by Tenant during an Expense Period exceeds the amount properly payable by Tenant hereunder by more than six percent (6%), the parties shall take into account amounts improperly included by Landlord in the calculation of Expenses, but specifically excluding any amount attributable to a disagreement over or an improper determination of an amortization period. By way of example only, the parties shall take into account an amount charged to Tenant but specifically excluded under the list set forth in Section 8.4 above, but shall disregard any excess amount improperly included within Expenses attributable to Landlord’s utilization of an incorrect amortization period for capital expenses.

ARTICLE 9

INSURANCE

 

9.1 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall maintain insurance complying with all of the following:

 

  9.1.1 Tenant shall procure, pay for and keep in full force and effect the following:

 

  9.1.1.1 Commercial general liability insurance, including property damage, against liability for personal injury, bodily injury, death and damage to property occurring in or about, or resulting from an occurrence in or about, the Premises with combined single limit coverage of not less than the amount of Tenant’s Liability Insurance Minimum specified in Section Q of the Summary, which insurance shall contain a “contractual liability” endorsement insuring Tenant’s performance of Tenant’s obligation to indemnify Landlord contained in Section 10.3;

 

  9.1.1.2 Such other insurance that from time to time is either (i) reasonably required by any Lender, or (ii) reasonably required by Landlord and customarily carried by tenants of similar property in similar businesses in the vicinity of the Project; and

 

  9.1.1.3 A policy or policies of fire and property damage insurance in “all risk” form with a sprinkler leakage endorsement insuring the personal property, inventory, trade fixtures, and leasehold improvements within the Premises, including, but not limited to, the Tenant Trade Fixtures and the Tenant Alterations, for the full replacement value thereof. The proceeds from any of such policies shall be used for the repair or replacement of leasehold improvements, and, if desired by Tenant, such other items so insured. Tenant shall also maintain a policy or policies of worker’s compensation insurance and any other employee benefit insurance sufficient to comply with all laws.

 

Page 33 of 55


  9.1.2 Each policy of insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Section 9.1: (i) shall name Landlord and such other parties in interest as Landlord reasonably designates as additional insured; (ii) shall be primary insurance which provides that the insurer shall be liable for the full amount of the loss up to and including the total amount of liability set forth in the declarations without the right of contribution from any other insurance coverage of Landlord; (iii) shall be in a form satisfactory to Landlord; (iv) shall be carried with companies reasonably acceptable to Landlord and having a rating of A+, VIII or better in “Best’s Insurance Guide;” (v) shall provide that such policy shall not be subject to cancellation, lapse or change except after at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord; (vi) shall not have a “deductible” in excess of such amount as is reasonably approved by Landlord; (vii) shall contain a cross liability endorsement; (viii) shall contain a “severability” clause; and (ix) shall be in such form and include such endorsements as may be reasonably required by any Lender or insurance advisor of Landlord. If Tenant has in full force and effect a blanket policy of liability insurance with the same coverage for the Premises as described above, as well as other coverage of other premises and properties of Tenant, or in which Tenant has some interest, such blanket insurance shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 9.1 provided such blanket insurance shall have a Landlord’s protective liability endorsement attached thereto in a form acceptable to Landlord.

 

  9.1.3 A copy of each paid-up policy evidencing the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Section 9.1 (appropriately authenticated by the insurer) or a certificate of the insurer, certifying that such policy has been issued, providing the coverage required by this Section 9.1, and containing the provisions specified herein, shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the time Tenant or any of its Agents enters the Premises and upon renewal of such policies, but not less than five (5) days prior to the expiration of the term of such coverage. Landlord may, at any time, and from time to time, inspect and/or copy any and all insurance policies required to be procured by Tenant pursuant to this Section 9.1. If any Lender or insurance advisor reasonably determines at any time that the amount of coverage required for any policy of insurance Tenant is to obtain pursuant to this Section 9.1 is not adequate, then Tenant shall increase such coverage for such insurance to such amount as such Lender or insurance advisor reasonably deems adequate.

 

9.2 Landlord’s Insurance. Landlord shall have the following obligations and options regarding insurance:

 

  9.2.1

Landlord shall maintain a policy or policies of fire and property damage insurance in so-called “all risk” form insuring Landlord (and such others as Landlord may designate) against loss of rents for a period of not less than eighteen (18) months and from physical damage to the Project with coverage of not less than the full replacement cost thereof. Landlord may so insure the Project separately, or may insure the Project with other property owned by Landlord which Landlord elects to insure together under the same policy or policies. Such fire and property damage insurance (i) may be endorsed to cover loss caused by such additional

 

Page 34 of 55


  perils against which Landlord may elect to insure, including, without limitation, earthquake and/or flood, and to provide such additional coverage as Landlord reasonably requires, and (ii) shall contain reasonable “deductibles” which, in the case of earthquake and flood insurance, may be up to fifteen percent (15%) of the replacement value of the property insured or such higher amount as is then commercially reasonable. Landlord shall not be required to cause such insurance to cover any Trade Fixtures or Tenant’s Alterations.

 

  9.2.2 Landlord shall maintain a policy or policies of commercial general liability insurance insuring Landlord (and such others as are designated by Landlord) against liability for personal injury, bodily injury, death and damage to property occurring or resulting from an occurrence in, on or about the Project, with combined single limit coverage in such amount as Landlord from time to time determines is reasonably necessary for its protection.

 

9.3 Tenant’s Obligation to Reimburse. If Landlord’s insurance rates for the Project are increased at any time during the Lease Term as a result of the nature of Tenant’s use of the Premises, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the full amount of such increase within fifteen (15) days following receipt of a bill from Landlord therefor.

 

9.4 Release and Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives all rights of recovery against the other and the other’s Agents on account of loss and damage occasioned to the property of such waiving party to the extent only that such loss or damage is required to be insured against under any “all risk” property insurance policies required by this Article 9; provided, however, that (i) the foregoing waiver shall not apply to the extent of Tenant’s obligations to pay deductibles under any such policies and this Lease, and (ii) if any loss is due to the act, omission or negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, guests or invitees, Tenant’s liability insurance shall be primary and shall cover all losses and damages prior to any other insurance hereunder. By this waiver it is the intent of the parties that neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to any insurance company (by way of subrogation or otherwise) insuring the other party for any loss or damage insured against under any “all-risk” property insurance policies required by this Article 9, even though such loss or damage might be occasioned by the negligence of such party or its Agents. The provisions of this Section 9.4 shall not limit the indemnification, hold harmless and/or defense provisions elsewhere contained in this Lease.

ARTICLE 10

LIMITATION ON LANDLORD’S

LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

 

10.1

Limitation on Landlord’s Liability. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, nor shall Tenant be entitled to terminate this Lease or to any abatement of rent (except as expressly provided otherwise herein), for any injury to Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, damage to the property of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or loss to Tenant’s business resulting from any cause, including, without limitation, any of the following: (i) failure, interruption or

 

Page 35 of 55


  installation of any HVAC or other utility system or service; (ii) failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any utilities or services when such failure or delay is caused by fire or other peril, the elements, labor disturbances of any character, or any other accidents or any other conditions; (iii) limitation, curtailment, rationing or restriction on the use of water or electricity, gas or any other form of energy or any services or utility serving the Project; (iv) vandalism or forcible entry by unauthorized persons or the criminal act of any person; (v) penetration of water into or onto any portion of the Premises or the Building through roof leaks or otherwise; or (vi) any patent defect to the Premises, Building or Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to Section 9.4 and Section 10.2, Landlord shall be liable for any such injury, damage or loss to the extent caused by Landlord’s or Landlord’s Agents willful misconduct or gross negligence; provided, however, notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for lost profits, consequential damages and/or incidental damages of any kind or nature.

 

10.2 Limitation on Tenant’s Recourse. If Landlord is a corporation, trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, unincorporated association or other form of business entity: (i) the obligations of Landlord shall not constitute personal obligations of the officers, directors, trustees, partners, joint venturers, members, managers, owners, stockholders, or other principals or representatives of such business entity, and (ii) Tenant shall not have recourse to the assets of such of officers, directors, trustees, partners, joint venturers, members, managers, owners, stockholders, principals or representatives except to the extent of their interest in the Project. Tenant hereby waives and releases the officers, directors, trustees, partners, joint venturers, members, managers, owners, stockholders, principals or representative from personal liability for the obligations of Landlord under this Lease, and Tenant shall have recourse only to the interest of Landlord in the Project for the satisfaction of the obligations of Landlord hereunder and shall not have recourse to any other assets of Landlord for the satisfaction of such obligations. The limitations of this Section do not apply to any entitlement Tenant may have for the return of the Rental Fee pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Lease.

 

10.3 Indemnification of Landlord. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant shall hold harmless, indemnify and defend Landlord, and its Agents, with competent counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (and Landlord agrees to accept counsel that any insurer requires be used), from all liability, penalties, losses, damages, costs, expenses, causes of action, claims and/or judgments arising by reason of any death, bodily injury, personal injury or property damage resulting from (i) any cause or causes whatsoever (other than to the extent of the negligence 7of Landlord) occurring in or about or resulting from an occurrence in or about the Premises during the Lease Term, (ii) the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its Agents, wherever the same may occur, or (iii) an Event of Tenant’s Default. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

Page 36 of 55


ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE TO PREMISES

 

11.1 Landlord’s Duty to Restore. If the Premises are damaged by any peril after the Effective Date, Landlord shall restore the Premises unless the Lease is terminated by Landlord pursuant to Section 11.2 or by Tenant pursuant to Section 11.3. All insurance proceeds available from the fire and property damage insurance carried by Landlord pursuant to Section 9.2 shall be paid to and become the property of Landlord. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to either Section 11.2 or Section 11.3, then all insurance proceeds available from insurance carried by Tenant which covers loss to property that is Landlord’s property or would become Landlord’s property on expiration or termination of this Lease shall be paid to and become the property of Landlord. If this Lease is not so terminated then upon receipt of the insurance proceeds (if the loss is covered by insurance) and the issuance of all necessary governmental permits, Landlord shall commence and diligently prosecute to completion the restoration of the Premises, to the extent then allowed by Law, to substantially the same condition in which the Premises were immediately prior to such damage. Landlord’s obligation to restore shall be limited to the Premises and interior improvements constructed by Landlord as they existed as of the Commencement Date, excluding any Tenant’s Alterations, Trade Fixtures and/or personal property constructed or installed by Tenant in the Premises. Tenant shall forthwith replace or fully repair all Tenant’s Alterations and Trade Fixtures installed by Tenant and existing at the time of such damage or destruction, and all insurance proceeds received by Tenant from the insurance carried by it pursuant to Section 9.1.1.2 shall be used for such purpose.

 

11.2 Landlord’s Right to Terminate. Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in the event any of the following occurs, which right may be exercised by delivery to Tenant of a written notice of election to terminate within forty-five (45) days after the date of such damage:

 

  11.2.1 The Project is damaged by an Insured Peril to such an extent that the estimated cost to restore exceeds ten percent (10%) of the then actual replacement cost thereof, or the Premises is damaged to such an extent that the estimated cost to restore exceeds twenty-five percent (25%) of the then actual replacement cost thereof, unless Tenant volunteers to pay the excess replacement cost and provides Landlord with reasonable assurances of Tenant’s ability to so pay;

 

  11.2.2 Either the Project or the Building is damaged by an Uninsured Peril to such an extent that the estimated cost to restore exceeds two percent (2%) of the then actual replacement cost of the Building, unless Tenant volunteers to pay the excess replacement cost and provides Landlord with reasonable assurances of Tenant’s ability to so pay;

 

  11.2.3 The Premises are materially damaged by any peril within twelve (12) months of the last day of the Lease Term; or

 

Page 37 of 55


  11.2.4 Either the Project or the Building is damaged by any peril and, because of the Laws then in force, (i) cannot be restored at reasonable cost to substantially the same condition in which it was prior to such damage, or (ii) cannot be used for the same use being made thereof before such damage if restored as required by this Article.

 

  11.2.5 As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings: (i) the term “Insured Peril” shall mean a peril actually insured against for which the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord (and which are not required to be paid to any Lender) are sufficient (except for any “deductible” amount specified by such insurance) to restore the Project under then existing Laws to the condition existing immediately prior to the damage and any peril which would have been an Insured Peril but for the failure of the Landlord to carry insurance required to be carried hereunder; and (ii) the term “Uninsured Peril” shall mean any peril which is not an Insured Peril. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the “deductible” for earthquake or flood insurance, if any, exceeds two percent (2%) of the replacement cost of the improvements insured, the excess deductible shall, at Landlord’s election, be deemed an “Uninsured Peril” for purposes of this Lease.

 

11.3 Tenant’s Right to Terminate. If the Premises are damaged by any peril and Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease or is not entitled to terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 11.2, then as soon as reasonably practicable, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with the written opinion of Landlord’s architect or construction consultant as to when the restoration work required of Landlord may be completed. Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease in the event any of the following occurs, which right may be exercised only by delivery to Landlord of a written notice of election to terminate within thirty (30) days after Tenant receives from Landlord the estimate of the time needed to complete such restoration.

 

  11.3.1 The Premises are damaged by any peril and, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s architect or construction consultant, the restoration of the Premises cannot be substantially completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of such damage; or

 

  11.3.2 The Premises are damaged by any peril within twelve (12) months of the last day of the Lease Term and, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s architect or construction consultant, the restoration of the Premises cannot be substantially completed within ninety (90) days after the date of such damage.

 

11.4 Abatement of Rent. In the event of damage to the Premises which does not result in the termination of this Lease, the Base Monthly Rent and Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses shall be temporarily abated during the period of restoration in proportion to the degree to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired by such damage. Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of Tenant’s business or property or for any inconvenience or annoyance caused by such damage or restoration. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) and the provisions of any similar law hereinafter enacted.

 

Page 38 of 55


ARTICLE 12

CONDEMNATION

 

12.1 Total Taking—Premises. If title to the Premises or so much thereof is taken for any public or quasi-public use under any statute or by right of eminent domain so that reconstruction of the Premises will not result in the Premises being reasonably suitable for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the uses and purposes permitted by this Lease, this Lease shall terminate as of the date possession of the Premises or part thereof is so taken.

 

12.2 Partial Taking—Project. If title to ten percent (10%) or more of the improved portion of the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under any statute or by right of eminent domain, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date possession of such portion of the Project is so taken by providing Tenant with written notice thereof no less than sixty (60) days prior to possession being so taken. Termination of this Lease by Landlord hereunder shall be done in a non-discriminatory manner.

 

12.3 Partial Taking—Premises. If any part of the Premises is taken for any public or quasi-public use under any statute or by right of eminent domain and the remaining part is reasonably suitable for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the uses permitted by this Lease, this Lease shall, as to the part so taken, terminate as of the date possession of such part of the Premises is taken and Base Monthly Rent and Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses shall be reduced in the same proportion that the floor area of the portion of the Premises so taken (less any addition thereto by reason of any reconstruction) bears to the original floor area of the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Landlord shall, at its own cost and expense, make all necessary repairs and alterations to the Premises so as to make the portion of the Premises not taken a complete architectural unit. Such work shall not, however, exceed the scope of the work done by Landlord in originally constructing the Premises. If severance damages from the condemning authority are not available to Landlord in sufficient amounts to permit such restoration, Landlord may terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant. Base Monthly Rent and Tenant’s Share of Common Operating Expenses due and payable hereunder shall be temporarily abated during such restoration period in proportion to the degree to which there is substantial interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Each party hereby waives the provisions of Sections 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure and any present or future law allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease in the event of a partial taking of the Building or the Premises.

 

12.4

No Apportionment of Award. No award for any partial or total taking shall be apportioned, it being agreed and understood that Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award for any partial or entire taking. Tenant assigns to Landlord its interest in any award which may be made in such taking or condemnation, together with any and all

 

Page 39 of 55


  rights of Tenant arising in or to the same or any part thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or require Tenant to assign to Landlord any separate award made to Tenant to the extent that Tenant’s separate award does not interfere with Landlord’s award.

 

12.5 Temporary Taking. No temporary taking of the Premises (which for purposes hereof shall mean a taking of all or any part of the Premises for one hundred eighty (180) days or less) shall terminate this Lease or give Tenant any right to abatement or reduction in Rent. Any award made to Tenant by reason of such temporary taking shall belong entirely to Tenant and Landlord shall not be entitled to share therein. Each party agrees to execute and deliver to the other all instruments that may be required to effectuate the provisions of this Section 12.5.

 

12.6 Sale Under Threat of Condemnation. A sale made in good faith to any authority having the power of eminent domain, either under threat of condemnation or while condemnation proceedings are pending, shall be deemed a taking under the power of eminent domain for all purposes of this Article 12.

ARTICLE 13

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

13.1 Events of Tenant’s Default. Tenant shall be in default of its obligations under this Lease if any of the following events occurs (an “ Event of Tenant’s Default ”):

 

  13.1.1 Tenant shall have failed to pay any Rent, including, but not limited to, Base Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and the Rental Fee, when due, and such failure is not cured within three (3) days after delivery of written notice from Landlord or Landlord’s counsel specifying such failure to pay; or

 

  13.1.2 Tenant shall have failed to perform any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease except those requiring the payment of Rent, and Tenant shall have failed to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord specifying the nature of such breach where such breach could reasonably be cured within said thirty (30) day period, or if such breach could not be reasonably cured within said thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall have failed to commence such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter continue with due diligence to prosecute such cure to completion within such time period as is reasonably needed but not to exceed ninety (90) days from the date of Landlord’s notice; or

 

  13.1.3 Tenant shall have sublet the Premises or assigned its interest in the Lease in violation of the provisions contained in Article 14; or

 

  13.1.4 Tenant shall have abandoned the Premises; or

 

Page 40 of 55


  13.1.5 The occurrence of the following: (i) the making by Tenant of any general arrangements or assignments for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Tenant becomes a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed or stayed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within sixty (60) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within sixty (60) days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this Section 13.1.5 is contrary to any applicable Law, such provision shall be of no force or effect;

 

  13.1.6 Tenant shall have failed to deliver documents required of it pursuant to Section 15.4 or Section 15.6 within the time periods specified therein; or

 

  13.1.7 Chronic delinquency by Tenant in the payment of any Rent. For purposes of this Lease, “ Chronic delinquency ” shall mean failure by Tenant to pay within five (5) days of the due date any Base Monthly Rent for any three (3) months (consecutive or non-consecutive) during any calendar year during the Lease Term. This section shall in no way limit, nor be construed as a waiver of the rights and remedies of Landlord provided hereunder or by law in the event of even one (1) instance of delinquency in the payment of Rent by Tenant. In the event of chronic delinquency, at Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right, in addition to all other rights under this Lease and at law, to require that all Rent be paid by Tenant on a quarterly basis, in advance.

 

13.2 Landlord’s Remedies. If an Event of Tenant’s Default occurs, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by any Law or otherwise provided in this Lease, to which Landlord may resort to cumulatively or in the alternative:

 

  13.2.1 Landlord may keep this Lease in effect and enforce by an action at law or in equity all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including (i) the right to recover the rent and other sums as they become due by appropriate legal action, (ii) the right to make payments required of Tenant or perform Tenant’s obligations and be reimbursed by Tenant for the cost thereof with interest at the Agreed Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid by Landlord until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant, and (iii) the remedies of injunctive relief and specific performance to compel Tenant to perform its obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease, in the event of a breach of an obligation by Tenant which results in a condition which poses an imminent danger to safety of persons or damage to property, an unsightly condition visible from the exterior of the Building, or a threat to insurance coverage, then if Tenant does not cure such breach within three (3) days after delivery to it of written notice from Landlord identifying the breach, Landlord may cure the breach of Tenant and be reimbursed by Tenant for the cost thereof with interest at the Agreed Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid by Landlord until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.

 

Page 41 of 55


  13.2.2 Landlord may enter the Premises and re-lease them to third parties for Tenant’s account for any period, whether shorter or longer than the remaining Lease Term. Tenant shall be liable immediately to Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs in releasing the Premises, including, without limitation, brokers’ commissions, expenses of altering and preparing the Premises required by the releasing. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the rent and other sums due under this Lease on the date the rent is due, less the rent and other sums Landlord received from any releasing. No act by Landlord allowed by this subparagraph shall terminate this Lease unless Landlord notices Tenant in writing that Landlord elects to terminate this Lease. Notwithstanding any releasing without termination, Landlord may later elect to terminate this Lease because of the default by Tenant.

 

  13.2.3 Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice of termination, in which event this Lease shall terminate on the date set forth for termination in such notice. Any termination under this Section 13.2.3 shall not relieve Tenant from its obligation to pay sums then due Landlord or from any claim against Tenant for damages or rent previously accrued or then accruing. In no event shall any one or more of the following actions by Landlord, in the absence of a written election by Landlord to terminate this Lease, constitute a termination of this Lease: (i) appointment of a receiver or keeper in order to protect Landlord’s interest hereunder; (ii) consent to any subletting of the Premises or assignment of this Lease by Tenant, whether pursuant to the provisions hereof or otherwise; or (iii) any other action by Landlord or Landlord’s Agents intended to mitigate the adverse effects of any breach of this Lease by Tenant, including, without limitation, any action taken to maintain and preserve the Premises or any action taken to relet the Premises or any portions thereof to the event such actions do not affect a termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises.

 

  13.2.4 In the event Tenant breaches this Lease and abandons the Premises, this Lease shall not terminate unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of its election to so terminate this Lease. No act by or on behalf of Landlord intended to mitigate the adverse effect of such breach, including those described by Section 13.2.3, shall constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of termination. Should Landlord not terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice, Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease and/or any Laws, including, without limitation, the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the express standards and conditions set forth in Article 14 below relating to assignments of this Lease and sublettings of the Premises are reasonable at the time this Lease is executed by Tenant.

 

  13.2.5

In the event Landlord terminates this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled, at Landlord’s election, to damages in an amount as set forth in California Civil Code Section 1951.2 as in effect on the Effective Date. For purposes of computing

 

Page 42 of 55


  damages pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.2, (i) an interest rate equal to the Agreed Interest Rate shall be used where permitted, and (iii) the term “rent” includes Base Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and the Rental Fee. Such damages shall include, without limitation:

 

  13.2.5.1 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided, computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%); and

 

  13.2.5.2 Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including the following: (i) expenses for cleaning, repairing or restoring the Premises; (ii) expenses for altering, remodeling or otherwise improving the Premises for the purpose of reletting, including installation of leasehold improvements (whether such installation be funded by a reduction of rent, direct payment or allowance to a new tenant, or otherwise); (iii) broker’s fees, advertising costs and other expenses of reletting the Premises; (iv) costs of carrying the Premises, such as taxes, insurance premiums, utilities and security precautions; (v) expenses in retaking possession of the Premises; and (vi) attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by Landlord in retaking possession of the Premises and in releasing the Premises or otherwise incurred as a result of Tenant’s default.

 

  13.2.6 Nothing in this Section 13.2 shall limit Landlord’s right to indemnification from Tenant as provided in Section 7.2 and Section 10.3. Any notice given by Landlord in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 13.1.1 or 13.1.2 above shall also satisfy the notice requirements of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 regarding unlawful detainer proceedings.

 

13.3 Waiver. One party’s consent to or approval of any act by the other party requiring the first party’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary the first party’s consent to or approval of any subsequent similar act by the other party. The receipt by Landlord of any rent or payment with or without knowledge of the breach of any other provision hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of any such breach unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Landlord. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy accruing to either party upon any breach by the other party under this Lease shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver of any such breach theretofore or thereafter occurring. The waiver by either party of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or of any other provisions herein contained.

 

Page 43 of 55


13.4 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

13.5 Waiver by Tenant of Certain Remedies. Tenant waives the provisions of Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and any similar or successor law regarding Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease or to make repairs and deduct the expenses of such repairs from the rent due under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives any right of redemption or relief from forfeiture under the laws of the State of California, or under any other present or future law, including, without limitation, the provisions of Sections 1174 and 1179 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

 

13.6 Landlord’s Default. Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by it hereunder except for the provision of services pursuant to Sections 6.2 and 7.4 unless and until it has failed to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Tenant to Landlord (and any Lender who have provided Tenant with notice) specifying the nature of such default; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. Tenant expressly waives any right to terminate this Lease or to claim a constructive eviction by reason of any default by Landlord hereunder.

 

13.7 Limitation of Landlord Liability. In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Tenant and all successors and assigns covenant and agree that, in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord: (i) the sole and exclusive remedy and source of recovery for any judgment or award shall be against Landlord’s interest in the Premises, except for any obligation Landlord may have under Section 2.4 of this Lease to return the Rental Fee; (ii) no partner, member, shareholder or other owner of any entity that is the Landlord (collectively, “ Landlord Owner ”) shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership); (iii) no service of process shall be made against any Landlord Owner (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of Landlord); (iv) no Landlord Owner shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process; (v) no judgment will be taken against any Landlord Owner except for any obligation Landlord may have under Section 2.4 of this Lease to return the Rental Fee; (vi) any judgment taken against any Landlord Owner may be vacated and set aside at any time without hearing except any relating to Landlord’s obligation to return the Rental Fee if required to do so by the terms of Section 2.4 of this Lease; (vii) no writ of execution will ever be levied against the assets of any Landlord Owner except for any obligation Landlord may have to return the Rental Fee under the terms of Section 2.4 of this Lease; and (viii) these covenants and agreements are enforceable both by Landlord and by any Landlord Owner. Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing covenants and agreements shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by statute or at common law.

 

Page 44 of 55


ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING,

 

14.1 Transfer By Tenant. The following provisions shall apply to any assignment, subletting or other transfer by Tenant or any subtenant or assignee or other successor in interest of the original Tenant (collectively referred to in this Section 14.1 as Tenant ):

 

  14.1.1 Tenant shall not do any of the following (collectively referred to herein as a “Transfer” ), whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (subject to Section 14.1.2 and Section 14.1.4 below): (i) sublet all or any part of the Premises or allow it to be sublet, occupied or used by any person or entity other than Tenant or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of Tenant; or (ii) assign its interest in this Lease except to any third party who acquires, merges with, or consolidates with Tenant or to any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of Tenant. In no event shall Tenant mortgage or encumber the Lease (or otherwise use the Lease as a security device) in any manner, or materially amend or modify an assignment, sublease or other transfer that has been previously approved by Landlord. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in connection with the evaluation, processing and/or documentation of any requested Transfer, whether or not Landlord’s consent is granted. Landlord’s reasonable costs shall include the cost of any review or investigation performed by Landlord or consultant acting on Landlord’s behalf of (a) Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 7.2.6 of this Lease) used, stored, released, or disposed of by the potential subtenant or assignee, and/or (b) violations of Hazardous Materials Law (as defined in Section 7.2.6 of this Lease) by Tenant or the proposed subtenant or assignee. Any Transfer so approved by Landlord shall not be effective until Tenant has delivered to Landlord an executed counterpart of the document evidencing the Transfer which (x) is in a form reasonably approved by Landlord, (y) contains the same terms and conditions as stated in Tenant’s notice given to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1.2, and (z) in the case of an assignment of the Lease, contains the agreement of the proposed transferee to assume all obligations of Tenant under this Lease arising after the effective date of such Transfer and to remain jointly and severally liable therefor with Tenant. Except as set forth above, any attempted Transfer without Landlord’s consent shall constitute an Event of Tenant’s Default and shall be voidable at Landlord’s option. Landlord’s consent to any one Transfer shall not constitute a waiver of the provisions of this Section 14.1 as to any subsequent Transfer or a consent to any subsequent Transfer. No Transfer, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant of its personal and primary obligation to pay the rent and to perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of rent by Landlord from any person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease nor to be a consent to any Transfer.

 

Page 45 of 55


  14.1.2 At least thirty (30) days before a proposed Transfer is to become effective, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the proposed terms of such Transfer and request Landlord’s approval, which notice shall include the following: (i) the name and legal composition of the proposed transferee; (ii) a current financial statement of the transferee, financial statements of the transferee covering the preceding three (3) years if the same exist, and (if available) an audited financial statement of the transferee for a period ending not more than one year prior to the proposed effective date of the Transfer, all of which statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (iii) the nature of the proposed transferee’s business to be carried out in the Premises; (iv) all consideration to be given on account of the Transfer; (v) a current financial statement of Tenant; and (vi) an accurately filled out response to Landlord’s then-standard Hazardous Materials Questionnaire or Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate, if any. Tenant shall provide to Landlord such other information as may be reasonably requested by Landlord within seven (7) days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice from Tenant. Landlord shall respond in writing to Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent to a Transfer within the later of (a) fifteen (15) business days of receipt of such request together with the required accompanying documentation, or (b) seven (7) days after Landlord’s receipt of all information which Landlord reasonably requests within seven (7) days after it receives Tenant’s first notice regarding the Transfer in question. If Landlord fails to respond in writing within said period, Landlord will be deemed to have withheld it consent to the Transfer in question. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any material modification to the proposed terms of such Transfer. Provided Landlord actually receives Tenant’s written notice of proposed Transfer required to be given pursuant to this Section 14.1.2, Landlord shall respond to such notice in a timely fashion.

 

  14.1.3 Tenant agrees, by way of example and without limitation, that its shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to a proposed Transfer if any of the following situations exist or may exist:

 

  14.1.3.1 Landlord determines that the proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s use of the Premises conflicts with Article 4 above, presents an unacceptable risk, as determined by Landlord, under Section 7.2 above, or conflicts with any other provision under this Lease;

 

  14.1.3.2 Landlord determines that the proposed assignee or sublessee is not as financially responsible as Tenant as of the Effective Date;

 

  14.1.3.3 An Event of Tenant’s Default (or any act or omission which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Tenant’s Default) has occurred and is continuing at the time of Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent, or as of the effective date of such assignment or subletting;

 

Page 46 of 55


  14.1.3.4 Landlord determines that the proposed assignment or subletting would breach a covenant, condition or restriction in some other lease, financing agreement or other agreement relating to the Project, the Building, the Premises or this Lease;

 

  14.1.3.5 The proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s use of the Premises would place additional burdens on the Project and/or its operation, including, without limitation, the Common Area and the utilities.

 

  14.1.4 If Landlord consents to a Transfer proposed by Tenant, Tenant may enter into such Transfer, and if Tenant does so, the following shall apply:

 

  14.1.4.1 Tenant shall not be released of its liability for the performance of all of its obligations under this Lease.

 

  14.1.4.2 If Tenant assigns its interest in this Lease, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of all Transfer Consideration (as defined in Section 14.1.4.5) received by Tenant over and above (i) the assignee’s agreement to assume the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and (ii) all Permitted Transfer Costs related to such assignment. In the case of assignment, the amount of Transfer Consideration owed to Landlord shall be paid to Landlord on the same basis, whether periodic or in lump sum, that such Transfer Consideration is paid to Tenant by the assignee.

 

  14.1.4.3 If Tenant sublets any part of the Premises, then with respect to the space so subleased, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of the positive difference, if any, between (i) all Transfer Consideration paid by the subtenant to Tenant, less (ii) the sum of all Base Monthly Rent and Tenant’s Share of Common Area Expenses allocable to the space sublet and all Permitted Transfer Costs related to such sublease. Such amount shall be paid to Landlord on the same basis, whether periodic or in lump sum, that such Transfer Consideration is paid to Tenant by its subtenant. In calculating Landlord’s share of any periodic payments, all Permitted Transfer Costs shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the assignment or sublease in question and such amortized amount shall first recovered by Tenant on a monthly basis over the term of the assignment or sublease in question.

 

  14.1.4.4

Tenant’s obligations under this Section 14.1.4 shall survive any Transfer, and Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder shall be an Event of Tenant’s Default. At the time Tenant makes any payment to Landlord required by this Section 14.1.4, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an itemized statement of the method by which the amount to which Landlord is entitled was calculated, certified by Tenant as true and correct. Landlord shall have the right at reasonable

 

Page 47 of 55


intervals to inspect Tenant’s books and records relating to the payments due hereunder. Upon request therefor, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of all bills, invoices or other documents upon which its calculations are based. Landlord may condition its approval of any Transfer upon obtaining a certification from both Tenant and the proposed transferee of all Transfer Consideration and other amounts that are to be paid to Tenant in connection with such Transfer.

 

  14.1.4.5 As used in this Section 14.1.4, the term “ Transfer Consideration ” shall mean any consideration of any kind received, or to be received, by Tenant as a result of the Transfer, if such sums are related to Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises, including payments from or on behalf of the transferee (in excess of the book value thereof) for Tenant’s assets, fixtures, leasehold improvements, inventory, accounts, goodwill, equipment, furniture, and general intangibles. As used in this Section 14.1.5, the term “ Permitted Transfer Costs ” shall mean (i) all reasonable leasing commissions paid to third parties not affiliated with Tenant in order to obtain the Transfer in question, (ii) all reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant with respect to negotiating the Transfer in question, and (iii) all tenant improvement allowances, build-out costs, moving expenses and other concessions or inducements given by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord to the assignee or subtenant in connection with the Transfer.

 

  14.1.5 The sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets (other than bulk sales in the ordinary course of business), any dissolution of Tenant, or, if Tenant is a corporation, an unincorporated association, a partnership or a limited liability company, the transfer, assignment and/or hypothecation of any stock or other interest in such corporation, association, partnership or limited liability company in the aggregate in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) during the Term (except for publicly traded shares of stock constituting a transfer of twenty-five percent (25%) or more in the aggregate, so long as no change in the controlling interests of Tenant occurs as a result thereof) shall be deemed an assignment within the meaning and provisions of this Article 14. As used in this Section 14.1.5, the term “ Tenant ” shall mean Tenant and/or any person or entity that owns, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, Tenant (e.g., a parent corporation of Tenant).

 

14.2 Transfer By Landlord. Landlord and its successors in interest shall have the right to transfer their interest in this Lease, the Building and the Project at any time and to any person or entity. In the event of any such transfer, the Landlord originally named herein (and, in the case of any subsequent transfer, the transferor) from the date of such transfer, shall be automatically relieved, without any further act by any person or entity, of all liability for the performance of the obligations of the Landlord hereunder which may accrue after the date of such transfer. After the date of any such transfer, the term “ Landlord ” as used herein shall mean the applicable transferee of such interest in the Premises.

 

Page 48 of 55


ARTICLE 15

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

15.1 Landlord’s Right to Enter. Landlord and its Agents may enter the Premises at any reasonable time after giving reasonable prior written or verbal notice to Tenant and if Tenant provides an employee or agent to escort the persons entering the Premises and such employee or agent is available at said time (except in the case of any emergency or regularly scheduled services, in which case no escort or prior notice shall be required) for the purpose of: (i) inspecting the same; (ii) posting notices of non-responsibility; (iii) supplying any service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant; (iv) showing the Premises to prospective purchasers, Lenders or, during the last six (6) months of the Lease Term, tenants; (v) making necessary alterations, additions or repairs; (vi) performing Tenant’s obligations when Tenant has failed to do so after written notice from Landlord; (vii) placing upon the Premises ordinary “for lease” signs during the last six (6) months of the Lease Term or “for sale” signs; and (viii) responding to an emergency. Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means Landlord may deem necessary and proper to enter the Premises in an emergency. Any entry into the Premises obtained by Landlord in accordance with this Section 15.1 shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises. In exercising its rights under this Section, Landlord shall treat as confidential and shall cause its Agents to treat as confidential any information obtained or learned about Tenant’s business and manufacturing processes; Landlord shall not use and shall cause its Agents to not use any such information to compete with Tenant or make any such information available to competitors of Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby arising from any entry by Landlord or its Agents in accordance with this Section.

 

15.2

Surrender of the Premises. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and provided Tenant has fully complied with the provisions of Section 7.2.5 (and other applicable sections), Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as existed on the Commencement Date, except for (i) reasonable wear and tear, (ii) damage caused by any casualty not caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents or condemnation, and (iii) contamination by Hazardous Materials for which Tenant is not responsible pursuant to Article 7. In this regard, normal wear and tear shall be construed to mean wear and tear caused to the Premises by the natural aging process which occurs in spite of prudent application of the best standards for maintenance, repair and janitorial practices, and does not include items of neglected or deferred maintenance. If Landlord so requests, Tenant shall, prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, (y) remove any Tenant’s Alterations which Tenant is required to remove pursuant to Section 5.2 and repair all damage caused by such removal, and (z) except for any Tenant’s Alterations that Tenant is not required to remove, return the Premises or any part thereof

 

Page 49 of 55


  to its original configuration existing as of the time the Premises were delivered to Tenant. If the Premises are not so surrendered upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in returning the Premises to the required condition, plus interest on all costs incurred at the Agreed Interest Rate. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against loss or liability resulting from delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises, including, without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant or losses to Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease to succeeding tenants.

 

15.3 Holding Over. This Lease shall terminate without further notice at the expiration of the Lease Term. Any holding over by Tenant after expiration of the Lease Term shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease or give Tenant any rights in or to the Premises except as expressly provided in this Lease. Any holding over after such expiration with the written consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month on the same terms and conditions herein specified insofar as applicable except that Base Monthly Rent shall be increased to an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150 %) of the then current fair market rental rate for properties of similar kind in the county where the Premises is located as reasonably determined by Landlord.

 

15.4 Subordination. The following provisions shall govern the relationship of this Lease to any Security Instrument:

 

  15.4.1 The Lease is subject and subordinate to all Security Instruments existing as of the Effective Date. However, if any Lender so requires, this Lease shall become prior and superior to any such Security Instrument.

 

  15.4.2 At Landlord’s election, this Lease shall become subject and subordinate to any Security Instrument created after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding such subordination, Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in default beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period(s) and performs all of its obligations under this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms.

 

  15.4.3 Tenant shall upon request execute and acknowledge any document or instrument reasonably required by any Lender to make this Lease either prior or subordinate to a Security Instrument, which may include such other matters as the Lender customarily requires in connection with such agreements, including provisions that the Lender not be liable for (i) the return of any security deposit unless the Lender receives it from Landlord, (ii) any defaults on the part of Landlord occurring prior to the time the Lender takes possession of the Project in connection with the enforcement of its Security Instrument, and/or (iii) completion of any improvements to the Premises or the Project agreed to or undertaken by Landlord. Tenant’s failure to execute any such document or instrument within fifteen (15) days after written demand therefor shall constitute an Event of Tenant’s Default. Tenant approves as reasonable the form of subordination agreement attached to this Lease as Exhibit E ; provided, however, the attachment of such form as an exhibit to this Lease shall in no way limit the form of document or instrument that Landlord may request Tenant to execute and acknowledge pursuant to this Section 15.4.3.

 

Page 50 of 55


15.5 Mortgage Protection and Attornment. In the event of any default on the part of the Landlord, Tenant will use reasonable efforts to give notice by registered mail to any Lender whose name has been provided to Tenant and shall offer such Lender a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or judicial foreclosure or other appropriate legal proceedings, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure. Tenant shall attorn to any purchaser of the Premises at any foreclosure sale or private sale conducted pursuant to any Security Instrument encumbering the Premises, or to any grantee or transferee designated in any deed given in lieu of foreclosure.

 

15.6 Estoppel Certificates and Financial Statements. At all times during the Lease Term, Tenant agrees, following any request by Landlord, to execute and deliver to Landlord within fifteen (15) days following delivery of the request for an estoppel certificate: (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect, (ii) stating the date to which the Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (iii) acknowledging that to Tenant’s knowledge there are not any uncured defaults on the part of any party hereunder or, if there are uncured defaults, specifying the nature of such defaults, and (iv) certifying such other information about the status of the Lease and the Premises as may be reasonably required by Landlord. A failure to deliver an estoppel certificate within fifteen (15) days after delivery of a request therefor shall be a conclusive admission that, as of the date of the request for such statement: (a) this Lease is unmodified except as may be represented by Landlord in said request and is in full force and effect, (b) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, (c) no rent has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance, and (d) the information regarding the status of this Lease, as represented by Landlord in said request, is true and correct. At any time during the Lease Term Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days’ after demand therefor made in connection with a proposed sale or refinancing of the Building, provide, to the extent the same exist, Tenant’s most recent financial statement and financial statements covering the twenty-four (24) month period prior to the date of such most recent financial statement to any existing Lender or to any potential Lender or buyer of the Premises. If not audited by an independent certified public accountant, such statements shall be certified by Tenant’s chief financial officer as true and correct in all material respects. Such financial statements shall be delivered subject to the same confidentiality obligations as are set forth in Section 15.1.

 

15.7 Landlord’s Consent. Wherever Landlord’s approval or consent is required under this Lease before any action may be taken by Tenant, such approval or consent may be withheld or conditioned in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion unless a different standard is specifically provided for with respect to the required approval or consent in question.

 

Page 51 of 55


15.8 Notices. Any notice required or desired to be given regarding this Lease shall be in writing and may be given by personal delivery, by facsimile telecopy, by courier service, nationally recognized overnight delivery service or by mail. A notice shall be deemed to have been given (i) on the third business day after mailing if such notice was deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be served at its Address for Notices specified in Section R or Section S of the Summary (as applicable), (ii) when delivered if given by personal delivery, (iii) upon receipt of confirmation of facsimile transmittal as evidenced by confirmation transmittal receipt provided a copy of such notice is mailed to the receiving party via first class mail; (iv) the next business day if delivered via overnight delivery; and (v) in all other cases when actually received at the party’s Address for Notices. Either party may change its address by giving notice of the same in accordance with this Section 15.8, provided however, that any address to which notices may be sent must be an address within the United States.

 

15.9 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event either Landlord or Tenant shall bring any action or legal proceeding or any appeal therefrom, for an alleged breach of any provision of this Lease, to recover rent, to terminate this Lease or otherwise to enforce, protect or establish any term or covenant of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as a part of such action or proceeding, or in a separate action brought for that purpose, reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, and experts’ fees as may be fixed by the court.

 

15.10 Authority. If Tenant is a corporation (or partnership or limited liability company), each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of such corporation in accordance with the by-laws of such corporation (or partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement of such partnership or limited liability company in accordance with the operating agreement of such limited liability company) and that this Lease is binding upon such corporation (or partnership or limited liability company) in accordance with its terms. Each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of a corporation, partnership or limited liability company does hereby covenant and warrant that the party for whom it is executing this Lease is a duly authorized and existing corporation, partnership or limited liability company, that such entity is qualified to do business in California, and that such entity has full right and authority to enter into this Lease.

 

15.11

Miscellaneous. Should any provision of this Lease prove to be invalid or illegal, such invalidity or illegality shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and such remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor. The captions used in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof. Any executed copy of this Lease shall be deemed an original for all purposes. This Lease shall, subject to the provisions regarding assignment, apply to and bind the respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of Landlord and Tenant. “Party” shall mean Landlord or Tenant, as the context implies. If either Party consists of more than one person or entity, then all persons or entities so comprising that Party shall be jointly and severally liable for that Party’s obligations hereunder. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The language in all parts of this Lease shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant. When the

 

Page 52 of 55


  context of this Lease requires, the neuter gender includes the masculine, the feminine, a partnership or corporation or joint venture, and the singular includes the plural. The terms “shall” , “ will ” and “ agree ” are mandatory. The term “ may ” is permissive. When a party is required to do something by this Lease, it shall do so at its sole cost and expense without right of reimbursement from the other party unless a provision of this Lease expressly requires reimbursement. Where a party hereto is obligated not to perform any act, such party is also obligated to restrain any others within its control from performing said act, including the Agents of such party. Landlord shall not become or be deemed a partner or a joint venturer with Tenant by reason of the provisions of this Lease.

 

15.12 Termination by Exercise Right. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to its terms by the proper exercise of a right to terminate specifically granted to Landlord or Tenant by this Lease, then this Lease shall terminate thirty (30) days after the date the right to terminate is properly exercised (unless another date is specified in that part of the Lease creating the right, in which event the date so specified for termination shall prevail), the rent and all other charges due hereunder shall be prorated as of the date of termination, and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights or obligations under this Lease except for those that have accrued prior to the date of termination or those obligations which this Lease specifically provides are to survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. This Section 15.12 does not apply to a termination of this Lease by Landlord as a result of an Event of Tenant’s Default.

 

15.13 Brokerage Commissions. Each party hereto (i) represents and warrants to the other that it has not had any dealings with any real estate brokers, leasing agents or salesmen, or incurred any obligations for the payment of real estate brokerage commissions or finder’s fees which would be earned or due and payable by reason of the execution of this Lease, other than to the Retained Real Estate Brokers described in Section T of the Summary (and then only to the extent set forth in such separate agreement), and (ii) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the other party from any claim for any such commission or fees which allegedly result from the actions of the indemnifying party. Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment of any commission owed to the Retained Real Estate Brokers as a result of the execution of this Lease by Tenant pursuant to a separate written agreement. The indemnity, defense and hold harmless obligations under this Section 15.13 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

15.14 Force Majeure. Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lock-outs, inclement weather, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, fuels or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental restrictions, regulations, controls, action or inaction, civil commotion, fire or other acts of God, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform (except financial inability) shall excuse the performance, for a period equal to the period of any said prevention, delay or stoppage, of any obligation hereunder except the obligation of Tenant to pay rent or any other sums due hereunder.

 

Page 53 of 55


15.15 Entire Agreement. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and there are no binding agreements or representations between the parties except as expressed herein. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s Agents has made any legally binding representation or warranty as to any matter except those expressly set forth herein, including any warranty as to (i) whether the Premises may be used for Tenant’s intended use under existing Laws, (ii) the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, or (iii) the condition of any improvements. There are no oral agreements between Landlord and Tenant affecting this Lease, and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between Landlord and Tenant or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease. This instrument shall not be legally binding until it is executed by both Landlord and Tenant. No subsequent change or addition to this Lease shall be binding unless in writing and signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

15.16 JURY TRIAL WAIVER. LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE OF AND HAS HAD THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE WITH RESPECT TO ITS RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY, AND EACH PARTY DOES HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVE AND RELEASE ALL SUCH RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER (AND/OR AGAINST ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, PARTNERS, MEMBERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, OR SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE.
J.W.K.       B.P.  
Landlord’s Initials       Tenant’s Initials  

(signatures to follow on succeeding page)

 

Page 54 of 55


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Industrial Space Lease with the intent to be legally bound thereby, to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

THE KAYE BUILDING, LLC

a California limited liability company

   

SANTUR CORP.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/    Jonathan W. Kaye     By:   /s/    Bardia Pezeshki
Name:   Jonathan W. Kaye     Name:   Bardia Pezeshki
Its:   President     Its:   President

 

Page 55 of 55


SANTUR CORP.

40931 Encyclopedia Circle

Fremont, California

April 12, 2001

THE KAYE BUILDING, LLC

163 Whitney Place

Fremont, California 94539

Attn: Mr. Jonathan Kaye

Subject: Lease at 40931 Encyclopedia Circle

Gentlemen:

You, as the Landlord, and we, as the Tenant, are parties to the March 7, 2001 Industrial Space Lease (the “Lease”) for space in the building located at 40931 Encyclopedia Circle, Fremont, California.

Given our mutual desire to sign the Lease as quickly as possible, a timely review in advance by our insurance advisor was not possible, so insurance matters were deferred. An insurance review has now been conducted and we therefore mutually agree to the following amendments to the Lease in confirmation of our discussions:

(i) Section Q (“Tenant’s Liability Insurance Minimum”) of the Summary of Lease Terms is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: “$2,000,000 single limit and $3,000,000 in the aggregate.”

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in Article 9 (“Insurance”) of the Lease or elsewhere in the Lease, Tenant shall not be required to carry any earthquake or flood insurance coverage, notwithstanding the use of the term “all risk” insurance, and “special form” insurance without said coverages shall be satisfactory.

This letter, when signed by both parties, will constitute an amendment to the Lease, will become a part of the Lease, and will supersede anything in the Lease that is contrary to the provisions set forth in this letter amendment, even if not specifically referenced in this letter amendment.

Except as set forth above, the Lease has not been and is hereby not amended. As amended above, the Lease is mutually ratified and confirmed to be in full force and effect.


THE KAYE BUILDING, LLC

April 12, 2001

Page 2

If the foregoing meets with your approval, please sign where indicated below and return this letter to us. We appreciate your cooperation.

 

Sincerely,
SANTUR CORP.
By:   /s/    Bardia Pezeshki
 

Bardia Pezeshki

President

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
THE KAYE BUILDING, LLC
By:   /s/    Jonathan W. Kaye
 

Jonathan W. Kaye

President


MEMORANDUM OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

Landlord: THE KAYE BUILDING, LLC, a California limited liability company

Tenant: SANTUR CORP., a Delaware corporation

Project: Approximately 37,594 rentable square feet located at 40931 Encyclopedia Circle, Fremont, California

Premises: Approximately 19,175 rentable square feet located at 40931 Encyclopedia Circle, Fremont, California

In connection with that certain Industrial Space Lease dated March 7, 2001, the undersigned hereby certifies as follows:

 

  1. That the undersigned Tenant occupies the above-described Premises consisting of approximately Nineteen Thousand One Hundred Seventy-Five (19,175) rentable square feet.

 

  2. That the Lease Term commenced (and the Commencement Date occurred) on April 1, 2001 and, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of said Industrial Space Lease, shall expire on March 31, 2011.

 

  3. That Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Monthly Rent in the amount of Fifty Two Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty One and 25/100 Dollars ($52,731.25) commenced on April 1, 2001.

 

  4. That a security deposit of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) has been paid by Tenant to Landlord.

 

  5. That the Premises have been accepted by Tenant in accordance with the terms of the aforesaid Industrial Space Lease.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
THE KAYE BUILDING, LLC     SANTUR CORPORATION
a California limited liability company     a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/    Jonathan W. Kaye     By:   /s/    Bardia Pezeshki
Name:   Jonathan W. Kaye     Name:   Bardia Pezeshki
Its:   General Partner     Its:   President

 

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT A

PROJECT SITE PLAN

[ATTACHED]

 

Exhibit A

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT B

DIAGRAM OF PREMISES

[ATTACHED, WITH PREMISES SHOWN AS NON-CROSS-HATCHED]

 

Exhibit B

Page1 of 1


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT C

CONCEPT PLAN SHOWING PRE-APPROVED TENANT’S ALTERATIONS

 

Exhibit C

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT D

MEMORANDUM OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

Landlord: THE KAYE BUILDING, LLC, a California limited liability company

Tenant: SANTUR CORP., a Delaware corporation

Project: Approximately 37,594 rentable square feet located at 40931 Encyclopedia Circle, Fremont, California

Premises: Approximately 19,175 rentable square feet located at 40931 Encyclopedia Circle, Fremont, California

In connection with that certain Industrial Space Lease dated March 7, 2001, the undersigned hereby certifies as follows:

 

  1. That the undersigned Tenant occupies the above-described Premises consisting of approximately Nineteen Thousand One Hundred Seventy-Five (19,175) rentable square feet.

 

  2. That the Lease Term commenced (and the Commencement Date occurred) on                          , 2001 and, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of said Industrial Space Lease, shall expire on              , 2011.

 

  3. That Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Monthly Rent in the amount of Fifty Two Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty One and 25/100 Dollars ($52,731.25) commenced on              .

 

  4. That a security deposit of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) has been paid by Tenant to Landlord.

 

  5. That the Premises have been accepted by Tenant in accordance with the terms of the aforesaid Industrial Space Lease.

(Signatures to follow on succeeding page)

 

Exhibit D

Page 1 of 2


LANDLORD:     TENANT:
THE KAYE BUILDING, LLC     SANTUR CORP.,
a California limited liability company     a Delaware corporation
By:         By:    
Name:         Name:    
Its:         Its:    

 

 

Exhibit D

Page 2 of 2


EXHIBIT E

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE

AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of                      , by and between                              (the “ Beneficiary ”). SANTUR CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ Tenant ”) and THE KAYE BUILDING, LLC, a California limited liability company (the “ Landlord ”).

WITNESSETH

 

  A. Tenant has entered into a certain Industrial Space Lease dated March 7, 2001 (the “ Lease ”) with Landlord covering certain spaces (the “ Premises ”) located in and upon the real property described in Schedule 1 attached hereto (the “ Property ”).

 

  B. Beneficiary is the holder of a mortgage loan (the “ Loan ”) to Landlord in the amount of                      Dollars ($                      ) which is secured by a                      (the “ Deed of Trus t ”) covering the Property.

 

  C. The parties hereto desire expressly to confirm the subordination of the Lease to the lien of the Deed of Trust, it being a requirement by Beneficiary that the lien and charge of the Deed of Trust be unconditionally and at all times prior and superior to the leasehold interests and estates created by the Lease.

 

  D. Tenant has requested that Beneficiary agree not to disturb Tenant’s possessory rights in the Premises in the event Beneficiary should foreclose the Deed of Trust, provided that Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period(s) and provided that Tenant attorns to Beneficiary or the purchaser at any foreclosure or Trustee’s sale of the Property.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

  1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease, the Lease and the leasehold estate created thereby and all of Tenant’s rights thereunder shall be and shall at all times remain subject, subordinate to the Deed of Trust and the lien thereof and all rights of Beneficiary thereunder and to any and all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof.

 

  2. Tenant hereby declares, agrees and acknowledges that:

 

Exhibit E

Page 1 of 5


  i Beneficiary would not have agreed to recognize the Lease without this Agreement; and

 

  ii Beneficiary, in making disbursements pursuant to the agreements evidencing and securing the Loan, is under no obligation or duty to oversee or direct the application of the proceeds of such disbursements and such proceeds may be used by Landlord for purposes other than improvement of the Premises.

 

  3. In the event of foreclosure of the Deed of Trust, or upon a sale of the Property pursuant to the Trustee’s power of sale contained therein, or upon a transfer of the Property by deed in lieu of foreclosure, then so long as Tenant is not in default under any of the terms, covenants, or conditions of the Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period(s), the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the succeeding owner of the Property and Tenant, upon and subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease for the balance of the term of the Lease. Tenant hereby agrees to attorn to and accept any such successor owner as landlord under the Lease, and to be bound by and perform all of the obligations imposed by the Lease and Beneficiary or any such successor owner of the Property will not disturb the possession of Tenant, and will be bound by all of the obligations imposed by the Lease upon the landlord thereunder; provided, however, that the Beneficiary, or any purchaser at a trustee’s or sheriff’s sale or any successor owner of the Property shall not be:

 

  i liable for any act or omission of a prior landlord (including Landlord) except to the extent that such act or omission continues after Beneficiary or any purchaser or successor owner becomes the lessor; or

 

  ii subject to any offsets or defenses which the Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including Landlord); or

 

  iii bound by any rent or additional rent which the Tenant might have paid in advance to any prior landlord (including Landlord) for a period in excess of one month; or

 

  iv bound by any agreement or modification of the Lease made since the date of the Loan without the written consent of the Beneficiary; or

 

  v

liable or responsible for or with respect to the retention, application and/or return to Tenant of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor (including Landlord), whether or not still held by such prior

 

Exhibit E

Page 2 of 5


  lessor, unless and until Beneficiary or such other purchaser has actually received for its own account as lessor the full amount of such security deposit; or

 

  vi bound by or liable under any representations, warranties, covenants or indemnities made to Tenant by any prior landlord (including Landlord) regarding Hazardous Materials (as defined in the Lease); or

 

  vii obligated to construct the building in which the Premises are located or any improvements for Tenant’s use.

 

  4. Upon the written request of Beneficiary at the time of a foreclosure, Trustee’s sale or deed in lieu thereof or at any time thereafter, the parties agree to execute a lease of the Premises upon the same terms and conditions as the Lease between Landlord and Tenant, which lease shall cover any unexpired term of the Lease existing prior to such foreclosure, Trustee’s sale or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure.

 

  5. Tenant agrees to give to Beneficiary, by hand-delivery, overnight courier, or certified or registered mail, a copy of any notice or statement served upon Landlord. Tenant agrees not to exercise any rights of termination available by virtue of a default unless (i) Landlord shall have failed to cure such default, and (ii) following expiration of the applicable period under the Lease for cure by Landlord of such default, Tenant shall have furnished to Beneficiary notice of Landlord’s failure to cure such default and afforded Beneficiary an additional thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice within which to cure such default, or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if within such thirty (30) days Beneficiary has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including, but not limited to, commencement of foreclosure proceedings if necessary to effect such cure), in which event such right, if any, as Tenant might otherwise have to terminate the Lease shall not be exercised while such remedies are being so diligently pursued.

 

  6. Landlord, as landlord under the Lease and trustor under the Deed of Trust, agrees for itself and its heirs, successors, and assigns, that: (i) this Agreement does not constitute a waiver by Beneficiary of any of its rights under the Deed of Trust or in any way release Landlord from its obligation to comply with the terms, provisions, conditions, covenants, agreements and clauses of the Deed of Trust; and (ii) the provisions of the Deed of Trust remain in full force and effect and must be complied with by Landlord, if Beneficiary so requires.

 

Exhibit E

Page 3 of 5


  7. Tenant acknowledges that it has notice that the Lease and the rent and all other sums due thereunder have been assigned or are to be assigned to Beneficiary as security for the Loan secured by the Deed of Trust. In the event the Beneficiary notifies Tenant of a default under the Deed of Trust and demands that Tenant pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease to the Beneficiary, Tenant agrees that it will honor such demand and pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to the Beneficiary or as otherwise required pursuant to such notice.

 

  8. All notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given if given by hand, by overnight courier, or if mailed by United States registered or certified mail with return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to Beneficiary at the following address (or at such other address as shall be given in writing by Beneficiary to the Tenant) and shall be deemed complete upon receipt by the Beneficiary:

 

       
       
       
       

 

  9. This Agreement supersedes any inconsistent provisions of the Lease.

 

  10. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that in the event of the assignment or transfer of the interest of Beneficiary, all obligations and liabilities of Beneficiary under this Agreement shall terminate, and thereupon all such obligations and liabilities shall be the responsibility of the party to whom Beneficiary’s interest is assigned or transferred.

 

  11. Tenant agrees that this Agreement satisfies any condition or requirement in the Lease relating to the granting of a non-disturbance agreement.

 

  12. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

(signatures to follow on succeeding page)

 

Exhibit E

Page 4 of 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement on the date and year first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

THE KAYE BUILDING, LLC

a California limited liability company

   

SANTUR CORP.,

a Delaware corporation

By:         By:    
Name:         Name:    

Its:

        Its:    
    BENEFICIARY:
      ,
      a    
      By:    
      Name:    
      Its:    

 

Exhibit E

Page 5 of 5


EXHIBIT F

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

Exhibit F

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT G

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

Exhibit G

Page 1 of 1


EXHIBIT H

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DISCLOSURE CERTIFICATE

Your cooperation in this matter is appreciated. Initially, the information provided by you in this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is necessary for Landlord to evaluate your proposed uses of the premises (the Premises ) and to determine whether to enter into a lease agreement with you as tenant. If a lease agreement is signed by you and Landlord (the “ Lease Agreement ”) , on an annual basis in accordance with the provisions of Article 7 of the Lease Agreement, you are to provide an update to the information initially provided by you in this certificate. Any questions regarding this certificate should be directed to, and when completed the certificate should be delivered to, the Landlord as provided in the Lease Agreement.

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Describe the proposed operations to take place in, on, or about the Premises, including, without limitation, principal products processed, manufactured or assembled, and services and activities to be provided or otherwise conducted. Existing tenants should describe any proposed changes to on-going operations.

Premises will be used for the manufacture of components for the fiber optics industry. This involves the growth of semiconductor materials, the fabrication of these materials into devices, the packaging of these devices into modules, and the testing of these modules. The modules are the final product.

 

1. USE, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

1.1 Will any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) be used, generated, treated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises? Existing tenants should describe any Hazardous Materials which continue to be used, generated, treated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises.

 

Wastes

     Yes   x       No   ¨

Chemical Products

     Yes   x       No   ¨  

Other

     Yes   ¨       No   x  

If Yes is marked, please explain: Various solid, liquid and gaseous hazardous materials will be used in the manufacture of our product, and the by-products of these operations will be solid and liquid hazardous wastes. Wastes will be hauled off by a licensed recycling/disposal company

 

Exhibit H

Page 1 of 10


1.2 If Yes is marked in Section 1.1, attach a list of any Hazardous Materials to be used, generated, treated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises, including the applicable hazard class and an estimate of the quantities of such Hazardous Materials to be present on or about the Premises at any given time; estimated annual throughput; the proposed location(s) and method of storage (excluding nominal amounts of ordinary household cleaners and janitorial supplies which are not regulated by any Environmental Laws, as hereinafter defined); and the proposed location(s) and method(s) of treatment or disposal for each Hazardous Material, including the estimated frequency, and the proposed contractors or subcontractors. Existing tenants should attach a list setting forth the information requested above and such list should include actual data from on-going operations and the identification of any variations in such information from the prior year’s certificate.

 

2. STORAGE TANKS AND SUMPS

2.1 Is any above or below ground storage or treatment of gasoline, diesel, petroleum, or other Hazardous Materials in tanks or sumps proposed in, on or about the Premises? Existing tenants should describe any such actual or proposed activities.

Yes   x                                  No   ¨

If yes, please explain: There will be various small tanks to contain hazardous waste prior to disposal by a licensed waste-handling service. No gasoline or petroleum will be stored on the premises. There will be a tank to store diesel fuel for a generator.

 

3. WASTE MANAGEMENT

3.1 Has your company been issued an EPA Hazardous Waste Generator I.D. Number? Existing tenants should describe any additional identification numbers issued since the previous certificate.

Yes   ¨                                  No   x —in progress

3.2 Has your company filed biennial or quarterly reports as a hazardous waste generator? Existing tenants should describe any new reports filed.

Yes   ¨                                  No   x —not yet in operation

If yes, attach a copy of the most recent report filed.

 

Exhibit H

Page 2 of 10


4. WASTEWATER TREATMENT AND DISCHARGE

 

  4.1 Will your company discharge wastewater or other wastes to:

¨   storm drain?                         x   sewer?

¨   surface water?                      ¨   no wastewater or other wastes discharged.

Existing tenants should indicate any actual discharges. If so, describe the nature of any proposed or actual discharge(s). Waste liquids will be treated on-site and will be discharged to sewer if they meet all local, state and federal requirements for disposal in that manner.

 

  4.2 Will any such wastewater or waste be treated before discharge?

Yes   x                              No   ¨

If yes, describe the type of treatment proposed to be conducted. Existing tenants should describe the actual treatment conducted. Treatment will be the neutralization of acid or base solutions .                                                              

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. AIR DISCHARGES

5.1 Do you plan for any air filtration systems or stacks to be used in your company’s operations in, on or about the Premises that will discharge into the air; and will such air emissions be monitored? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not there are any such air filtration systems or stacks in use in, on or about the Premises which discharge into the air and whether such air emissions are being monitored.

Yes   x                              No   ¨

If yes, please describe: There will be a scrubber and a facility stack that will discharge a stream of air carrying trivial amounts of hazardous laboratory chemicals (primarily solvent and acid fumes). These emissions will be in compliance with all applicable regulations. The emissions at the output of the stack will not be monitored, but some of the inputs to the stack will be monitored individually.

5.2 Do you propose to operate any of the following types of equipment, or any other equipment requiring an air emissions permit? Existing tenants should specify any such equipment being operated in, on or about the Premises.

¨   Spray booth(s)                     ¨   Incinerator(s)

¨   Dip tank(s)                           x   Other (Please describe)

¨   Drying oven(s)                     ¨   No Equipment Requiring Air Permits

 

Exhibit H

Page 3 of 10


If yes, please describe: Air emissions permits will be required for a crystal growth machine and various laboratory fume hoods.

5.3        Please describe (and submit copies of with this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate) any reports you have filed in the past thirty-six months with any governmental or quasi-governmental agencies or authorities related to air discharges or clean air requirements and any such reports which have been issued during such period by any such agencies or authorities with respect to you or your business operations. None—company is not yet in operation.

 

6. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DISCLOSURES

6.1        Has your company prepared or will it be required to prepare a Hazardous Materials management plan ( Management Plan ) or Hazardous Materials Business Plan and Inventory ( Business Plan ) pursuant to Fire Department or other governmental or regulatory agencies’ requirements? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not a Management Plan is required and has been prepared.

Yes   x                         No   ¨

If yes, attach a copy of the Management Plan or Business Plan. Existing tenants should attach a copy of any required updates to the Management Plan or Business Plan. Company will be required to prepare these plans and is in the process of doing so.

6.2        Are any of the Hazardous Materials, and in particular chemicals, proposed to be used in your operations in, on or about the Premises listed or regulated under Proposition 65? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not there are any new Hazardous Materials being so used which are listed or regulated under Proposition 65.

Yes   x                          No   ¨

If yes, please explain: Proposition 65 listed chemicals that will be present are inorganic arsenic compounds and indium phosphide.

 

7. ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS AND COMPLAINTS

7.1        With respect to Hazardous Materials or Environmental Laws, has your company ever been subject to any agency enforcement actions, administrative orders, or consent decrees or has your company received requests for information, notice or demand letters, or any other inquiries regarding its operations? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not any such actions, orders or decrees have been, or are in the process of being, undertaken or if any such requests have been received.

Yes   ¨                         No   x

 

Exhibit H

Page 4 of 10


If yes, describe the actions, orders or decrees and any continuing compliance obligations imposed as a result of these actions, orders or decrees and also describe any requests, notices or demands, and attach a copy of all such documents. Existing tenants should describe and attach a copy of any new actions, orders, decrees, requests, notices or demands not already delivered to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Article 7 of the Lease Agreement.                                                                                                     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.2 Have there ever been, or are there now pending, any lawsuits against your company regarding any environmental or health and safety concerns?

Yes   ¨                          No   x

If yes, describe any such lawsuits and attach copies of the complaint(s), cross- complaint(s), pleadings and other documents related thereto as requested by Landlord. Existing tenants should describe and attach a copy of any new complaint(s), cross-complaint(s), pleadings and other related documents not already delivered to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Article 7 of the Lease Agreement.                                                                                                                                                                                               

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.3 Have there been any problems or complaints from adjacent tenants, owners or other neighbors at your company’s current facility with regard to environmental or health and safety concerns? Existing tenants should indicate whether or not there have been any such problems or complaints from adjacent tenants, owners or other neighbors at, about or near the Premises and the current status of any such problems or complaints.

Yes   ¨                          No   x

If yes, please describe. Existing tenants should describe any such problems or complaints not already disclosed to Landlord under the provisions of the signed Lease Agreement and the current status of any such problems or complaints.                                      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit H

Page 5 of 10


8. PERMITS AND LICENSES

8.1 Attach copies of all permits and licenses issued to your company its proposed operations in, on or about the Premises, including, without limitation, any Hazardous Materials permits, wastewater discharge permits, air emissions permits, and use permits or approvals. Existing tenants should attach copies of any new permits and licenses as well as any renewals of permits or licenses previously issued. None—company is not yet in operation.

As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the State of California or the United States government. The term “Hazardous Materials” includes, without limitation, petroleum products, asbestos, PCB’s, and any material or substance which is (i) listed under Article 9 or defined as hazardous or extremely hazardous pursuant to Article 11 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 20, (ii) deemed as a “hazardous waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. (42 U.S.C. 6903) ( RCRA ), (iii) defined as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq. (42 U.S.C. 9601) ( CERCLA ) or any regulations promulgated under CERCLA; (iv) any substance now or hereafter regulated by the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended ( TSCA ) (15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq. ) or any regulations promulgated under TSCA; (v) petroleum, petroleum by-products, gasoline, diesel fuel, or other petroleum hydrocarbons; (vi) asbestos and asbestos-containing material, in any form, whether friable or non-friable; (vii) polychlorinated biphenyls; (viii) lead and lead-containing materials; or (ix) any additional substance, material or waste regulated by any Hazardous Material Law. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material Law(s)” shall mean any statute, law, ordinance, or regulation of any governmental body or agency (including the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, and the California Department of Health Services) which regulates the use, storage, release or disposal of any Hazardous Materials.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is being delivered to Landlord in connection with the evaluation of a Lease Agreement and, if such Lease Agreement is executed, will be attached thereto as an exhibit. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that if such Lease Agreement is executed, this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate will be updated from time to time in accordance with Article 7 of the Lease Agreement. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that Landlord and its partners, lenders and representatives may, and will, rely upon the statements, representations, warranties, and certifications made herein and the truthfulness thereof in entering into the Lease Agreement and the continuance thereof throughout the term, and any renewals thereof, of the Lease Agreement. I, the undersigned, acting with full authority to bind the (proposed) Tenant and on behalf of the (proposed) Tenant, certify, represent and warrant that the information contained in this certificate is true and correct.

(signatures to follow on succeeding page)

 

Exhibit H

Page 6 of 10


Prospective Tenant:

SANTUR CORP.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/    Bardia Pezeshki
Name:   Bardia Pezeshki

Its:

  President

Date:

  March 7, 2001

 

Exhibit H

Page 7 of 10


List of Hazardous Materials.

Storage locations and waste disposal contractors have not yet been determined. All applicable local, state and federal regulations will be complied with.

Note: “scf” = “standard cubic feet”

 

Material

 

Primary Hazards

 

Qty Present

 

Annual Use

 

Locations

 

Storage

Hydrofluoric acid,

buffered and

unbuffered

 

Toxic;

corrosive

  90 gal   1080 gal    

Corrosives

locker

Hydrochloric acid  

Toxic;

corrosive

  4 gal   48 gal    

Corrosives

locker

Nitric acid  

Toxic;

corrosive

  0.5 gal   6 gal    

Corrosives

locker

Bromic acid  

Toxic;

corrosive

  0.5 gal   6 gal    

Corrosives

locker

Phosphoric acid  

Toxic;

corrosive

  12 gal   143 gal    

Corrosives

locker

Sulfuric acid  

Toxic;

corrosive;

water

reactive

  0.5 gal   16 gal    

Corrosives

locker

Photoresist   flammable   5 gal   57 gal    

Flammables

locker

Acetone   flammable   3 gal   36 gal    

Flammables

locker

Methyl alcohol   flammable   3 gal   36 gal    

Flammables

locker

Xylene   flammable   13 gal   159 gal    

Flammables

locker

 

Exhibit H

Page 8 of 10


Material

 

Primary Hazards

 

Qty Present

 

Annual Use

 

Locations

 

Storage

Isopropyl alcohol   flammable   11 gal   127 gal    

Flammables

locker

Methyl isobutyl

ketone

  flammable   5 gal   63 gal    

Flammables

locker

HMDS   Flammable; corrosive   6 gal   67 gal    

Flammables

locker

Photoresist

developer

  Corrosive   66 gal   992 gal    

Corrosives

locker

Nitrogen (liquid

and gas)

 

Asphyxiant;

cryogenic

liquid

  10,600 scf   128,000 scf    

Outdoor gas

storage

Oxygen   Oxidizer   509 scf   6106 scf    

Non-

flammable gas area

Methane   Flammable   127 scf   1527 scf    

Outdoor gas

storage

Silane (as a 5%

concentration in

nitrogen)

  Flammable; pyrophoric   763 scf   916 scf    

Outdoor gas

storage

Ammonia   Corrosive; flammable   763 scf   916 scf    

Outdoor gas

storage

Hydrogen   Flammable   23,300 scf   280,000 scf    

Outdoor gas

storage

Freon (CF4)   Asphyxiant   254 scf   3050 scf    

Outdoor gas

storage

Gold sulfite   Sensitizer   13 gal   21 gal    

Chemical

locker

Sodium

hypochlorite

(Clorox)

  Oxidizer   5 gal   64 gal    

Chemical

locker

Chlorobenzene   Irritant   l gal   12 gal    

Flammables

locker

 

Exhibit H

Page 9 of 10


Material

 

Primary Hazards

 

Qty Present

 

Annual Use

 

Locations

 

Storage

Solid inorganic

arsenic

  Carcinogen; highly-toxic   1 kg   12kg    

Chemical

storage area

Indium phosphide   Carcinogen   1kg   12 kg    

Chemical

storage area

Trimethylgallium   Pyrophoric   400 g   4.8 kg    

Flammables

locker

Trimethylindium   Pyrophoric   400 g   4.8 kg    

Flammables

locker

Trimethylaluminum   Pyrophoric   200 g   2.4 kg    

Flammables

locker

Diethylzinc   Pyrophoric   400 g   2.4 kg    

Flammables

locker

Arsine  

Highly

toxic;

flammable

  2 kg   24 kg    

Exhaused

outdoor gas

storage

Phosphine  

Highly

toxic;

flammable

  12 kg   144 kg    

Exhaused

outdoor gas

storage

 

Exhibit H

Page 10 of 10


LEASE ADDENDUM

The lease for the premises at 40931 Encyclopedia Circle, Fremont CA, consisting of 19,175 rentable square feet constituting a portion of said building (the “Premises”), as between The Kaye Building, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Santur Corporation , a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), dated March 7, 2001 (“Lease”), is hereby modified by this addendum (“Addendum”) as follows:

1. Permitted Use . Tenant will use and occupy the Premises in accordance with the existing Lease,

2. Extended Lease Term . The term of the Lease, including any and all options granted pursuant to the Lease, expires on March 30, 2011. The term shall be and hereby is extended for five (5) years and three (3) months, commencing on April 1, 2011 and expiring on June 30, 2016 (the “Extended Term”).

3. Monthly Rent . Monthly Rent shall be payable throughout the Extended Term at the rate of $8,715.00 per month NNN at the times and in the manner otherwise provided in the Lease. No additional rent deposit is required.

4. Option to Renew . Tenant shall have one (1) option (“Option’”) to renew the Lease for an additional term of three (3) years (“Second Extended Term”) at 95% of the Fair Market Rent.

a. Fair Market Rent . This term shall mean the rents then being paid, at the time of notice, by tenants at comparable properties in the area in which the Premises are located, taking into account all relevant factors, as reasonably determined by Landlord. In the event that Tenant disagrees in writing with Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rent, the parties shall each promptly select a real estate broker, who will jointly select a third broker. The three brokers will make a mutual, independent, and binding determination of the Fair Market Rent for purposes of the Option, and each party shall pay for the cost of their respective brokers and the costs for the third broker will be equally split between the parties.

b. Time of Notice . Tenant shall exercise its Option by written notice in accordance with Section 15.8 of the Lease to Landlord not more than 365 days or less than 180 days prior to the expiration of the Extended Term,

c. Terms . The effective giving of such notice of extension by Tenant shall automatically extend the Term of the Lease for the Second Extended Term, and no instrument of renewal or extension need be executed. The Second Extended Term shall commence on the day immediately succeeding the expiration date of the Extended Term and shall end on the day immediately preceding the third (3rd) anniversary of the first day of the Second Extended Term. The Extended Terms shall be on all the terms and conditions of the Lease except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 4.

 

1


5. Tenant’s Responsibility for Remodeling or Repairs . Tenant shall be responsible for any remodeling or repairs to the Premises (“Remodel”), subject to Landlord’s prior approval of the plan and scope of the Remodel, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld in accordance with the provisions of the Lease regarding Alterations at Section 5.2 thereof. All costs and fees related to or arising from Tenant’s Remodel shall be paid by Tenant, and shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. There will be no supervisory fee charged by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s Remodel, which Tenant intends to commence as soon as practicable following execution of this Addendum. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless for any damages, injuries, losses, or claims arising from or related to Tenant’s Remodel.

6. Surrender of Premises . Tenant will surrender the Premises at the end of the Extended Term, or the Second Extended Term, as applicable, in accordance with the requirements of Section 15.2 of the Lease.

7. SNDA Agreement . Contemporaneous with the execution of this Addendum, Landlord will deliver to Tenant a Subordination, Non-Disturbance, and Attornment Agreement (“SNDA Agreement”), in a form acceptable to Tenant for execution, from the holders of existing mortgages, ground leases, or deeds of trust.

8. Representing Broker . Landlord acknowledges that the real estate broker for Tenant is Cresa Partners, and no fee payment shall be due to Cresa Partners from Landlord.

9. Ratification . Except as expressly modified by this Addendum, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and as further modified by this Addendum, is expressly ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto.

10. Successors . This Addendum shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

11. Miscellaneous . If any term of this Addendum, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Addendum, or the application of such term to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term of this Addendum shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. This Addendum contains all of the agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior dealings between them with respect to such subject matter.

 

2


Except as expressly set forth herein, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

            Dated: October 31, 2010    

TENANT

Santur Corporation, a Delaware corporation

    By:   /s/    Richard Wilmer
    Name:   Richard Wilmer
    Title:   COO

            Dated: October              , 2010

   

LANDLORD

The Kaye Building, LLC, a

California limited liability company

    By:   /s/    Jonathan Kaye
      Jonathan Kaye, Manager

 

3

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF NEOPHOTONICS CORPORATION

 

SUBSIDIARY

  

JURISDICTION

NeoPhotonics (China) Co., Ltd.

   People’s Republic of China

NeoPhotonics Corporation Limited

   Hong Kong

NeoPhotonics Dongguan Co., Ltd.

   People’s Republic of China

Shenzhen Photon Broadband Technology Co., Ltd.

   People’s Republic of China

NeoPhotonics Japan, Godo Kaisha

   Japan

Novel Centennial Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Santur Corporation

   Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-172031, 333-177306 and 333-179453) of NeoPhotonics Corporation of our report dated March 30, 2012 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, CA

March 30, 2012

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Timothy S. Jenks, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of NeoPhotonics Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financing reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 30, 2012
/s/    TIMOTHY S. JENKS
Timothy S. Jenks
President, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, James D. Fay, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of NeoPhotonics Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financing reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 30, 2012
/s/    JAMES D. FAY
James D. Fay
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to the requirement set forth in Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the U.S. Code (18 U.S.C. § 1350), Timothy S. Jenks, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of NeoPhotonics Corporation (the “Company”), and James D. Fay, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies that, to the best of his knowledge:

1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011, to which this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1 (the “Annual Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

In Witness Whereof, the undersigned have set their hands hereto as of the 30th day of March, 2012.

 

/s/    TIMOTHY S. JENKS     /s/    JAMES D. FAY
Timothy S. Jenks     James D. Fay
President, Chief Executive Officer and     Chief Financial Officer
Chairman of the Board of Directors    

This certification accompanies the Form 10-K to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of NeoPhotonics Corporation under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.